Home

Using Adobe Connect 9

1. ere Include this audio conference with this meetinc Please note that audio conference setting changes would Bs _FRoOE RE CECEDUeCOBISCE DS FFs bin svar new meeting sessions anly Include other audio conference with this meeting Conference Number s Moderator Code Participant Code Update information for any items linked to this item Selecting an audio profile for a meeting Using universal voice The universal voice solution enables you to conduct a live audio conference with meeting participants over VoIP Participants hear any telephone based audio through their computer speakers and can broadcast their voices either via telephone or computer microphone Hosts can record the audio conference with Adobe Connect Meeting Configure a universal voice audio provider administrators hosts Administrators configure audio providers for all users of an account Users can configure audio providers for their personal use in audio conferences Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 169 Audio and video conferencing 1 Add or edit an audio provider You can configure virtually any audio provider to use universal voice functionality as long as an account exists with the provider The first step is to set up identification details including the name of the provider and telephone numbers for dialing into the meeting See Create or edit audio providers on page 222 2 Adda dialing sequence
2. MP4 C FLV Video quality presets Mabile Desktop HD Full HD I I I L oO _ Advanced Options 720p 600 kbps Main Set as default Proceed with Offline Recording Settings to convert a recording to an offline file 4 Optionally to save the Advanced Options as the default click the check box Set as default Note The set as default option is client specific that means on a specific machine a user can continue to use set defaults On a different machine the system default HD quality remains 5 Click Proceed with Offline Recording Browse and save the file in a local folder The recording will play in the add in and get converted to MP4 or FLV file A dialog box pops up when the conversion is finished and provides the details of the actual recording Note The actual quality and resolution of the generated MP4 depends on your system resources and may be equal to or lower than the chosen settings Check the popup dialog box at the end for the Resolution and the FPS achieved Recording Summary Recording output path C Users asgupta Desktop rec213_27_0 mp4 Resolution 1280X720 FPS achieved 20 Output file Size 463 300 KB Summary of the actual quality of the offline recording Make recording offline in FLV format Adobe Connect 9 4 If you want people who do not have access to an Adobe Connect server to view a meeting recording create an offline version The offline recording is saved as an FLV file
3. 1 To connect to conference audio click the telephone button in the main menu bar 2 Inthe Join Audio Conference dialog box select one of the following e Dial out Receive a call from the meeting on the telephone number you enter e Dial In Dial in using the number and instructions provided in the text box If a dial in token is provided hosts can mute specific attendees Without a dial in token hosts must first merge attendees with the related phone number in the Attendees pod See Merge two listings for the same caller in a conference call on page 173 If audio is broadcasted in a meeting meeting users are given an option to Listen Only in the pop up dialog box When you click Listen Only you are passively placed in the audio conference For more information see Change Audio Conference Settings from within a meeting on page 175 Using Microphone Computer Device To connect using your computer microphone and speakers See Broadcast your voice using VoIP on page 172 Join the audio conference started by default Hosts can configure an audio conference to automatically start when attendees join a meeting More Help topics Start meeting audio on page 170 Audio conferencing options on page 165 Manage audio within meetings Enable microphone for participants using computers By default only hosts and presenters can use their microphones for audio However hosts can enable participants to br
4. e View content and content folders e Publish and update content e Send e mail messages containing links that send a notification to the author as soon as the recipient accesses the link Training Managers group Members of the Training Managers group are users who are responsible for organizing and coordinating training If you assign a user to this group Adobe Connect creates a folder for this user in the User folder of the Training library The shortcut My Training points to this folder By default a training manager can manage only their folder in the User Training folder A training manager can perform the following actions e Manage their own user folder in the Training library performing all filee management functions as well as create and manage courses and curriculums enroll users send notifications to enrollers and set up reminders e Have access to folders in the Content library e View training reports for the courses or curriculums that they created Virtual Classroom group Members of this new group can create virtual classrooms with a capacity of up to 200 participants in the My Trainings section The group members also have access to the Event Management section e All Training Manager permissions e Access to Content and Training tabs e My Content and My Training folders with manage permissions e Content dashboard e Shared Training with manage permissions Training Catalog with manage permissions e User
5. 7 Under the Select File To Import bar browse to the CSV file you want to import 8 Click the Upload button If any errors occur the first ten errors are displayed in red text Errors on duplicate user login e mail are not reported Make any necessary corrections and reimport the file Import groups from a CSV file Use the group import option to import groups into the Adobe Connect database After you import the group CSV file you can assign new users to the groups When you create the CSV file ensure that it is in a format that Adobe Connect can use The required column headers in the CSV file are name and description The following is an example of a group CSV file that is adaptable for Adobe Connect name description group l testi group2 test2 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Users And Groups 3 Click the Import link above the list 4 Under the Select Import Type bar select the Create New Groups option 5 Under the Select File To Import bar browse to the CSV file that you want to import 6 Click the Upload button If any errors occur the first ten errors are displayed in red text Make any necessary corrections and reimport the file then repeat steps 3 6 7 Ifyou assign users to custom groups set library permissions for the groups For more information see Setting permissions for library files and folders on page 241 Import users and add them to a gro
6. For hosted accounts the Adobe Connect server uses the dialing sequence to join the audio conference when the host joins the meeting In this step you set up the conference number DTMF tones and pauses for dialing into an audio conference See Define a dialing sequence on page 224 3 Test the dialing sequence To verify that the dialing sequence works as expected you can execute the steps including the user defined steps and then adjust the dialing sequence accordingly See Test a dialing sequence on page 226 Create and use an audio profile administrators hosts 1 Create an audio profile For any audio provider in your account you can create one or more audio profiles for setting up audio conferences See Create and use audio profiles on page 166 2 Create a meeting and select an audio profile You create a meeting using the Meeting wizard but instead of entering audio conference settings manually you select one of your audio profiles These audio profiles contain the conference settings for the audio provider See Associate an audio profile with a meeting on page 168 Start an audio conference hosts 1 Enter the meeting room Hosts start the meeting and participants receive an invitation by email or instant message to join the meeting See Join a meeting on page 23 2 Start the audio conference From the meeting room hosts start the audio conference so that Adobe Connect can join
7. Note In the Pods menu pods from breakout rooms remain available until you remove them in the Attendees pod To remove all rooms click the Attendees pod menu and choose Remove All Rooms To store pod content select Save Pod Information For Future Reference and enter a session name You can access saved pods from the Pods gt Breakout Pods menu To remove an individual breakout room including all pods and content it contains click the X button to the right of the room name The numbering of subsequent rooms is adjusted to ensure continuity Managing attendees In the Attendees pod everyone can quickly see who is logged in to a meeting Hosts and presenters can monitor attendee names roles and statuses such as Raised Hand or Agree If configured the active speakers are also displayed in real time in a dedicated area in the Attendees pod Attendees 3 Bn John N Presenters Use the Attendee A and Attendee Status B views to monitor names roles and discussion status Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout of meeting rooms and what you can do in meeting rooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics Enable microphone for participants using computers on page 171 Participating in training sessions and meetings
8. on all communications until the user has finished interacting with the content e The content must be able to report either complete or passed to indicate that the user has finished interacting with the content Download files from the Content library Users who have permission can download Content library files to their computers If the content is composed of more than one file it is packaged into a ZIP file Click the Content tab 2 Navigate to the content file that you want to download 3 Click the name of the content file 4 Click the Download Content link on the navigation bar Home Content training Meetings Reports Admir Shared Content User Content Fore j User Content gt qj user example com Content List Edit Information Set Permissions New Content New Folder Delete Up One F3 User Content gt f user example com gt Globe swf E H Globe swf z D D E I Trainin resentation l Jesentation Content Information Edit Information Set Permissions E mail Link Download Content XL D Title Globe swf Disk usage 14 4 KB The Download Content link is on the information page of the item Note Depending on your license and your permissions all the tabs displayed in the top row in Adobe Connect Central may not be visible 5 Under Download output file click the content filename Users who have Manage permission can download a presentation to deploy it on the I
9. Camera x For better performance and reduced bandwidth usage please switch to addin while sharing camera Start Addin Cancel Notification to use add in for video sharing Settings to share webcam video You can access various options either directly from the Video pod menu by accessing Video pod preferences In Filmstrip mode to set a video as the main video hover pointer over the video and click Set as Main Video e You can maximize the Video pod within the meeting room Click the icon and click Maximize You can select a particular webcam to use in your meetings from the Video pod Click the menu icon and from the Select Camera option choose one of the attached webcams e Hosts can select either the Filmstrip or the Gird layout Alternatively click amp or icon in the title bar of the Video pod e You can make the Video pod Full Screen In Full Screen mode the Title bar is not visible Hover the pointer at the upper edge of the full screen video to access the menu options and the Exit Full Screen button Alternatively hit escape key to turn off the full screen mode Note Full Screen mode is different from the Maximize option When the former option is used a Video pod occupies the entire screen whereas when the latter is used the Video pod occupies the entire meeting room e Hosts and Presenters can enforce their view settings for all the attendees by clicking Force Presenter View Note Force Pres
10. Height Set the height of the button to display the button label as desired on the custom images uploaded Label Customize the various properties of the button like label font size font color and font family Speaker Brief Overview Display the Speaker Overview entered in the event information in Adobe Connect Central in your event templates You can also specify the font properties Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 131 Adobe Connect Events Speaker Detailed Overview Display the Speaker Detailed Overview entered in the event information in Adobe Connect Central in your event templates You can also specify the font properties Speaker Image Display the Speaker Image uploaded in the event information in Adobe Connect Central in your event templates You can also specify the various image properties such as size description alignment and title The recommended size is 300 x 400 pixels Speaker Name Display the Speaker Name as mentioned in the event information in Adobe Connect Central in your event templates You can also specify the font properties Text Insert text using a WYSIWYG editor You can also adjust the font properties of the text The Text component available in the email templates provides additional Runtime Fields Using these fields you can insert the values of the following variables in your emails automatically e Audio Conference Details e Event Creator Name Event Description e
11. Start stop and preview screen sharing e Pause and annotate the screen being shared e Control the camera speaker and microphone options in the meeting room View the webcam feeds available in the meeting room in Grid or Filmstrip layout and switch the primary feed Adobe Connect di tila eet x gt j 4 t g Multiple webcam feeds in the control panel e Access and use the Attendees pod Adobe Connect NE Hosts 1 Participants 1 Screen share attendees pod Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting e Access and use the Chat pod Adobe Connect Amit Srivastava 2 hi Conrad Simms Is this being recorded Conrad Simms Can get a copy of your presentation Tom Berry Can you send a copy of your slides after the meeting Amit Srivastava 2 thanku guys Ravi hi Ravi pls start Screen share chat control e View and take action on the in meeting notifications Adobe Connect Notifications Ravi guest would like to enter the room Act on the notifications from the control panel You can disable the MiniControl from the Meeting Preferences In the Meeting Preferences select Screen Share and deselect Enable MiniControl panel for Screen Share By default this option is selected Share control of your screen While screen sharing you can transfer control of the shared desktop window or application to another host or presenter 1 2 Start sha
12. date created Date the record was created If a question has multiple answers each answer is presented in its own row The Question report excludes the following information e Correct or Incorrect which can be determined by checking for a nonzero score e Date answered which does not exist in the version 410 schema Slide Views downloadable report data The Slide Views report describes the slides or pages viewed by Adobe Connect users Report data is generated whenever a user views content a course or a curriculum The report provides the following data transaction id Unique ID for this transaction page Number of the slide or page that was viewed date created Date of the viewing principal id Unique ID for the user Last updated 8 28 2015
13. 6 Command Shift F6 Display pod menu for keyboard navigation Ctrl F8 Command F8 In Windows press Ctrl F9 to display a pod if overlapping pods hide it Shortcuts for audio and recordings Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting Shortcuts for Adobe Presenter content in the Share pod lI Start Stop Desktop Sharing Ctrl Windows or Command Mac OS Play Pause Stop Mute Change view not in HTML content Move selected items in a specific direction Shortcuts for the Chat pod Shift the focus to the input field of the Chat pod that Ctrl Shift O Command Shift O announced a new public message via chat sounds Select and open the tab of the Chat pod that announceda_ Ctrl Shift O Command Shift O private message via chat sounds field When cursor is in new message field sends message Enter Return Shortcuts for the Notes pod Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 10 Adobe Connect Meeting Shortcuts for dialog boxes Close or cancel a dialog box Accessibility in the pods You can navigate among the visible pods entirely by keyboard e To bring a pod in the focus use Ctrl F6 keyboard shortcut e Keep pressing Ctrl F6 for the focus to cycle through the available pods a meeting room A colored border around a pod indicates that the pod is focused Certain pods have a default field that assumes focus For example Chat pod Focus defaults to the new me
14. 6 When the recording process finishes close the offline recorder window If the window is minimized it closes automatically Note Adobe Connect administrators can change recording settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect how meetings and training sessions are recorded and what is recorded For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics Record a meeting on page 179 Edit a recorded meeting on page 181 Working with content in the Content library on page 193 Play back a recorded meeting A host or presenter makes the recording URL available so attendees can play the recording Every recording is automatically assigned a unique URL and is stored on the Recordings tab for the meeting room in Adobe Connect Central When you play a recording a recording navigation bar appears in a space below the meeting room For optimal performance a high speed Internet connection is recommended for recording playback IOo ESS 0 00 10 0 00 36 rs A B c Recording navigation bar A Pause Play toggle button B Progress marker C Elapsed total time You control who has access to the recording Any user invited to the meeting using the invitees or enrollee tabs in Adobe Connect Central can view the recording if given the recording URL e Hosts can view information such as permissions if they have rights to browse to the Adobe Conne
15. Attending virtual classroom training on page 115 Creating and managing seminars About seminars Use Adobe Connect Seminars to create a special type of meeting Seminars bring attendees to a meeting room on a specific day between set start and end times The seminar exists only for that time By contrast the meeting room in which the seminar occurs exists before during and after the seminar Unlike a meeting which normally has ten people or fewer and can recur a seminar has a minimum of 50 participants is often a one time or infrequent event and involves little audience participation At least one seminar presenter or host must be in the room in order for others to enter even if the seminar is public The default seminar room looks different from the default meeting room Also seminars can be created only in a Seminars Rooms whereas meetings can be created either in a shared folder or a user folder Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout of seminar rooms and what you can do in seminar rooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 Large and small seminars A seminar that allows more than 600 participants is considered a Large Seminar A seminar accommodating less than 600 participants is considered a Small Seminar Only one large seminar can be scheduled during a given time
16. Dashboard click the Event Dashboard link under the tab bar at the top of the Event window The data reflects the events in your My Events folder The data appears in one bar graph showing the most active events over the last six months determined by the number of sessions You can click any individual event in the graph to view more detailed information about the event Viewing status of emails for an event Event Managers can track the status of emails sent for an Event against all email triggers The option is available in the E mail Options tab under an event Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Events Event Information Edit Information Registration Questions Participant Management Select Content E mail Options Campaign IDs Reports Select all e mails that you would like to send once the event is published v Send event invitations Event Invitation y Customize v Notify users that approval is pending Approval Pending Notification Customize v Notify users when approved for event Select One v Customize v Notify users when denied for event Registration Denied Customize v Show reminder when updates need to be sent Event Update v Customize Remind participants closer to event Event Reminder v Customize Send absentee follow up after event Absentee Follow Up v Customize _ Send participants a thank you after event Thank You y Customize Notify me when participants attend the
17. The actual resolution of the output MP4 file depends on the screen size and the supported resolution of the machine used to create the offline recording Smarter Video Pod The Filmstrip mode is enhanced to ensure a better webcam video experience inside Adobe Connect Filmstrip mode is especially useful when many users share their feed and the active speaker is in the focus Adobe Connect 9 5 onwards the Video Pod better recognizes the visible feeds and automatically pauses the feeds not visible to a user This translates into lesser bandwidth and processing power requirements thereby improved the overall quality of the meeting experience When the user shuffles the feeds and brings in view the previously hidden and paused streams Adobe Connect 9 5 automatically starts playing the now visible feeds New meeting connection status icon The meeting connection status icon found in the top right corner of a meeting room is redesigned to indicate the quality of the available network connection It depicts the meeting room connectivity status Virtual Classroom related enhancements Support for Adobe s HTML content Virtual Classroom users can now share the HTML content created using Adobe Captivate and Adobe Presenter as long as they use the add in The user experience to share content remains at par with other content types in the Share Pod as this content type supports syncing quizzes and recording as well as the supported reporting capabil
18. To add members click Next 7 Inthe Possible Group Members list select each user and group that you want to assign to this group as follows e To select multiple users or groups press Control click or Shift click e To select individual names double click the group name Double click Up One Level in the list to return to the original list e To search for a name in the list click Search at the bottom of the list and enter the name 8 Click Add To remove a name that you have added select it and click Remove 9 Repeat step 3 through step 8 for each group you want to add 10 Click Finish 11 Click the View Group Members button to review the group members and adjust More Help topics Import users and groups from CSV files on page 231 Create a user manually When you add new users enter a new password they can use to log in to Adobe Connect This password is sent to the user by e mail By default the users are prompted to change the password after they log in for the first time You can also add audio conference settings for users After you create a user you can select a manager for the user A user can have only one manager If the user you created is a manager you can assign the user team members The manager can view report data for team members using the Manager Reports option on the Home tab More Help topics Import users and groups from CSV files on page 231 Create users 1 Click the Administration tab at t
19. USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting Attendees 1 ee ee eee eee a ACHE DETR ETS enters U t Hosts 1 Pres Participants 0 Part of the Attendees pod is highlighted by a colored border 4 Use arrow keys to expand the relevant section to highlight the user and select the required role 5 Use the arrow keys to select a meeting attendee 6 Once the attendee is announced press Ctrl F8 to navigate to the Pod Options menu Use the arrow keys to navigate the Pod Menu options 7 Once the Attendee Options submenu is announced press the right arrow key to access the submenu and then press the down arrow key until you hear the annoucement of the priviledge you wish to grant Hit enter when you reach the appropriate option Answer a poll question in the Poll pod 1 To bring a pod in the focus use Ctrl F6 keyboard shortcut 2 Keep pressing Ctrl F6 for the focus to cycle through the available pods a meeting room A colored border around a pod indicates that the pod is focused 3 After selecting the Poll pod depending on the type of the poll created do one of the following Multiple Answers Press Tab to highlight the first checkbox and then arrows keys to move to the other checkboxes Press Space to select a highlighted checkbox The selection is automatically submitted To undo a selection highlight the checkbox and press Space Multiple Choice Press Tab to highlight the first radio button use arrow keys
20. e MP4 recording of meetings virtual classrooms and seminars that can be played on the supported mobile devices Note You can also publish third party SCORM content to the Content library Filename for SCORM launch file or references can not contain character or begin with a number More Help topics View content on page 197 View data about all content on page 199 Upload content Only members of the built in Authors group with Publish permissions for a specific Content library folder can upload files to that folder You can upload new versions of content that exists in the Content library Note If you have Adobe Presenter or Adobe Captivate installed you can also use the Publish option within those applications to upload content to the Content library You can also upload content from a Meeting room More Help topics View content on page 197 View data about all content on page 199 Upload files to the Content library 1 In Adobe Connect Central do either of the following On the Home tab select Content from the Create New bar e On the Content tab click the New Content button 2 Under Select Content File click Browse to locate the file click its name and then click Open 3 Enter a title for the new content file required and a summary optional in the Enter Content Information text boxes 4 Optional Enter a custom URL if you do not assign a custom URL the system automatically assi
21. five minutes after the last named organizer has left the room Users roles and permissions are restored when any named organizer returns Named Organizer must be a member of the Meeting Hosts group Note A named organizer can attend a maximum of two simultaneous meetings Regardless of this user s actual privileges in the ongoing meetings an attempt to attend a third meeting generates an error message Concurrent attendee This model limits how many participants can be active in a meeting at the same time The limit does not affect seminar attendees Note You cannot have quotas for named organizers and concurrent attendees at the same time Seminar rooms quotas do not affect any other quotas The seminar attendee limit determines the number of participants that can be simultaneously active in a seminar This limit applies to each seminar room independently Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 209 Administering Adobe Connect Both the named organizer and concurrent attendee pricing models display the same fields However some fields are irrelevant based on the pricing model your organization has purchased e In Adobe Connect 9 4 you can have meetings with Concurrent User Model that also have Concurrent Users Per Meeting limit e If your organization uses the Named Organizer model Adobe Connect specifies a maximum room capacity This value is displayed in the Concurrent Users Per Meeting field The Meeting Peak Concurrent Use
22. is 2 snceuseatecusiee ren eee sy edad weed ies Hanae Oak bated Bhs Ua e ta aaa 54 BYeEaKOULTOOMS st5xiiueosediutesedetueseuhd us duds oe eeerehewedes ete tele telat eeust teeta tite cet a a oad jive dat 62 Manadingantendecs _ co saute avanatyiailach e O waetetalaniacnse sralee gre waa 4g Ugh ale a ana Mee le aed plana aw ee nauiewmeaaned 67 Chapter 3 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars ADOUEAGODECORNCEE TaIMING hice sibs Rew ta bisa kw ed Gee cakea Gas eae OueRawd oes eed ohne ea eee ea auleb wea cso eg lexes uae ee 72 CreatimGtralnlnG GOULSeS Nawacne lays le Rane whch inde ated renee Cuchi Mae bit Lee eh ats Seed a Ue ah til as atl Rena ble cee ween 78 Creating traimng CUMMCUIEINS Sanaa sG ay ted paral sed need beh atenle ae ee wae a OE a E ete EENEN 86 CreatInG WINTUAlClASSIOOINS adreea varias eerie erate wAcnedeuisipreereoeee Dar diae Hobie erage EEA EEEE ENES 98 MONIIOMNG raining WITMTEDOMS eeaeee ciety aceon a aa one enbesy eaten teratweerenesatGauy eset masses 104 Conducting training WIth AdObe Connect wats ctesbediees ta waded AE Maw kia tour ge ier a L oe eueae ens 110 Participating In tralninig Sessions and MEECtINGS serrerrriirgs erase anarie EESAN ENIA AEAEE eee AANA AE ETA 113 Creating anc managing seminal reasrtrrire stis e AiR E AENA AEA NA ARAA EA A AEA 116 Chapter 4 Adobe Connect Events About Adobe Connect Eyvemts sarerrri saena E aE E E EEEE ETA E AE O T E E E A 124 Creating and editing events soniers roae a AA EE
23. respect the filtering and sorting applied on the online reports You have the option of saving or opening the report 1 Click the Training tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window Navigate to the folder that contains the curriculum Select the name of the curriculum in the course list Click Reports Click By Item U A WW N In the list of report types for each item you can download report data for all reports on the list except the Summary report 6 Click the report type for which you ll download data 7 Complete one of the following steps e To download the report click Download Report Data and either save or open the file e To view and print a report by slides pages or by questions in a browser window click Printable Version Conducting training with Adobe Connect Manage the Training Catalog The Training Catalog gives training managers a way to organize courses and curriculums For example a training manager can make a large number of courses available using the Training Catalog without placing all of the courses into curriculums Or a training manager can create a curriculum and then point learners to a wide variety of supplemental information in the Training Catalog Note When using the Training Catalog add all of your learners to the Learners permission group This enables learners to view any training options within the catalog If you want to limit access to certain training options within the catalog org
24. see Manage Campaign IDs on page 149 Configuring the format of the User Information Report Event creators can access the event report provided out of the box and also the custom reports titled user information report Event Administrators can create New Export Template and define the data that appears in an exported CSV file Creating an export format 1 In Adobe Connect click on Event Management gt Event Administration gt Export Wizard 2 Click New Export Template 3 Provide a name for the template This name is displayed in the Format pop up menu in the User Information Report section 4 Optionally Click the checkbox Don t include header row in the report if you do not want any header row in the exported spreadsheet report 5 Select the information that you want the report to contain in Choose a Field pop up menu 6 Specify a customized name for the selected field in Custom Label name for field 7 To ensure that every cell in the exported spreadsheet has some value in it and is not blank specify a default value in Prefill field with default value If no information is available for a cell the specified default value is inserted 8 To add more rows click Add More When finished click Create Editing an existing export report 1 In Adobe Connect click on Event Management gt Event Administration gt Export Wizard 2 Select a template to edit by clicking its checkbox Click Edit 3 Add more columns to the report by
25. which includes the course name ID summary start date and close date 1 Click the Training tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window Navigate to the course In the course list click the name of the course Click the Edit Information link in the navigation list U A W N Edit the course information You can change the following information Course Name Required The name of the course it appears in the course list and in reports Course ID The course number or ID for example 100 CS100 and so on Summary A course description that appears on the Course Information page Course Starts On The date before which users cannot access the course If you change an existing course s start date to a later date no users not even those who already accessed the course can access the course until the new start date If some enrollee have already accessed the course their tracking and quiz information is retained in reports Course Closes On The date after which users cannot access the course Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 84 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Max Attempts The maximum number of attempts the enrollee has to pass this course if you leave Max Attempts blank you are allowing an unlimited number of retries Max Possible Score The maximum score a user can receive Use this option for course content that is not already graded such as a PDF or only sends a partial score such as Adobe Captivate co
26. you need not enter any answer 4 Click Open Close the answer period for a poll At the upper right of the Poll pod click Close Results are sent to Adobe Connect server Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting Click continue a poll click Reopen Edit a poll Note If you edit an open poll current results are lost 1 Click Prepare in the upper left corner of the Poll pod 2 Edit the text 3 Click Open View poll results As ahost or presenter you can view poll results These results are updated in real time as participants continue to cast or change their votes 1 Inthe upper right corner of the Poll pod click the menu icon 2 Select Results Format and choose a display option percentages numbers or both The overall responses appear in the Poll pod To view responses from individual participants click View Votes Show poll results to participants By default only hosts and presenters can see poll results but you can show them to all participants by doing the following 1 In the upper right corner of the Poll pod click the menu icon 2 Select Broadcast Results Navigate among polls You can create multiple polls and navigate among them quickly and easily 1 Inthe upper right corner of the Poll pod click the menu icon 2 Choose Select Poll and select a poll name Clear poll answers 1 Inthe upper right corner of the Poll pod click the menu icon 2 Selec
27. 1 From the Adobe Connect main menu click Administration 2 From the second level menu click Users and Groups 3 From the next level menu click Customize User Profile 4 Click Add Predefined Field to add a custom field in Adobe Connect Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting Change an attendee s role O As a host you can demote yourself to a presenter or participant revealing how attendees with other roles see the meeting room In the Attendees pod select one or more attendees Shift click to select multiple Do either of the following Drag the attendees to different roles From the pop up menu select Make Host Presenter or Participant Participants Dragging attendees to different roles Automatically promote participants to presenters If all participants in a meeting are presenters do the following Choose Meeting gt Manage Access amp Entry gt Auto Promote Participants to Presenters Assign enhanced participant rights Hosts can change the rights of a participant to give them control over selected pods This arrangement enhances a participant s rights without promoting the participant to the presenter or host role 1 2 3 4 In the Attendees pod select the name of one or more participants In the upper right corner of the pod click the menu icon Select Attendee Options gt Enhanced Participant Rights In the dialog box select the pods that you w
28. 127 Event reports Adobe Connect sends tracking data to Adobe SiteCatalyst for reporting purposes Adobe Connect uses Adobe SiteCatalyst reporting tools to provide event reports based on this data The reports display event statistics from different perspectives You can access event reports using the Adobe web application If you have an Adobe SiteCatalyst account you can access event data in your account in addition to the reports using the Adobe web application An event host administrator or a user with permissions to manage a specific event library folder configures event reports More Help topics About Adobe Connect Central reports on page 251 Opt out from tracking Enable opt out to provide an option to the participants to opt out from providing non explicitly submitted information to hosts When participants choose to opt out Adobe Connect excludes engagement index and private chat message count when reporting meeting information to hosts Adobe Connect continues to report generic event related information Opt out option if provided by hosts is available for participants of Adobe Connect meetings virtual classrooms seminars and events However if a meeting a virtual classrooms or a seminar room is associated with an Event the opt out settings of the Event take precedence If the opt out option is enabled Adobe Connect indicates so in each report tab Only Account Administrators can enable opt out To know more
29. 21 Optimize screen sharing quality 1 Choose Meeting gt Preferences gt Screen Share 2 Use the following legend to choose between the four available quality settings High 20 fps video at a maximum resolution of 640 x 480 Standard 10 fps video at a maximum resolution of 320 x 240 Medium 8 fps video at a maximum resolution of 320 x 240 Low 4 fps video at a maximum resolution of 160 x 120 For example if there are large delays before attendees see changes to a shared screen reduce the Quality setting 3 Optional If you wish to disable previewing webcam feed before starting the feed select Disable Webcam Preview 4 Optional If you wish to highlight the video feed of the current speakers in the Video Pod select Highlight Active Speakers Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 37 Adobe Connect Meeting Share your screen Host or Presenter 1 Do one of the following to open a Share pod e Choose Layouts gt Sharing e Choose Pods gt Share gt Add New Share 2 Click the pop up menu in the center of the Share pod and select Share My Screen Note If the Share Pod is empty you are a participant and do not have permission to share 3 Set Screen sharing options on page 37 4 Optional To make the attendees watch the shared content in full screen mode select Make Share Pod Full Screen for Attendees at the bottom of the Start Sharing Screen window 5 Click the Share button at the bottom of the Start Scre
30. Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout of meeting rooms and what you can do in meeting rooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics Work with pods on page 21 Share content in the Share pod on page 34 Share a presentation on page 43 Provide drawing rights to participants Hosts and Presenters can let any participant draw on whiteboard by granting the drawing rights in three ways Note Participants cannot turn on the Drawing mode for Share pods with these rights Only Hosts and Presenters can enable the Drawing mode e To provide drawing rights to individuals select the name from the Attendee list and from the pop up menu select Enable Drawing You can revoke the rights by selecting Disable Drawing Attendees 2 Hl 4 Hosts 1 Presenters 0 Participants 1 Start Private Chat Enable Video gt A Let me draw Enable Drawing Request Screen Share Make Host ce Make Presenter Enable drawing rights for individuals from the Attendees pod e To provide drawing rights in a specific whiteboard to all the participants select Enable Participants to draw from the pod s context menu Deselect the option to revoke the rights in the whiteboard for all the participants Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9
31. CONNECT 9 Administering Adobe Connect Peak users Across all sessions the highest number of attendees in the meeting room at the same time Planned duration Time scheduled for the specific meeting session A meeting may be scheduled for one hour but not actually use the entire hour Role on entry Attendee s assigned role when they entered the meeting Total duration attended Adds up all the times in between each entrance exit and compiles the total amount of time the attendee was actually in the meeting If the attendee was present from 11 45 12 00 and then from 12 10 12 15 their total duration would be 00 20 00 Total guests Total number of guest entries Cannot determine unique guests Total hosts assigned Total number of attendees who entered the meeting with host status Total presenters assigned Total number of attendees who entered the meeting with participant status Total time in meeting room Total amount of time sum of all time between each entrance and exit the attendee was actually in the meeting room If attendee was present from 11 45 12 00 and then 12 10 12 15 their total duration would be 00 20 00 Using system usage reports System usage reports show from different perspectives how your organization is using Adobe Connect All of the reports can be filtered by specifying a date range Adobe Connect system administrators typically create and use system reports The system reports are different from each other
32. Click Browse and navigate to the desired CSV file with UTF 8 encoding 6 Click Upload When finished uploading a confirmation message appears stating if the import process was successful Information about users and groups imported is also provided An error report is generated for entries that fail the import process Tips for creating training courses and curriculums Following are some tips for creating training courses and curriculums in Adobe Connect Training e Use Adobe Presenter and Adobe Captivate to create content for courses Presenter is suitable for the creation of rapid e learning content using Microsoft PowerPoint Adobe Captivate can be used for creating training materials that must contain complex branching and simulations e Adobe Connect 9 5 onwards HTML5 content created using Adobe Captivate 9 and Adobe Presenter 11 is supported in Virtual Classrooms and its recordings Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars To consume HTMLS5 content all attendees must use Adobe Connect add in You can download the add in from the Downloads and Updates page VC attendees who cannot see the shared HTML5 content are highlighted with a marker in the Attendee Pod When proprietary HTML5 content is shared in a VC and opened in an add in by attendees it may take some time to load owing to auto download of some required components besides the Adobe Connect Meeting add in Some delay is normal
33. Click Send Edit virtual classroom content 1 2 3 4 From the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central navigate to the virtual classroom you want to edit In the Name column click a virtual classroom Click Uploaded Content Add delete and move content as required View and edit virtual classroom recordings You control who can view a virtual classroom recording by setting the recording as public or private For more information see Play back a recorded meeting on page 184 1 2 3 4 From the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central navigate to the virtual classroom you want to edit In the Name column click a virtual classroom Click Recordings View and edit information as required View virtual classroom reports The Reports feature of Adobe Connect Central lets you create reports that show you a given virtual classroom from different perspectives 1 If you re not on the Virtual Classroom Info page for the classroom go to the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central and browse to the classroom Click the classroom name to open the Virtual Classroom Info page Click the Reports link toward the top of the Adobe Connect Central window The default Summary report shows virtual classroom information and aggregate user information such as a single instance in which a given user has joined and exited the classroom Unique Sessions the last time that any invitee entered the classroom Most Recent Session number
34. Curriculum Information page to add a name and details about a curriculum 3 Add items to the curriculum After you enter curriculum information in the New Curriculum wizard and click Next a page appears that lets you add items to the curriculum When you add an item to a curriculum you are actually adding a link to the item not copying the item in a new location within Adobe Connect Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 88 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars You can add content from the Content library a meeting from the Meeting library a virtual classroom or any existing courses to a curriculum Content added to a curriculum is now automatically converted to a course so it can be tracked accurately The new course is added to the automatically created curriculum resource folder This folder is in the same location as the curriculum and has the same name as the curriculum with Resources appended to the end L New Curriculum Wizard Add Items Add Content Courses and Meetings to your new curriculum Click Add Content to include items from the Content library in your curriculum Any Content added to the curriculum will be tracked as a Training Course Click Add Course to include Connect Pro Training courses in your curriculum You can include any course available in the Training library Click Add Meeting to incorporate Connect Pro Meetings in your curriculum You can add any Connect Pro Meeting available in the
35. Enrolled Monitoring training with reports Adobe Connect Central offers a wide range of reporting options For the training features in Adobe Connect Central different reports can be generated for courses curriculums and virtual classrooms More Help topics Generating reports in Adobe Connect Central on page 251 Using report filters As with other applications in Adobe Connect Central you can further define the information you see on a particular report by setting report filters Keep in mind that filters that you set apply to all reports that you create both for curriculums and for any other Adobe Connect applications For more information see Setting report filters in View reports about individual pieces of content on page 199 View course reports The Reports feature of Adobe Connect Central lets you create reports that show you a course from different perspectives Course reports also enable you to track the performance of specific learners When learners access a course either from a direct course URL or from the course URL within a curriculum course reports are created To use this feature access the Course Information page and then click the Reports link This displays other links that let you define the kinds of report information you can see for this course Content and course reports are distinct because a course is associated with a specific version of content In contrast course and curriculum rep
36. Enter a date range 6 For Meeting Sessions Usage Individual usage Group Usage Cost Center Usage reports Mobile Usage reports or Meeting Sessions reports click Add Or Remove Report Fields Select and deselect the fields to display in the report 7 Click Create Report 8 Optional If you selected Cost Center Usage in step 3 click Download Report and choose a report to download as a spreadsheet 9 Optional If you selected Burst Pack Usage in step 3 you can show the report by Hour or Day Understand the system usage reports The table lists the specific information that appears in columns within system usage reports All column headings do not appear in all system reports Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 264 Administering Adobe Connect Active login users Number of users in this group cost center or full system that are currently logged on the system Active room s One or more rooms where overage minutes have been used Distinct meeting rooms Number of separate meeting rooms owned by the individual group cost center or the full system If an individual has no host privileges this number is zero End date Date and time when the meeting session tracked in the report ended The name of the selected group This column does not sort Last login date Last date and time the individual member of group or member of cost center logged in to Adobe Connect Last name Last name of an individual user Login
37. Event Duration e Event Login Url e Event Name e Event Registration Url e Event Site Url e Event Start Time Event Summary e Event Time e Event Url e First Name e Last Name e Login e Time Zone e User e mail e Speaker Name e Speaker Overview e Speaker Detailed Overview e Speaker Info Url Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 132 Adobe Connect Events Text amp Image Insert text and images and format their styles in one go using this component You can enter text using a WYSIWYG editor set the font properties upload an image and format the properties of the image like alternative text description size title and alignment Time Zone Set the time zone of all the timings displayed on a page Any timing displayed on the page is converted to the specified time zone You can align the time zone to left center or right Account logo Display a logo of your organization that is added in Adobe Connect Central on the event page or in the email You can customize its properties such as size description alignment and title Title Insert a title using a WYSIWYG editor and set its display style using this component Event Associator Event Associator component associates an Adobe AEM page with an Adobe Connect event You can create a one on one mapping to an event on the associated Adobe Connect instance You can modify the event association any time You can specify which Event Page a AEM p
38. Event dashboard for a graphical representation of statistical data about the last ten of your most active events The dashboard data reflects the last ten most active events over the past six months in your My Events folder Check the library Organize the event files in your library More Help topics Pre event tasks on page 125 Creating an event on page 133 Best practices for events Here are some tips and tricks for tasks that you perform for live events and during meetings and seminars associated with events e Create a lobby The lobby can be a Chat pod where participants meet and greet each other before the event begins e Use PowerPoint animations Appropriate use of PowerPoint animations can bring an event to life with motion and sound Don t add so many however that the animations become distracting Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 127 Adobe Connect Events Incorporate polls into your event Polls give you instant feedback so you know if your message is getting through They provide an easy way for your audience to actively participate in the event Leverage video assets If you have appropriate video files add them to your events Coordinate carefully between co presenters Choose Meeting gt Enable Presenter Only Area to include items such as an agenda with notes and moderated Q amp A pod Consider giving presenters enhanced participants rights versus presenter rights With p
39. Log in to Adobe Connect Central 2 Click the Administration tab 3 With Account selected choose Reports 4 Click View Training Reports The following information is available in the report for a given duration e Peak concurrent learners using the account in the given period The numbers of users denied during a given duration due to concurrent users quota limit Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 266 Administering Adobe Connect Concurrent Learners 0 Unlimited Start Time 18 January 2014 03 15AM Y End Time 18 July v 2014 03 15AM Granularity Day s Week s Monthis Update Peak Concurrency 1000 Download Report Data Users Denied 1476 Dovmload Report Data 2000 ih 1600 f 5 1200 5 s00 i 1 400 m 0 01 18 14 02 18 14 03 18 14 04 18 14 05 18 14 06 18 14 E Peak Concurrent Learners Users Denied Concurrent learner training reports These two reports can be seen at a granularity of days weeks or months The reports can be downloaded as CSV files too View Meeting Reports 1 Login to Adobe Connect Central 2 Click the Administration tab 3 With Account selected choose Reports 4 Click View Meeting Reports Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 267 Administering Adobe Connect This report shows the maximum number of attendees supported at one time the concurrent peak for the current month compared with the allowable quota This report also
40. Month shows the amount of data transmitted to or from your account monthly compared to the amount of bandwidth you are allowed to use Disk Usage MB shows the amount of hard drive space consumed by your account compared to the amount of disk space you are allowed to use Presentation The number of authors in your installation compared to the number that is permitted Training The pricing model that your organization uses for training Training managers lists the number of managers in your installation compared to the number that is permitted Named Training Learners lists the number of learners that have been added to the learners group compared to the number that is permitted Only members of this group can view training content Training Concurrent Learner License Limit lists the number of users who can simultaneously view training content In Adobe Connect 9 4 Virtual Classroom Managers lists the current number of users in Virtual Classroom Managers group compared to compared to the number of licenses provisioned Meeting The pricing model that your organization uses for attendees Meeting Hosts lists the number of hosts in your installation compared to the number that is permitted Meeting Peak Concurrent Users lists the number of users who can simultaneously attend meetings The Soft Limit is the amount of quota that was purchased and the Hard Limit is the amount of quota that is enforced The Concurrent Users Per Meeting is the number of users
41. Note Do not create multiple custom fields with the same name Include user profile fields 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Users And Groups 3 Click the Customize User Profile link above the Users And Groups list The list of the user profile fields appears First Name Last Name and E mail are flagged with red asterisks to indicate that they are required 4 Select the check box for any field on this page that you want to include as part of the user account profile 5 To move an item up or down in the list select its check box and click the Shift Up or Shift Down button The information in the user profile fields is displayed in reports Reports display mandatory fields and the first ten fields listed in the Customize User Profile screen Use the Shift Up and Shift Down buttons to move fields into the desired positions Add predefined fields 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Users And Groups 3 Click the Customize User Profile link above the Users And Groups list 4 Click the Add Predefined Field button 5 Click the check box for any fields that you want to add 6 Click Save 7 To move an item up or down in the list select its check box and click the Shift Up or Shift Down button Create custom fields 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Users And Groups 3 Click th
42. Notes and select the name of the note you want to display Rename a Notes pod If you are a host you can rename a Notes pod after creating it Do either of the following e Double click the note name in the pod and enter a new one e Choose Pods gt Manage Pods select the Notes pod and click Rename Delete a Notes pod 1 Choose Pods gt Manage Pods 2 Select the Notes pod and click Delete Export notes to a text file or email Hosts can export the contents of a Notes pod The Adobe Connect add in must be installed to use this option 1 Click the pod menu icon in the upper right corner 2 Select Export Note and then select either Save As RTF to create a text file or email Note Use sound alerts for new chat messages The Chat pod can generate a sound to alert a user if two chat messages are more than five seconds apart This option is available individually for each Chat pod and is specific to a meeting room It is remembered across all the meeting sessions of a meeting room Hide Maximize Start Chat With b Clear Chat Email Chat History Text Size b My Chat Color d Show Timestamps Chat sounds Preferences Help Enable sound alerts for new message in Chat pod To activate the chat notifications click Chat sounds from context menu of the Chat pod Chat in meetings Use the Chat pod to communicate with other attendees while a meeting is in progress If you have a question an
43. Room from the drop down menu Select an existing seminar session and click Duplicate Seminar Session Specify the required details To search for an existing seminar session you can narrow down the results displayed using the date filter Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 119 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Note Here seminars rooms from Shared Seminar licenses are displayed with a Shared prefix If you have a Named Webinar Manager license then the seminar rooms associated with this license are also displayed Note You can schedule multiple seminar sessions in advance 4 Click Create to create a specific session using your seminar room Your specific seminar sessions are created in advance before each session starts The base URLs of the respective seminar rooms are used as the URLs of the sessions The recording and the reports for each session are available when you open a completed session in Seminar Sessions tab You can create an ad hoc seminar session from inside a seminar room by clicking New Instant Session in the notifier pop up in the upper right corner Resolve seminar scheduling conflicts When creating a new seminar if its schedule overlaps with an existing seminar Adobe Connect does not allow you to create the new seminar To avoid the conflict it suggests checking the seminar calendar and resolving the conflict To check the seminar calendar 1 Go to Seminars gt Seminar Calendar All your se
44. Sharing a computer screen document or whiteboard Hosts and presenters and participants who have been given rights use the Share pod to display content to attendees Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 34 Adobe Connect Meeting Content you can share e Selected items on your computer screen including one or more windows one or more open applications or the entire desktop See Share your screen on page 36 e A document such as a presentation Adobe PDF file FLV file a JPEG or other file format See Share a document on page 41 e A whiteboard with various writing and drawing tools You can share a stand alone whiteboard or a whiteboard overlay that appears on top of other shared content See Share a whiteboard on page 45 Except for PDF files attendees can view all documents shared in the Share pod but cannot download them To enable attendees to download non PDF documents a host or presenter must instead use the File Share pod Installing the Adobe Connect Add in Presenters and hosts must install the Adobe Connect add in the first time they attempt to upload content or share a screen The add in is a special version of Flash Player with additional features for hosts and presenters The add in provides support for uploading PPTX files to the server and sharing screens during a meeting You can install the latest add in and other updates from the Downloads and Updates page You can launch an Adobe Conne
45. Stopping audio broadcast not only stops the audio integration but also breaks the UV line The Pause Audio Broadcast option pauses the audio broadcast without breaking the UV line When audio broadcast is stopped participants joining via telephone can continue to talk while other participants cannot hear them However when audio broadcast is paused participants connected via telephone line can hear the participants connected via VoIP but the participants using VoIP cannot hear those using a telephone line Pods Audio Stop Meeting Audio Pause Audio Broadcast Call A New User i Broadcast is OFF Users on Computer will not be able to listen ta s Microphone Rights For Participants Phone users Audio Conference Settings A B A Pause audio option in Audio pop up menu B Notifier indicating paused audio These options support various scenarios where hosts want to handle audio broadcast during meetings in a specific way For example during longer meeting breaks hosts may want to stop broadcasting audio or participants on telephone bridge can have a discussion without other participants hearing it 1 Choose Audio gt Stop Audio Broadcast or Audio gt Pause Audio Broadcast 2 Toresume the audio broadcast choose Audio gt Start Audio Broadcast Note Hosts can stop a broadcast for all attendees but not for a specific participant Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 174 Audio and video con
46. Templates in Event Management tab 2 Click the Edit templates link against Event Template or Email Template option 3 Inthe AEM instance launched click a requisite option in the left margin Move the pointer above the existing templates to display the options Edit Template Create a Copy Delete Template and Rename Template AEM components to design Adobe Connect templates Adobe Connect uses AEM technology to design and lay out email and event templates and Event Catalog The designed templates can be shared and access control governs their usage Adobe Connect also offers AEM components customized for Adobe Connect users and administrators These AEM components can be dragged onto the template area and configured to quickly design and layout templates Container A container provides a demarcated area in an event template to contain any components you put there Container helps demarcate an area of the page by allowing you to customize its background and restrict its dimensions Event Banner Small Showcase the small event banner uploaded as Small Banner Image in event information on the various event pages and in the email You can customize various properties of the event banner such as size description alignment and title Recommended size for small images is 560x230 pixels Event Banner Large Showcase the large event banner uploaded as Large Banner Image in event information on the various event pages and in the email You can
47. Usage report the total host minutes for the entire Adobe Connect installation is listed Total hosts Total number of users with host status in the group cost center and full system Total learner training completions Total number of learners that completed courses and curriculums in the full system Total Mobile Minutes Duration of total mobile sessions attended or hosted by individual in Individual Usage report or by all the group members in Group Usage report Total meeting minutes hh mm ss Total number of minutes across all roles and sessions spent within meeting rooms by the individual group group member cost center or cost center member The Full System Usage report shows total number of meeting minutes across all users in the system Total meeting sessions Total number of individual meetings billed to the selected cost center Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Administering Adobe Connect Column heading Total training managers Total training storage consumption Total trainings completed Total unique training objects Total users Type User storage consumption kb User total meeting minutes Total number of individuals in the Adobe Connect system with training manager permissions Total amount of storage in KB used for training objects such as courses curriculums and virtual classrooms Total number of trainings courses curriculums and virtual classrooms completed by the indivi
48. View Original Play a recording from a URL attendees Hosts and presenters most often tell attendees about a recording by sending an email message containing a URL link to the recording Click the recording URL that the presenter sent to you The recording opens in your browser and is ready for playback If you are unable to open the recording check if you have the permission to access the recording Navigate to specific events in recordings For each meeting recording a new indexed event is created for every chat message layout change slide change and camera start or stop Each event is listed in an Events Index along with a timestamp You can filter and browse the index to quickly navigate to specific events 1 At the left of the window for the recorded meeting click the triangle to show the Events Index pane Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Audio and video conferencing E Recording_1 Collaboration Microsoft Inter Events Index Filter Events Ry Slide Changes y Chat Messages gt E Sharing 0 00 00 b m Collaboration 0 00 14 Events Index pane click triangle to show and hide 2 Do either of the following e Click the Filter pop up menu to select specific events to view You can show all events a single event event types or any combination of events that can be indexed Events that can be filtered include layout changes chat messages slide changes and users joining or leaving the At
49. and provide distinct data First you select a type of system report Meeting Sessions Usage new in Adobe Connect 9 5 Meeting Usage new in Adobe Connect 9 5 Individual Usage Group Usage Cost Center Usage Full System Usage Burst Pack Usage Mobile Usage Meeting Sessions or Meeting Usage Then you are given specific options for the report you selected Meeting Sessions Usage report provides a summary of Meeting Seminar or Virtual Classroom sessions that happened over a period The reported fields can be Meeting URL Meeting Name Meeting Host Session Start Time Session End Time Session ID Meeting Duration Peak Participants Total Participants User Minutes and Meeting Type The report can be downloaded in a CSV format Meeting Usage report provides a summary of meeting activity over a period graphically and in a tabular format too For each date it provides Peak Concurrent Meeting users and Total User Minutes The report can be downloaded in a CSV format The Individual Usage report provides information about how a single user is interacting with Adobe Connect The report includes total meeting minutes total trainings completed and total storage consumption The report helps you determine how many meetings and training sessions a user has attended The storage consumption number tells you which individuals uploaded the most content Last updated 8 28 2015 262 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 263 Administering Adobe Connect Th
50. aware of the following effects of this action e The curriculum is removed from the Training library e Enrollees can no longer access the curriculum e Reports for the curriculum are no longer available To prevent access to the curriculum while retaining reporting information set the curriculum close date and do not delete the curriculum e Curriculum reminders are not sent and delayed curriculum notifications are not sent e Deleting a curriculum is a permanent action Once it is deleted you cannot recover a curriculum Deleting a curriculum from the Training library does not affect the library items that constitute the curriculum 1 Click the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central and browse to the curriculum 2 Select the check box next to the curriculum and then click Delete 3 After verifying that you want to delete the selection click Delete Edit prerequisites test outs and completion requirements After creating a curriculum you can make many changes such as assigning prerequisites assigning test outs and editing completion requirements Adobe recommends using either test outs or prerequisites but not both to create learning paths Using both is possible but it can be time consuming and complicated to test all of the possible workflows learners may encounter More Help topics Edit curriculums on page 92 Assign prerequisites to an item Assigning prerequisites enforces learner access to items in a specific
51. can download files from the File Share pod to their computers 1 In the File Share pod select the files to download 2 Click Download File A browser window opens with the Save to My Computer dialog box If this window does not appear adjust the browser s pop up blocker settings 3 Click the Click to Download link 4 Click Save Navigate to the desired location and again click Save 5 When the downloading process is complete click Close 6 Close the browser window that opened in step 2 Download all files To quickly download multiple files meeting attendees can download all files simultaneously from the File Share pod instead of downloading one by one 1 Inthe upper right corner of the File Share pod click the menu icon 2 Click Download All A browser window opens with the Save to My Computer dialog box If this window does not appear adjust the browser s pop up blocker settings 3 Click the Click to Download link 4 Click Save Navigate to the desired location and again click Save 5 When the downloading process is complete click Close 6 Close the browser window that opened in step 2 Rename a file This operation changes only the label that appears in the File Share pod it doesn t change the actual filename 1 In the File Share pod select the file that you want to rename 2 Inthe upper right corner of the pod click the menu icon 3 From the pop up menu select Rename Selected 4 Type the new n
52. choose Allow each meeting host to determine how minutes are allocated the host can choose from a Cost Center pop up menu when creating a meeting 5 To search add delete or edit a cost center click Manage Cost Centers 6 Click Save Disable cost center reporting 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central 2 Click the Administration tab 3 Click Users and Groups then click Cost Centers 4 Deselect Enable Cost Center Reporting 5 Click Save Working with compliance and control settings Organizations operating in regulated industries are required to comply with government standards These standards dictate how and when employees can communicate and whether the organization must record and archive communication For example some organizations are required to log all communications that take place on their networks Organizations can also choose to retain communications between employees or between employees and external users to meet standards of internal control Use the compliance and control settings to adhere to standards and control the global meeting experience Compliance and control settings are global settings that affect the entire Adobe Connect account Settings apply immediately to all meeting sessions that begin after the settings are saved Settings do not apply to meetings that are in progress when settings are saved Settings apply to recent meetings up to 10 minutes after the meetings end Note Not all compliance features ar
53. classrooms are added to a curriculum just like a course There are three access levels for virtual classrooms enrolled students only enrolled students and accepted guests and anyone who has the URL for the virtual classroom A curriculum is a group of courses meetings and virtual classrooms that moves students along a particular learning path A curriculum consists primarily of courses but can include other items such as live training sessions With curriculums you can assign prerequisites test outs and completion requirements to enforce a specific learning path As is the case with courses you can generate reports to track the progress of the enrollee as they move through the curriculum to ensure that they meet the learning objectives Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 73 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Training courses and curriculums have three attendance permissions Enrolled Denied and Pending Approval Enrolled indicates a learner whom a training manager placed in a course or curriculum Denied indicates a user who is denied access to that course or curriculum Usually a training manager uses the Denied permission to exclude a user from a group course for example if that user already took the course Pending Approval indicates a user waiting for approval from the training manager Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings
54. clicking Add More and defining the values of new rows 4 Remove report columns by resetting the value in Choose a Field column to the empty entry 5 Making any other required changes in other fields and click Save Delete an existing export report 1 In Adobe Connect click on Event Management gt Event Administration gt Export Wizard 2 Select one or more templates to delete by clicking their checkbox Click Delete 3 Click OK to confirm deletion Change the default export report 1 In Adobe Connect click on Event Management gt Event Administration gt Export Wizard 2 Select a template by clicking its checkbox Click Set Default Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 156 Adobe Connect Events Managing Shared Templates Event Administrators have considerable flexibility in designing pages catalog and emails for an event Before they create an event a template to address the requirements is required Adobe Connect supports shared and private templates An Event Manager can create only private templates and an Event Administrator can create only shared templates Event Administrators can create shared templates to address the various requirements of your organization Also only Event Administrators can edit such templates Typically shared templates are created to ensure consistency and branding for all your organization s communications More Help topics Create and modify templates and the Event Catalog on page
55. content on page 194 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 199 Managing content Viewing data about content View data about all content 1 In Adobe Connect Central click Content gt Content Dashboard The Content Dashboard provides a graphical representation of statistical data about your content The data reflects all of the content in your My Content folder and is output to the following categories Most Viewed Content Over Last 30 Days The number of views Most Effective Presentations Over Last 30 Days Determined by percentage of slides viewed across all viewers Most Recently Viewed Content Over Last 30 Days In list format shows the name content type number of views and last time this content was viewed The most recently viewed is listed first Aging Content In list format shows the name content type and last time this content was viewed The most recently viewed is listed last Click any item to view the corresponding Content Information page 2 To print the data click Printable Version More Help topics Content library supported file types on page 193 Upload content on page 194 View reports about individual pieces of content Note In Adobe Connect 7 and later you can retrieve data about individual pieces of content from a new Reports wizard in Adobe Connect Central click Reports gt Content This section of the documentation describes an older user interface for viewing data about ind
56. create and manage all aspects of an event in this folder e View event reports e Create events and manage their own folders in the Event library e Create private templates or make private copies of existing shared templates Assign attendee roles when setting up the event in the Participant Management tab Event Administrators group Members of the Event Administrators group assign users to the Event Managers group and perform the overall administration of an event An Event Administrator can perform the following actions e Assign Event Manager role to the registered users e Create custom event templates and manage existing shared templates Update rename delete or copy existing templates e Create and manage tags in the Event Catalog Event tags make it possible to filter the events in the Event Catalog e Apply the Featured Event tag to display an event in the Featured Events section of the Event Catalog e Create Reply To options for email triggers e Configure analytics by providing Adobe SiteCatalyst credentials Using the tags and the templates Event Administrators control the Event Catalog layout and branding completely Meeting Hosts group Members of the Meeting Hosts group create meetings If you assign a user to this group Adobe Connect creates a folder for this user in the User folder of the Meetings library Meeting hosts can manage only their My Meetings folders in the User Meetings folder Meeting hosts can ma
57. customize various properties of the event banner such as size description alignment and title Recommended size for large images is 740x300 pixels Event Carousel Display a carousel view of the image uploaded as Large Banner Image in event information for the featured events Event Duration Display the duration of an event The duration is calculated based on the timings mentioned in event details in Adobe Connect Central Event Information Brief Display brief information about an event entered as Event Information in event information You can also customize the font properties of the information Event Information Detail Display the detailed information about an event entered as Detailed Information field You can also customize the font properties of the information Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 129 Adobe Connect Events Event List Display a list of events to create a catalog of events You can filter the event listing using the existing event tags to display only selected events You can showcase the events with logo control alignment display future events control text formatting of the page and so on A few prominent settings available in this component are described below Events Per Page Specifying various numeric options in this field provides users the option customize the number of events displayed per page To provide users with multiple options use Add Item link to add more values Tag Pane
58. department can provide local targetted content and troubleshooting information to their users before the users reach out to content hosted on adobe com The landing page as access via the in built help system must be available at http www example com system help support Adobe Connect Central How To Topics Content e Working with content in the Content library on page 193 e Upload content on page 194 e Viewing data about content on page 199 Training e About Adobe Connect Training on page 72 e Creating training courses on page 78 e Creating training curriculums on page 86 e Creating virtual classrooms on page 98 e Monitoring training with reports on page 104 e Manage the Training Catalog on page 110 Meetings e Meeting basics on page 5 e Create meetings on page 14 e Start meetings on page 19 e Start meeting audio on page 170 e Meeting room templates and layouts on page 15 e Share a document on page 41 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Administering Adobe Connect e Share a presentation on page 43 e Upload and manage files using the File Share pod on page 51 e Updating meetings on page 25 e Viewing data about meetings on page 31 Seminars e About seminars on page 116 e Create a seminar on page 117 e Seminar reports on page 123 Event Management e Creating an eve
59. drawing on the document You can lay a whiteboard over presentations JPG SWF content FLV file and PDF documents If you turn off sharing change the content in a Share pod or close the Share pod the whiteboard is still part of the meeting room It can be displayed again A B C Whiteboard 24 oy ets a ail ii 1 e 100 F _ D Whiteboard overlay and controls A Show Hide whiteboard overlay B Make full screen C Pod options and help D Zoom controls E Access arious pages of a Whiteboard F Hide toolbar G Drawing tools Create a stand alone whiteboard in a blank Share pod In the Share pod choose Share My Screen gt Share Whiteboard Add an overlay whiteboard in a Share pod With the document displayed in a Share pod do one of the following Inthe upper right corner of the Share pod click Draw See Whiteboard drawing tools on page 48 e Ifyou share an application in the upper right corner of the application window click the arrow next to the Stop Sharing button Then select Pause and Annotate Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 48 Adobe Connect Meeting If you are sharing your entire desktop click the Adobe Connect add in icon in the system tray Windows or icon bar Macintosh and select Pause and Annotate Display an existing whiteboard Select Pods gt Share gt name of whiteboard Navigate between multiple whiteboard pages A stand alone whiteboard contains
60. during the event Event Info Page View 1000 4 209 Event Registration Page View 300 52 5 Registration Complete 500 4 60 Event Login 200 23 3 Qualified Leads 70 Conversion funnel allows you to gauge promotion effectiveness and identify qualified leads 5 Click the Registration tab to view reports pertaining to event registration Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Events The Registration tab displays the following Set Qualified Lead Lets you specify the criteria to identify Qualified leads For example time spent by attendees in the event answers to registration questions and answers to poll questions User Information Report Click Download Report Data to download a CSV file that provides comprehensive information about the event The file includes aggregate information that is tracked from the start of registration until the end of the event The file includes information on whether a particular registered or invited participant attended the event For attendees the file contains information such login name campaign IDs and answers to questions provided by them during the event In addition the file contains information on the requirements to be analyzed by the host The file also includes information on qualified leads based on the criteria set in Set Qualified Lead section Campaign Report You can gauge the success of different campaign promotions for your
61. e To change the default time zone select a time zone from the Default Time Zone pop up menu e To change the rule for event registrants select an option from the Event User Policy pop up menu e To change the contact information enter a first name last name and e mail address in the Primary Contact text boxes 5 Click Save Pricing models The pricing model determines how your organization pays for its usage It is associated with the quota and usage information that you see under System Features There are different models for training and meetings There is one pricing model for training Concurrent learners This model limits how many learners can be active in all courses or curriculums at the same time There are two pricing models for meetings You can view the information associated with the model your organization purchased Named organizer This model limits the number of users who can initiate meetings Each named organizer can initiate one active meeting at a time A meeting started without the named organizer has all attendees with Participant privileges until the named organizer arrives in the meeting When the first named organizer joins the meeting privileges of all the other attendees are restored to the values set before the meeting Each meeting is limited to the number of participants specified in the license file A named organizer must be present to start a meeting and all participants are demoted to participant level
62. each to have separate conversations Participants are automatically assigned the role of presenter in a breakout room giving them full VoIP rights When a host ends a breakout session everyone returns to the main meeting room and VoIP audio channel _ If VoIP is not possible attendees can use the Chat pod to communicate in breakout rooms Video in breakout rooms Note the following behavior of the Video pod in Breakout rooms e Force Presenter View option is not available in a Breakout room e Force Presenter View setting is preserved before and after a Breakout room is used Everyone goes out of the Full Screen mode when a Breakout room is started or ended About breakout room layouts Hosts can use the default breakout room layout or design a new layout to use specifically with breakout rooms Create a custom breakout room layout if you want to do preparatory work before sending content and people to breakout rooms Creating custom layouts can help meetings go faster and be better organized Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting The layout active when you click the Start Breakouts button is reproduced in all breakout rooms For example if layout l is active and you begin breakouts with three rooms those three rooms use layout 1 If you change the meeting or training session to layout 2 and add breakout room 4 then breakout room 4 uses layout 2 There are cases where you want to have different layout
63. event Attendee Notification v Customize Custom Trigger 1 Event Update Customize Custom Trigger 2 Event Update v Customize Custom Trigger 3 Event Update y Customize Custom Trigger 4 Event Update y Customize Status of emails for this event Dovmload Email Report Copyright 2001 2014 Adobe Systems Incorporated and its licensors All rights reserved E mail options to track email status 1 Log into Adobe Connect Central and access Event Management gt My Events page Click on the name of the event for which you want to check the email status Click on the E mail Options tab and click Download Email Report A W N The fields listed in the downloaded CSV report are Type Recipients Email Subject Email Trigger Email Template Date Scheduled Date Completed and Status The status has one of the following values and reasons Blocked Unpublished Cancelled When an event is not yet published or when a published event is cancelled Queued The emails are queued to be sent Sent Successfully sent the emails Opted out of email invitations Users can opt out of receiving event invitations This status against a user indicates this scenario Bounced Error If for some reason an email cannot be sent for example in case of an erroneous email address Event Catalog To improve event discovery Adobe Connect automatically generates a master Event Catalog listing all the events published to the catalog The Events Catalog can be e
64. folder for example Human Resource Content Product Support Content and so on See Set permissions for content files and folders on page 249 3 Create custom groups using descriptive names Use names that describe the permissions of the group for example Human Resource Content Managers Shared Content Viewers and so on See Create a custom group manually on page 234 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Administering Adobe Connect 4 Assign permission types for your groups to specific folders or files For example assign the Human Resource Content Managers group permission to manage the Human Resources folder in the Shared Content folder See Set permissions for content files and folders on page 249 5 Add users to groups It s easier to create groups first then add users to whichever groups are necessary for them to obtain appropriate permissions See Add or remove group members on page 240 Permissions assigned to users take precedence over permissions assigned to groups If you want to deny a user access to certain folders you can assign a user based permission for those folders Libraries The Content Training Meetings Seminars and Event Management tabs in Adobe Connect Central each contain a library of files organized in folders Files that you store in the Training Meetings Seminars and Event Management libraries are available for activities in those respective tabs only Files i
65. folder and a catalog public The event listing page which can be branded for your organization displays a list of upcoming events and displays the following for each e Event logo e Event name e Description the Event Information text Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 136 Adobe Connect Events e A Register button which takes the user to a registration form e An Event Details button which takes the user to the event information page it includes the Detailed Information text The Event Catalog lists all the events created in Adobe Connect Also the events in a single folder appear on one listing page if you make the folder public 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Navigate to the desired folder 3 Click Make This Folder Public The folder is now public and a URL is listed The URL can be made available and anyone can view the event listing page from the hosted public pages Preview an event listing page for a specific folder 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Navigate to the folder containing the events whose listing page you want to view 3 Make the folder public if necessary The button above the list of folders and events is a toggle between private and public If the button says Make This Folder Public click the button 4 Click the URL below Public Event Listing URL For This Folder The event information appears exactly as it appears on the event listi
66. for the curriculum that you want to modify click the Training tab and browse to the curriculum Select the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page 2 Click Add Item Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 92 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Click New External Training 3 4 In Title enter the name of the external training 5 Optional In ID enter identification text or numbers 6 If the external training item is viewing a website in the URL box enter a full URL including http For example http www adobe com 7 In Max Possible Score enter the maximum points to be awarded for completing the external training Note If you plan to use external content as a course within a curriculum it can be important to set maximum score Define a maximum score in this location when content is non graded or when it sends a partial score For example Adobe Captivate content only sends the score achieved say eight not the score achieved and the maximum score say 8 10 When the content used to create a course includes a full score such as 8 10 then the maximum score defined within the content applies and any score set here is ignored 8 Optional In Summary enter a description of the external training 9 Click Save On the Curriculum Information page the external training appears in your list of items Edit curriculums You can edit information in a curriculum such as changing the order of items or removi
67. gt Users and Groups tab Checking Reset Password lets limited administrators create a temporary password for a user See Edit user information on page 236 Checking Modify current users and groups lets limited administrators edit user and group information See Managing users and groups on page 236 Checking Add users and groups using Web interface lets limited administrators use the Administration gt Users and Groups interface Checking Add users and groups using CSV import lets limited administrators import users and groups from a CSV comma separated value file See Creating and importing users and groups on page 228 Checking Delete users and groups lets limited administrators delete users and groups See Managing users and groups on page 236 Checking Modify user profile fields lets limited administrators access the Administrator gt Users and Groups gt Customize User Profile tab See Customize user profile fields on page 229 Checking Change the login and password policies lets limited administrators access the Administration gt Users and Groups gt Edit Login and Password Policies tab See Set login and password policies on page 230 Checking Cost Centers lets limited administrators access the Administrator gt Users and Groups gt Cost Centers tab See Allocate meeting minutes to cost centers on page 213 Account Management Checking Edit account information lets limited administrato
68. has been used over time For example you can see how many learners have not completed the course and if that number is rising or falling Create course reports 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central and click Reports Click Course Select a course from the Training library and click Next 2 3 4 Click Specify Report Filters Optional Enter a date range and or select a specific User Group 5 Click Add Or Remove Report Fields Select and deselect the fields to display in the report 6 Click Options Select the course report to create Course Report or Historical Course Report Which Includes Unenrolled And Deleted Users 7 Click Create Report Last updated 8 28 2015 254 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 255 Administering Adobe Connect Read course reports The table lists the specific information that appears in columns within course reports All column headings do not appear in all course reports The number of attempts made to pass the course compared to number of attempts allowed For example 1 of 3 means that the learner made one attempt and a total of three attempts are available A system generated number that proves the learner completed the course and provides the learner with a unique ID Course status for a learner must be complete or passed to receive a certificate number Where applicable the date the learner was deleted from the Adobe Connect Enterprise system Where the learner is in the course workflow For example the lea
69. host You assign these permissions when you create a seminar The Seminar Administrators can also modify them during the seminar and after the seminar is over by editing the participant list Seminar library permissions determine who can manage the library folders Of the six built in groups only Administrators have Manage permissions for the Shared Seminar folder Authors Training Managers Meeting Hosts Seminar Administrators Webinar Managers and Event Managers are assigned Denied permissions by default The administrator can override those default permissions and allow others access to the Shared Seminar folder There are no Publish or View permission types as there are for the Content library To manage folders other than the Shared Seminar folder you must have Manage permissions for that folder in the Seminar library 4 Register and approve attendees Depending on the type and purpose of a given seminar the Seminar Administrator may want to have the guests register If so the host must have Adobe Connect Events as part of the Adobe Connect Central application registration for any meeting training presentation or seminar can only be done through the Event Management tab If the host has this tab they must first create the seminar from the Seminars tab using the Seminar wizard Then they create an event and select the seminar they have created as the event More Help topics Working with content in the Content library on page 1
70. in the breakout rooms to which they were assigned Attendees 2 G reakout 3 Hosts Presenters At Dave M m Down L Participants Breakout room with attendees assigned as presenters Note If you are recording a meeting or training session and send attendees to breakout rooms the recording continues to record only the main room To edit the recording so those watching do not have to view an empty main room see Edit a recorded meeting on page 181 Visiting breakout rooms When breakout rooms are in use hosts can visit different rooms including the main room To visit another room drag your name to it in the Attendees pod Send a message to all attendees in breakout rooms Hosts can broadcast messages to all breakout rooms This feature can be useful if you have noticed one or more rooms have a similar question It is a good practice to send attendees a warning message a few minutes before ending breakout sessions and returning them to the main room This mechanism allows attendees to finish speaking loading files and working on the whiteboard before a breakout session ends 1 Inthe upper right corner of the Attendees pod click the menu icon and choose Broadcast Message 2 Type the message and then click Send Attendees in all rooms see the message in the center of the Adobe Connect window Communicate attendee status in breakout rooms Either with or without the Host present use the options in
71. invitation is an email invitation informing participants of the date time duration summary URL and audio conference information You can also choose to attach a Microsoft Outlook calendar event to the email message This feature enables attendees to add the meeting to their Outlook calendar Note Adobe Connect is unable to send a meeting invite for a meeting where the character count for the content to send to the email client is more than 1000 characters The issue is related to HTML tag mailto as browsers cannot launch an email client when the content exceeds 1000 characters The way that invitations are sent depends on the type of meeting Registered guests If your meeting is for registered users only create a custom email message from within Adobe Connect Central Send the email invitation to all hosts participants and presenters presenters only or participants only The subject and message body can be edited Anyone If your meeting is open to anyone who receives the meeting URL click Send E mail Invitations to create an email invitation in your own email application The new message contains a subject the meeting name and message containing the meeting date time duration URL and summary that you can edit More Help topics Edit meeting information on page 28 Send invitations to registered guests only 1 Click the Meetings tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page 2 If necessary navigate to the folde
72. mail and people register for the event by mistake Attended The number of people who attended the event User Information Report Select the required format of the report from the pop up menu and click Download Report Data to download a CSV file The report provides comprehensive information about the event while respecting the filtering and sorting applied on the online reports The default report Adobe_Standard contains the information that is displayed in the online report The file includes ageregate information that is tracked from the start of registration until the end of the event The file includes information on whether a particular registered or invited participant attended the event For attendees the file contains information such login name campaign IDs answers to registration questions and answers to questions during the event The file also includes information on qualified leads based on the criteria set in Set Qualified Lead section For more information on customizing these CSV reports see Configuring the format of the User Information Report on page 155 Conversion Funnel User activity data from the time a user views the event page until the user completes attending the event This report identifies qualified leads based on the criteria set in the Set Lead Criteria section under the Registration tab A qualified lead may be a potential customer based on pertinent information the user provides while registering or
73. map to the pie chart This option also shows a list of all the participants who responded in this poll and the number of the answer they selected if the poll question allowed multiple responses these are all shown for the user More Help topics View and manage curriculum reports on page 105 Set self enrollment options Self enrollment options are set using the Training Catalog Add courses curriculums and virtual classrooms to the catalog if you want to use the self enrollment feature For more information see Manage the Training Catalog on page 110 Note Adobe Connect administrators can change self enrollment and Training Catalog settings to adhere to standards for governance For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 1 If you are not already on the information page for the course curriculum or virtual classroom go to the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central and browse to the item Click the course curriculum or virtual classroom name to open the information page 2 Click Training Catalog Settings 3 Select List in Training Catalog for Learner Self Enrollment This selection enables registered users to add themselves to the permission list for the course curriculum or virtual classroom in the Training Catalog 4 Do one of the following e Adobe Connect notifies enrollee of their status by email when they self enroll Enable Catalog Notifications option works onl
74. multiple pages that you can move between during a presentation In the lower left corner of the Share pod click the left or right arrow Page numbers are displayed alongside the arrows Whiteboard drawing tools Whiteboard 24 A a r Ill 4 ail m4 1 1 100 Whiteboard tools A Select objects or pan while drawing B Markers tool C Delete the selected objects D Text tool E Draw shapes and symbols F Undo changes G Redo changes H Arrange an object relative to other objects I Hide the toolbar The tools available to create text and drawings on the whiteboard are displayed below Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting Whiteboard 24 et p T ib Drawn with Marker tool Drawn with Highlighter tool Drawn with Pen tool Drawn with Pencil tool Whiteboard marker tools and their samples A Marker B Highlighter C Pen D Pencil Last updated 8 28 2015 O Iil 4 100 Y 4 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting Share Whiteboard stop Sharing 57 y B a Border Thickn 2 gt SST 100 Y Drawing shapes and symbols A Select a shape or a symbol to draw B Set border C Set line thickness D Set fill color E Set opacity of the shape Selection tool Selects a shape or area of the whiteboard Click a shape to select it Drag on the whiteboard or content to create a selection rectangle that selects all the
75. name Pod Move and resize pods 1 In the menu bar select Pods gt Move And Resize Pods A check mark appears next to the option when it is selected 2 To move a pod drag it by its title bar To resize a pod drag the lower right corner Display a pod at maximum size When you maximize a pod it expands to fill the current browser window 1 Inthe upper right corner of the pod click the menu icon and select Maximize Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting 2 To restore the pod to its original size click the menu icon again and select Restore To expand the Share pod beyond the current browser window to the edge of the display click the Full Screen button Organize pods 1 Inthe menu bar select Pods gt Manage Pods 2 Do one of the following e To delete pods select them from the list and click Delete e To rename a pod select it from the list and click Rename e To locate all unused pods click Select Unused Any unused pods are highlighted in the list on the left Click Delete if you want to remove the unused pods 3 Click Done Join as a first time Adobe Connect user New users who log in for the first time are guided through the user interface depending on their role in the system The rules that govern a new users destination in Adobe Connect upon their first login are listed below Meeting Hosts along with any other membership Training Managers only Seminar Administ
76. number from the SIP access number field Edit or delete an audio profile You can change the profile name and enable or disable an existing audio profile You cannot change the audio provider You specify a provider only when you create a profile 1 In Adobe Connect click My Profile gt My Audio Profiles Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Audio and video conferencing 2 Select a profile and click Edit 3 Change the profile name or status and click Save 4 To delete an audio profile select it and click Delete Associate an audio profile with a meeting When you associate an audio profile with a meeting you include the audio conferencing settings defined for the audio provider 1 Do one of the following e Create a meeting and enter the required information click Meetings gt New Meeting e Open an existing meeting and click the Edit Information tab 2 Inthe Audio Conference Settings section select Include This Audio Conference With This Meeting Select the profile from the menu and click Save All the profiles you created appear in the menu Note If you change the audio profile once you start the meeting the new conference settings take place only after you end and restart the meeting Wait for a few minutes to see the changes The changes are immediate when you change the audio profile from the Audio Conference Preferences dialog from within a meeting Do not indude any audio conference with this meeting
77. of the group and click Information at the bottom of the list Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 240 Administering Adobe Connect If necessary click Search and enter the name of the group in the Search text box 4 Click the Edit Information link 5 Edit the fields you want to change 6 Click the Save button Add or remove group members If you are an administrator you can add both users and groups to a group You can also remove them Add members to a group 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Users And Groups 3 Select the name of the group and click Information at the bottom of the list If necessary click Search and enter the name of the group in the Search text box to locate the name in the list 4 Click the View Group Members button 5 Inthe Possible Group Members list select each user or group that you want to add to this group as follows e To select multiple groups press Control click or Shift click To expand a group so that you can select individual names double click the group name Double click Up One Level in the list to return to the original list e To search for a name in the list click Search at the bottom of the window and enter the name 6 Click Add To remove a user or group from this window select it and click Remove Remove members from a group 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click U
78. on page 34 Sharing content during a meeting on page 33 View a list of uploaded content If you have Manage permissions for a meeting folder you can view content uploads to the server from a meeting room within that folder 1 Click the Meetings tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page 2 If necessary navigate to the folder that contains the meeting 3 Click the meeting name in the list 4 Inthe Meeting Information page click the Uploaded Content link on the navigation bar 5 A list of all uploaded content appears From here do any of the following To see the information about a specific item in the list click the item name e Move uploaded content to the Content library e Delete uploaded content e To determine if the content is still being used in the meeting room view the Referenced column A Yes indicates that it is still being used An empty column indicates that it is not Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 28 Adobe Connect Meeting Move uploaded content to the Content library To move uploaded content to the Content library obtain administrator rights or permissions to manage the specific Meetings library folder that contains this meeting 1 Click the Meetings tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page If necessary navigate to the folder that contains the meeting Click the meeting name in the list In the Meeting Information page click the Uploaded Content link on t
79. on the Edit page and click Save 6 To return to the uploaded content list click Return To Uploaded Content View a seminar recordings list You can view a list of the recorded seminars 1 Click the Seminars tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page 2 Locate the seminar under a specific license and click its name 3 Click the Recordings link 4 To view information about an item click its name 5 To change the title or summary of a specific recording click Edit make your changes on the Edit page and click save View recordings of specific seminar sessions You create specific Seminar Sessions using a seminar room as a base The recordings for all seminar rooms are available as described above The recordings of specific Seminar Sessions are also accessible separately 1 Click the Seminars tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page 2 Locate the seminar under a specific license and click its name You can filter sessions based on a date range 3 Click the Recordings link and access the session recording View seminar folder license information You can view information about how many seminar licenses your organization purchased This can be helpful when planning the number of people to invite to a seminar 1 Click the Seminars tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page 2 Locate the Seminar Room in the list and click on its name 3 Click License Info Note If you create a seminar under
80. reporting information for the original presentation is merged with the event specific report data In addition event specific data is carried over into future reports for the original presentation Note For content other than courses and curriculum the system tracks only whether the user has viewed the event For example users who view only the first slide in a presentation are reported as having attended the event In contrast users who view only a few of the slides in a course or curriculum are not reported as having attended In other words users must complete and return the course to appear on the report as attendees Also you can view Time In and Time Out information by viewing the event By Attendee report Note The duration is not reported in the Event Reports when on demand recording content is chosen as the presentation type 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central Last updated 8 28 2015 141 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 142 Adobe Connect Events Navigate to the desired folder Click the event you want to change At the top of the Event Information page click the Select Content link ui A WU N If the required content does not appear in the list navigate to the file or folder where it resides e Click the appropriate link at the top of the tab for example Shared Content if you are replacing content e Scroll to the folder or file that you want Either select the check box to the left of it or cl
81. respect the filtering and sorting applied on the online reports You can also export the By Slides Pages or By Questions report to a browser window by clicking Printable Version on the left above the display 1 Click the Training tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window Navigate to the course In the course list click the name of the course Click the Reports link Select a report type By Slides By Users By Questions or By Answers O uu A A WU N Do one of the following e Click Download Report Data e Click Printable Version More Help topics View course reports on page 104 View and manage curriculum reports You can view reports which provide summaries statistical information and status information about a curriculum You can view data for the overall curriculum for individual users and by item Course and curriculum reports are shared because a curriculum is only a link to a course In contrast content and course reports are distinct because a course is associated with a specific version of content Curriculum reports do not display the specific version of a curriculum a learner completed Content details are tracked against the object for all content types including third party SCORM content Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 106 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Note When upgrading from Acrobat Connect 6 to Adobe Connect 7 existing training materials are migrated but t
82. right corner of the Share pod click the menu icon and select Preview Screen Share a document As a host or presenter you can share documents that have been uploaded to the Content library or share documents directly from your computer Sharing documents from the Content library has the following advantages over sharing your screen e Better and higher fidelity viewing experience for participants e Lower bandwidth requirement for presenters and participants e More navigation options with the Adobe Presenter sidebar e Pre loading and organizing documents in the meeting room e Easier presentation when multiple presenters are involved If you turn off sharing change the content in a Share pod or close the Share pod the document is still part of the meeting room It can be displayed again To edit a shared document edit the source document and reload it into the meeting More Help topics Working with content in the Content library on page 193 Work with pods on page 21 Share a whiteboard on page 45 PDF files in Adobe Connect In the Content library PDF files are stored as is When shared in a meeting room PDF files are converted to SWF files to enable synchronized navigation and whiteboard capabilities Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 42 Adobe Connect Meeting From the Share pod hosts and presenters can download PDF files Participants can download PDF files if hosts and presenters
83. screen sharing modes and prevents users from sharing unauthorized content For more information on screen sharing modes see Screen sharing options on page 37 e Choose whether to Disable Request for Control to prevent users from requesting control of another user s shared screen gt cc e Choose whether to Disable screen sharing s Pause and Annotate feature to disable the Share pod s overlay whiteboard e Choose whether to Restrict screen sharing to specific processes to specify applications that users can share See Specify applications to share or block on page 216 e Under the Document Sharing settings choose one or more of the following If you select all the options the Share Documents option is removed from the Share pod Choose Share pod disable uploading of documents to the meeting to prevent users from sharing documents on their computers Choose Share pod disable uploading of documents from the Content and Course libraries to prevent users from sharing documents that are published in the content and course libraries This setting prevents users from uploading content directly into a meeting room A host or presenter can share only content that was preloaded into Adobe Connect Central Choose Disable Whiteboard to disable the whiteboard from the Share pod e Under Room Bandwidth Settings set the following to manage the room bandwidth Set the default values for bandwidth usage and video quality us
84. shows the number of users currently participating in meetings both live and recorded You can use this list to monitor meetings and click a meeting name to intervene For example to free up spaces for another meeting enter an active meeting and send the host a message requesting that some participants leave the meeting View and download Downloadable Reports 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central 2 Click the Administration tab 3 With Account selected choose Reports 4 Click View Downloadable Reports 5 Click Report Filters and choose how to filter the data that the report returns 6 Click one of the Download Report Data buttons You can download five different kinds of reports as CSV files that you can export to external systems Note Each downloaded report that you save is named data csv by default When you save the file give it a unique identifying name for example interactionsMarch05 csv Interactions downloadable report data This report summarizes user access A unique transaction ID is generated each time a user attends a meeting attends a seminar views content takes a course or accesses a curriculum The Interactions report presents the following data transaction id Unique ID for this transaction sco id Unique ID used by Learning Management System LMS to identify different Shareable Content Objects SCO type Type of object accessed such as content meeting or event name Object name as it appears in
85. single instance in which a given user joins and exits the meeting e Last time that a particular invitee enters the meeting room most recent session e Number of invitees e Number of attendees e Highest number of people who entered the room at a time peak users By Attendees Lists the name and email address of each meeting participant as well as the time they entered the meeting and the time they left it By Sessions Lists the start and end time of each session the session number and the number of attendees Clicking the session number displays the participant list for this session including participant name and entry and exit times for each participant By Questions Lists each poll by session number number and question Select a view by clicking one of the following options under the Report column e View answer distribution Displays a pie chart in which each answer is color coded with a unique color e View user responses provides an answer key that lists each answer for this poll and its corresponding answer number these numbers map to the pie chart This option also displays a list of participants who responded to the poll It also displays the number of the answer they selected if the poll question allowed multiple responses all responses are shown for the user More Help topics Obtain information about a meeting on page 25 About Adobe Connect Central reports on page 251 Sharing content during a meeting
86. so they are exported with the full name in the first name column and a blank in the last name column 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central Navigate to the desired event and select it In the Event Information page click Participant Management in the navigation bar Click Import Export List Click Browse and navigate to the desired CSV file Click Upload O aa A W N More Help topics Change an existing event on page 138 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 147 Adobe Connect Events Send event invitations If you are an administrator an event host or a user with permissions to manage a specific Event library folder you can send event invitations An event invitation is an e mail message that is sent to event attendees informing them of the date time duration and URL of the event The way that invitations are sent depends on the type of event Invitees Only If your event is for registered users only you create a custom e mail message in Adobe Connect Central You can send the e mail to all registered participants and presenters presenters only or participants only You can customize the subject and message body You also have the option to attach a Microsoft Outlook Calendar iCal so that participants can add the event to their Outlook Calendar Anyone If your event is open to anyone who receives the event URL you can create an e mail message in your default e mail program This m
87. so you can adjust camera position If you want to use a different connected camera select it from the Video pod menu O To cancel video sharing click outside the preview image in the Video pod W Se 2 Click Start Sharing to broadcast your video to all participants 3 To pause or stop video hover the mouse over Video pod and click the Pause or Stop icons When video is paused the last image broadcast from your camera remains static in the Video pod until you click Play O to resume broadcasting When video is stopped the broadcast image disappears entirely O Hosts can pause or stop video from any attendee af Ly S amp S Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Audio and video conferencing Video 1 Webcam video in Video pod and the available controls A Stop sharing the webcam B Hosts can switch to the Grid layout when multiple webcams are being used C Hosts can switch to the Filmstrip layout when multiple webcams are being used D Make the Video pod full screen E Menu icon to access all options of the Video pod F Close video appears when a meeting host or a meeting presenter hovers pointer over the video G Pause video appears when anyone hovers pointer over the video To optimize bandwidth consumption share your video using the Adobe Connect add in A persistent notifier to use the add in is displayed For details about add in see Sharing a computer screen document or whiteboard on page 33
88. start using the updated version of the template once the edited template is activated Activate newly created templates for the templates to be available for use Creating an event You create an event using the Event wizard It guides you through the tasks of creating a name and including a summary and detailed information about the event You can select an image to associate with the event You can also select the content determine participants and define various phases in which emails are sent to participants Events are built around content such as a course or curriculum a meeting virtual classroom or a seminar The content must exist in the appropriate library before you create the event You cannot create the content when you create the event You can use any single file from your Content Meetings Training or Seminar library 1 Start the Event wizard To start the Event wizard click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central navigate to the event folder and click New Event To quickly copy settings from an existing event select it and click Duplicate Event Then enter a unique name URL and start and end dates for the event 2 Enter event information On the first page of the Event wizard select the event template Then enter background details about the event such as name summary and detailed information The event template event name time zone and language are required Other fields are optional The v
89. that folder Denied Users or groups with a Denied permission setting for a folder or file cannot view publish or manage this folder or file Last updated 8 28 2015 250 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 251 Administering Adobe Connect Publish Users or groups with a Publish permission setting for a folder or presentation can publish update and view presentations as well as view reports for files in that folder However these users must also be members of the Built in Author group as well as have Publish permission to publish content to this folder View Users or groups with a View permission setting for a folder or file can view any content in the folder or can view the individual file Current Permissions For OSHA Training Ei amp Harry Manage harry yahoo com 2 Andi Ciew me mE al Jsers All Permission davids group Serrano Team ahin Denied i View anu Publish mf Manage Add Q Search Permissions Remove N Current permission settings A Selected name B Click the Permissions button to select a permission setting The setting is displayed next to the name ankur 8 To remove a user or group from the Current Permissions list select the name and click Remove 9 To reset permissions for the entire library folder or file to be the same as the permissions of the parent folder click Reset to Parent 10 For Content library only Select Yes for Allow Public Viewing to make this fold
90. the conference See Start meeting audio on page 170 Meeting hosts can configure an audio profile to automatically start with the meeting Hosts do not have to manually start the audio profile For more information see Change Audio Conference Settings from within a meeting on page 175 3 Optional Record the audio conference Hosts can record telephone based audio along with the web conference The audio is played back with the audio conference See Record a meeting on page 179 Best practices for starting a universal voice conference If a host starts an audio conference as a moderator and then leaves the meeting room the conference ends for all participants However if a host starts the audio conference as a participant and then leaves the meeting room the audio conference continues for the remaining participants Depending on your audio provider you may need a moderator code or a leader pin number to start an audio conference Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 170 Audio and video conferencing To avoid ending the audio conference if you leave the meeting room do the following 1 Create an audio profile that uses a participant code to start the audio conference See Create and use audio profiles on page 166 For user configured providers make sure that the dialing sequence includes a participant text box This text box appears when you create an audio profile based on that provider 2 Ente
91. the content listing url Object that the user accessed The Interaction report excludes certification numbers and max scores Users downloadable report data This downloadable report lists users and associated profile attributes using data listed in the following table Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Administering Adobe Connect principal id Unique ID for the user login Unique user identifier name Unique user name email E mail address of the user manager The login of the manager of the user manager is always set to NULL type User or guest type is always set to user Data is generated in this view whenever a user creates updates or deletes a user If you select the Include Custom Fields option custom information from user profiles is added to the report When customizing user profiles there are three mandatory fields first name last name and e mail and you can include up to eight additional custom fields To customize user profiles choose Administration gt Users and Groups gt Customize User Profile Move the eight additional fields you want to include to the top of the list The Users report excludes the following information e Password which is not stored in plain text e Time zone and language which are not available in human readable form for example PST is 323 Note Deleted users do not appear in the Users report Deleted users continue to exist in the Interactions report Ass
92. the event time as mentioned in the event information in Adobe Connect Central on event page or in email Header Insert a header on the event page that displays the logo uploaded in Adobe Connect Central You can also set the time zone of the various timings displayed on the page Horizontal Line Draw a horizontal line to demarcate various sections of the event page using this component You can control the blank space above the line using the height parameter Horizontal Separator Create a horizontal separator with specified blank space to improve readability of the event page using this component The height parameter controls the height of the blank space Link Button Create a button which links to event details register page speakers page catalog page or any other web page of your choice You can customize the style of the button The prominent customizations provided through the settings of this component are the following Link To Provide the hyperlink of the destination of the Link Button The available options are Event Details Register Page Speakers Page Catalog Page and Hyperlink If you select the Hyperlink option provide the destination link in the Hyperlink field Style Define the style of the button by selecting Round Corners Round Corners with Arrow Plain Button or Custom Image If you select Custom Image you can construct your own button by uploading images in the Left Image Center Image and Right Image tabs
93. the links below to customize the interface attributes a Menu Highlight Color Meeting Logo bmp gif jpg or png file image must be 50 x 31 Focus Border Color _ Choose File No File Chosen Background Color App Bar Color rls Enter a URL for a website that will be launched from the meeting logo App Bar Text Color ee gdsd com _ Pod Bar Color Pod Bar Text Color Reset To Default Customize the color of the border of the selected pods to improve accessibility Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 14 Adobe Connect Meeting More Help topics Customize the branding of an account on page 210 Creating and arranging meetings Create meetings You create meetings in Adobe Connect Central You can create meeting rooms to which you return repeatedly for your own use and leave persistent content in the meeting room To incorporate registration as part of your meeting you must have the Event Management tab See About Adobe Connect Events on page 124 Your account administrator can request for a large webinar for 1500 participants using a separate license If the Adobe Connect administrators approve the request you receive a meeting room URL Use this URL to create an event registration system You can use the meeting room anytime to run 25 participant meetings for trial Configure the meeting room with content layou
94. to highlight the required option and press Space to submit the selection To change your submission highlight a different radio button using the arrow keys and press Space Short Answer Press Tab to highlight the text field type your short answer press Tab to highlight the Send Answer button and press Space to submit the answer To update your submitted answer retype a new answer and submit it It overwrites your previous submission Last updated 8 28 2015 12 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting What is your age group What is your age group 50 60 h AE EE eR A oe ll Answer Is suomitted Submissions for a Short Answer type poll question Accessibility related account settings Adobe Connect Administrators can update a few account wide setting to improve the accessibility of users using the deployment The administrators can customize the color theme of the login screen meeting rooms and of the Adobe Connect Central user interface to better suited the needs of the differently abled users Also administrators can change the color of the border to highlight the focused pods ADOBE CONNECT Home Content Training Meetings Seminars Event Management Reports Administration My Profile Account Users and Groups Audio Providers Customization Compliance and Control Administration Dashboard Customize Central Customize Login Customize Meeting FF PERRE RESA re My Screen Use
95. topics Built in permission groups on page 243 Join a meeting Attendees join a meeting as a guest or as a registered user depending on the options chosen by the meeting host If your connection to the server fails Adobe Connect displays an error message It provides a link to a test wizard which leads you through a series of steps to test your connection status 1 Do one of the following e Ifyou have been invited to a meeting by someone in your organization on the Adobe Connect Home tab click My Meetings In the list of meetings on the left locate the meeting you want to join and click Enter e Click the URL for the meeting most likely received in an email or instant message 2 Log in to the meeting room as either a guest or an Adobe Connect user e Select Enter As A Guest Type the name to be used as your identifier in the meeting Enter appropriate values in the guest access fields for example email id and contact number and click Enter Room e Select Enter With Your Login And Password Enter your login name and password Click Enter Room If you are the administrator of a hosted account Adobe Connect displays the terms of service ToS by default To log in to a meeting first acknowledge that you have read and agree to the ToS If you are a user ToS is not displayed for hosted accounts You can log in to a meeting before the ToS expires even if the administrator hasn t accepted the ToS yet Last updated 8 28 201
96. underscore or a hyphen e The URL can have maximum of 60 characters including the two forward slashes before and after the URL Ifyou enter any uppercase letters they are automatically converted to lowercase letters to conform to URL case sensitivity conventions Do not use any of the following reserved keywords in your custom URL builder fcs src More Help topics Upload content on page 194 View data about all content on page 199 View content You can open content for viewing from the Content library If you have the URL for viewing the file you can also browse to it directly from any browser window Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 198 Managing content More Help topics Upload content on page 194 View data about all content on page 199 View content in the Content library 1 Click the Content tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Browse the Content library and click a filename to view the associated Content Information page 3 Click the URL For Viewing link A new browser window displays the selected file or presentation View content in a web browser 1 Open a browser window 2 Enter the URL for viewing the content in the browser URL address box or click a link received in an e mail Send a content URL by e mail Every content file in the Content library has a unique URL that lets users view the contents of the file You can send this URL to o
97. use Adobe Connect VCs without having the Meeting Host role as part of the Named Virtual Classroom licensing introduced in Adobe Connect 9 4 Use virtual classrooms to conduct training sessions Virtual classrooms are added to a curriculum just like a meeting Unlike a meeting virtual classrooms can have a Presenter course added that can impact completion requirements Course transcripts are not generated for students who enter a virtual classroom as a guest Note Completion requirements are no longer user configurable completion is based on attendance A learner is marked complete if they attended at all and marked incomplete if they were absent Just like meetings there are three access levels for virtual classrooms enrolled students only enrolled students and accepted guests and anyone who has the URL for the virtual classroom can enter the room Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout of virtual classrooms and what you can do in virtual classrooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics About content courses and curriculums on page 72 Creating a curriculum on page 86 Creating a virtual classroom In creating a virtual classroom your workflow involves the following tasks 1 Start the Virtual Classroom wizard On the Adobe Connect Cen
98. using the Up One Level button In Seminar Rooms libraries you can choose to move uploaded content or recordings that are saved with a seminar 1 Click Content Training Meetings Seminars or Event Management at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Navigate to the folder or file that you want to move 3 Select the check box to the left of the item that you want to move For a seminar choose Uploaded Content or Recordings if you want to move either of those types of items saved with the seminar 4 Do either of the following e Click Up One Level to move the item up one level in the library folder directory e Click Move this option is not available for the Seminars tab Select a folder in the folder directory tree or click Up One Level Click Move and then click OK to apply the change More Help topics Delete a file or folder on page 192 Edit file or folder information on page 192 Move up a level in the folder hierarchy Click the Up One Level button on the navigation bar above the folder list The folders and files within the parent folder appear The name and location of the parent folder appear in the navigation links list at the top of the browser window More Help topics Delete a file or folder on page 192 Edit file or folder information on page 192 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 192 Managing content Return to a folder Above the functional links is a list of nav
99. values CSV file You can either save or open the report If you are running Adobe Connect Central in an Internet Explorer browser and choose to open the report Windows automatically opens it in Microsoft Excel In this case double click each cell to see its information Another option is to save the CSV file to your desktop select Notepad from the Accessories menu select Start gt Accessories gt Notepad and open the file from Notepad which makes it easier to read In addition if the Printable Version button appears for a report you can click the button to export the report to a browser window and print the report Remove report filters 1 Access the information page for example the Content Meeting Course Information page and so on for the file whose report filter you want to remove Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 202 Managing content On the information page click the Reports link above the Content Information title bar Click a report type either By Slides By Questions or By Answers Click the Report Filters link U A WU N In the Set Filters page do either of the following e To clear all filters click Reset e To clear a specific filter deselect the check box and click Save if it s a group click Add Remove Groups deselect the group check box and click Save Last updated 8 28 2015 203 Chapter 7 Administering Adobe Connect Getting started administering accounts Working in A
100. webinar appropriately Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting Engagement Dash Session Time 00 07 12 oO Meeting Engagement 82 Average 65 000 4 What s your favorite sha 10 11 Engagement Dashboard quantifies the engagement in an Adobe Connect session To calculate the average for a different session reset the session timer The average attentiveness is calculated afresh The Engagement Dashboard displays the following e Current attendance in a virtual classroom or webinar e Aggregate attentiveness of participants e Changes in user attentiveness over time The Dashboard displays user interactivity level through the following cues e Fora Q amp A pod the Engagement Dashboard displays the number of questions answered out of the total questions e For polls the Engagement Dashboard displays the participation level for each of the poll questions Note Open polls are always placed above polls that are faded out or closed Polls in the current layout are placed at the top most position The Engagement dashboard is visible to hosts and presenters in the Presenter Only area To view the Engagement Dashboard 1 Choose Meeting gt Enable Presenter Only Area The Presenter Only area is displayed on the right of the meeting interface 2 Choose Pods gt Meeting Dashboard Enable opt out to provide an option to the participants to not provide non explicitly submitted information t
101. who can simultaneously attend a single meeting Burst Pack Minutes are prepaid overage minutes One burst pack comes with 5000 minutes Seminars The number of Seminar Administrators in your installation compared to the number that is permitted In Adobe Connect 9 4 Webinar 100 Managers Webinar 500 Managers and Webinar 1000 Managers are listed and indicate current number of users in the group compared to the number of users provisioned Event Management The number of Event Managers in your installation compared to the number that is permitted Enable FlashPaper An Adobe product that enables you to convert HTML Microsoft Word and PowerPoint files into Flash documents for the web Adobe has stopped new feature development for FlashPaper Adobe recommends using PDF to present and collaborate on documents in Adobe Connect Customization and Rebranding A feature that allows you to customize and brand your account Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 208 Administering Adobe Connect Requires SSL connection A feature that determines whether your account uses SSL to encrypt all communication between the server and connected users Reports A feature that allows you to access the Reports wizard Edit account information 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central 2 Click the Administration tab 3 Click Edit Information 4 Do any of the following e To change the default language select a language from the Default Language pop up menu
102. 1 Ifyou have associated a universal voice audio profile with the meeting choose Audio gt Join Audio Conference 2 Choose Meeting gt Record Meeting 3 In the Record Meeting dialog box enter a name and summary for the meeting recording A recording icon red circle appears in the menu bar to indicate that the meeting is being recorded Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 180 Audio and video conferencing You can pause an ongoing recording Anything you do in the live meeting during the time you pause the recording is not recorded Note If a problem occurs during the recording an error message appears in the upper right corner of the window You can try to reconnect to the conference audio record the meeting without audio or stop recording the meeting Stop recording a meeting From the Meeting menu click Stop Recording The meeting recording is saved and is available for playback at any time About editing meeting recordings After recording a meeting or training session you can use the built in editor to remove sections of the recording The editor is useful if the recording contains periods of silence or unnecessary information Following are some tips for editing recordings e To edit a meeting or virtual classroom recording in the Content library you must have Manage or higher permissions for the recording If you created the meeting or virtual classroom you have these rights by default e To edit a recordi
103. 2 Click Users And Groups and then click Import 3 Select Create New Users 4 Under the Select File To Import bar browse to the CSV file you want to import 5 Click the Upload button If any errors occur the first ten errors are displayed in red text Errors on duplicate user login email are not reported Make any necessary corrections and reimport the file then repeat steps in this procedure Import users from a non UTF 8 encoded CSV file You can import users from a CSV file that isn t UTF 8 encoded When importing a non UTF 8 encoded file append the appropriate encoding parameter to the import URL 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Users And Groups and then click Import 3 Check the URL in the browser address line It looks like http lt Adobe Connect Server gt admin administration user import 4 Click at the end of the URL in the browser address line and add encoding lt encode gt to the address It looks like http lt Adobe Connect Server gt admin administration user import encoding lt encode gt Specific examples include the following e http lt Adobe Connect Server gt admin administration user import encoding sjis e http lt Adobe Connect Server gt admin administration user import encoding euc_kr 5 After modifying the URL address click Enter 6 Select Create New Users Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 233 Administering Adobe Connect
104. 4 396 418 440 462 464 a Registration Questions report shows the count of responses for various registration questions 6 Click the By Answers tab to view the distribution of answers to registration questions In other words use this tab to view the number of answers provided for each question 7 Click the Content tab to view reports pertaining to event content The Content tab displays the following Engagement Report The Engagement Report uses information directly from the Engagement Meter for an event showing how the engagement and attendance levels varied during that event As you move the pointer over the report you can see the specific numbers at any given time during a meeting 100 320 Engagement 80 70 280 Attendance q a lie 240 n P 7 200 z 160 y gt 40 A 120 20 80 40 D o o Z 4 5 a i0 iz i4 16 18 Time minutes mi Engagement E Attendance Engagement report indicates the overall engagement of participants Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 160 Adobe Connect Events Chat and Q amp A Usage The bar charts in this report provide a quick and easy way to see the total number of chat messages and Q amp A for a given event For example it shows the total chat messages the number of public messages and the number of private messages exchanged This report also displays data such as total questions asked during the event and number of questions answered Use this data to calculate the n
105. 5 Opt out from event invitations Event Administrators can edit an event template to provide an option for invitees to opt out of all event invitations in the future To provide this option add the runtime field Invitations Opt Out URL to a template The invite contains a link to opt out Upon clicking it the users get a confirmation email with a link to opt out Event Administrators can download the opt out report to check the status of each participant Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 148 Adobe Connect Events AVUDEC CUININCL Home Content Training Meetings Seminars Event Management Reports Administration My Profile Shared Events User Events My Events Event Dashboard Event Administration Event Catalog Event Templates Email Templates Edit Group Membership Analytics Administration Event Tags Email Aliases Featured Events Campaign IDs Export Wizard Email Opt Out Download the report of all users which opted out from event invitations Dovmload Opt Out Report To enable users to opt in provide them with the following link Opt in link https maple preview adobeconnect com system email preferences account id 1040574878 Download the Opted Out Users report Note Depending on your license and your permissions all the tabs displayed in the top row in Adobe Connect Central may not be visible Add the opt out option to a template To add the option for users to opt out from future ev
106. 5 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 24 Adobe Connect Meeting For shared site accounts the ToS are displayed when you first log in to Adobe Connect either as an administrator or a user To proceed acknowledge that you have read and agree to the ToS Select the check box on the screen to indicate that you have read and agree to the ToS and Adobe Online Privacy Policy Note If the administrator for your meeting has activated client side certificates the Select Certificate dialog box appears when you attempt to enter a meeting The dialog box prompts you to select a certificate to verify your identity An administrator may have enabled a compliance Term of Use notice Accept this notice to enter a meeting For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 Place a meeting on hold or end a meeting Hosts can place participants on hold to temporarily restrict meeting room access to hosts and presenters letting them prepare materials Audio conference calls are placed on hold Hosts can end a meeting to remove everyone including hosts presenters and participants Audio conference calls are disconnected If an Adobe Connect account is billed by the minute you can prevent unnecessary charges by explicitly ending a meeting when a meeting is not in session Place participants on hold 1 Inthe menu bar select Meeting gt Manage Access And Entry gt Place Participants On Hold 2 Revise the message to participants if
107. 65 Enable microphone for participants using computers on page 171 Create and use audio profiles An audio profile is a collection of audio conference settings that map to an audio provider You use audio profiles whenever you use an audio provider with Adobe Connect Meeting Audio providers are companies that offer audio conferencing services that work with Adobe Connect For more information about audio providers see Audio conferencing options on page 165 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 167 Audio and video conferencing Create an audio profile All audio profiles include the audio provider and profile name The remaining information includes numbers and access codes that hosts provide for meetings The text boxes that appear for entering this information depend on the provider For integrated providers the requested information comes from their configuration code For universal voice providers the requested information comes from host defined steps in the dialing sequence See Define a dialing sequence on page 224 Note You can ensure that the audio conference settings and other profile information successfully start an audio conference Run the test on the Enter Provider Information page Administration gt Audio Providers or My Profile gt My Audio Providers select a provider and click Edit See Test a dialing sequence on page 226 Meeting hosts limited administrators and administrators can cr
108. 93 Create a seminar After obtaining correct permissions create seminars using the Seminar wizard Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 118 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars 1 Start the Seminar wizard Create or browse to a Shared Seminar in the Seminar library where you place your seminar you must have permission to access the folder When you determine a location click the New Seminar Session button to open the wizard 2 Enter seminar information On the first page of the Seminar wizard enter background details about the seminar such as a name and summary and select a template to use Only the seminar name and language are required all other fields are optional You can edit this information after the seminar is created You schedule various sessions using a single seminar room thereby reusing a seminar URL 3 Schedule seminar sessions A Shared Seminar is a placeholder for all your future sessions After creating a New Seminar Room schedule the various instances of your seminar as Seminar Sessions Your seminar URL remains the same as the base seminar room does not change However the schedule and the duration of a seminar can change with each session The maximum number of participants are determined by your seminar license Note Outside of a scheduled seminar session all participants are made to exit the session Only ten participants are allowed in a seminar room in the order Session creator Hosts in a
109. A E N R IAE NAA 127 Managing Avot oren nE e E E A NERA RE ee OAE tines So Nan eee OR ENE AE TA A lees 150 Attending Adobe Connect EVENTS errre rinnan rrna ad aa RTEA AONA ANATA AE A AREA NARAS 162 Chapter 5 Audio and video conferencing Audion meetings cicosa eh ee e n E A E NAE NE Aree Bhs A A A AEAEE 165 itere MADALE nao e A ET EEEE E EEE E E E EEEE E S EE OEE 175 Recording and playing Dack Meetings cc2e5laeeeoseseuneaieds EE A A E AEEA ESERE 179 AOODE CONMECEWEDCASE erare eNTRADA 188 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Contents Chapter 6 Managing content Working with library files and folders Working with content in the Content library Viewing data about content Chapter 7 Administering Adobe Connect Getting started administering accounts Adobe Connect Central How To Topics Configure audio providers for universal voice Configure video telephony devices Change the timeout period Access MP4 conversion queue Enhancing Adobe Connect account security Creating and importing users and groups Managing users and groups Setting permissions for library files and folders Generating reports in Adobe Connect Central Last updated 8 28 2015 Chapter 1 What s new in Adobe Connect 9 5 Adobe Connect is a web conferencing solution for web meetings e learning and webinars It powers mission critical web conferencing solut
110. Administrator you can convert existing guests to full users This distinction can be important because only full users not guests can log in to the Adobe Connect Central administration site Full users also appear on enrollment and permission lists 1 Select the Administration tab in Adobe Connect Central Select Users And Groups Select Manage Guests In the Current Guests list select a guest Click Convert To User U FSF U N Conversely if you wanted to change a full user into a guest you would select a user in the Current Users list and then click Convert to Guest Add event participants using a CSV file If you have a comma separated values CSV file that contains names and e mail addresses you can import the file to add participants to an event Keep in mind these requirements when you import a CSV file e Empty lines in the file are not allowed If the CSV file contains empty lines the import operation fails e Names that contain a comma must be in quotes For example the name John Doe Jr must appear in the CSV file as John Doe Jr for the file to import correctly Do not include a header row in the CSV file e At minimum the CSV file must contain columns for first name last name and e mail address For example Charles cbond mycompany com Note Guest users that were imported into a CSV file in Adobe Connect Enterprise 5 1 Breeze 5 1 do not have first and last name columns just one name column
111. Adobe Connect Meeting Hide Maximize Print Export Snapshot Stop Sharing Share Enable Participants to draw Pointer Full Screen Force Presenter View Preferences Help Enable drawing rights on a Share pod for all participants e You can grant universal drawing rights to all participants in all pods from the in meeting Preferences dialog This preference is remembered for every session using the meeting room Preferences General Whiteboard Settings Display Name Enable Participants to draw Audio Conference E4 P Video _ Enable Participants to export Microphone Screen Share Attendees Pod Chat Pod Q amp A Pod Whiteboard Done Cancel Enable drawing rights for everyone in a meeting room Create and display a whiteboard A whiteboard allows hosts or presenters to create text shapes insert some symbols and draw freehand drawings in real time during a meeting By providing drawing rights to some or all the participants meeting hosts can facilitate better collaboration Users can zoom in and pan the whiteboard for a better experience Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 47 Adobe Connect Meeting You can use a whiteboard in two different ways in a Share pod e A stand alone whiteboard allows presenters to create content on a white background e An overlay whiteboard allows presenters to create content over an existing document in a Share pod adding annotations to and
112. After you enable analytics reporting database is synchronized periodically It may take up to a day for you to view event reports Managing event tags Tags enable users to filter events on your organization s website or other websites where you publish the event If you apply the Featured Events tag to an event it appears in the Featured Events section of the Event Catalog To add tags to an event 1 In Adobe Connect Central click the Event Management tab 2 Choose Event Administration gt Manage Event Tags 3 Select a tag from the list You can add a tag to the list You can also delete an existing tag from the list or modify the tag Managing email aliases Adobe Connect Central lets you configure email aliases to which event registrants can send email queries In addition you can send responses from the alias To add an event alias 1 In Adobe Connect Central click the Event Management tab 2 Choose Event Administration gt Manage Email Aliases Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 155 Adobe Connect Events 3 Select an email alias from the list You can add an email alias to the list You can also delete an existing email alias from the list or modify the alias Managing Campaign IDs Event Administrators can create campaign IDs that can be used across the organization Use of consistent campaign IDs add uniformity and ease of use to campaign tracking To know more about Campaign mapping and ID management
113. At the course level set client side maximum retries to one and server side maximum retries to any number Set server side maximum retries to unlimited if you want learners to have as many attempts as they need to pass Add curriculum items directly into curriculums not into folders When adding content from the Content library directly into a curriculum the content is automatically converted to a course and tracking is enabled For example when you add a PDF file to a curriculum that file becomes a course and tracking can be done down to the page level you can see if learners looked at seven out of ten pages or all ten pages of the file In addition a curriculum resource folder is automatically created and any curriculum specific courses that is content automatically converted to a course for this curriculum are placed in the folder Communicate with your learners about how to take courses and curriculums especially any specific settings you have used For example tell them how many times they can attempt to pass a quiz Also if you change a curriculum after making the curriculum available such as adding or removing items inform your learners Ask learners to open an item or course in only one browser window and to close that browser window when they are done When planning to make a large curriculum available do a test first For example ensure that your Adobe Connect system network servers database and so on is set up prope
114. Audio gt Enable Lecture Mode Broadcast your voice using VoIP 1 In the main menu bar click the microphone button EJ As you speak sound waves appear in the button icon indicating audio level 2 Optional To the right of the microphone button click the menu button M and choose Adjust Mic Volume if you are too loud or quiet Or choose Mute My Mic to temporarily stop broadcasting for a cough or other interruption You can select which microphone to use for audio if you have more than one microphone connected Click Audio click Select Microphone and choose from the displayed list of microphones When an attendee is speaking the microphone icon W is displayed next to their name in the Attendees pod If configured from the Attendees pod menu the names of active speakers are displayed in the pod Adjust or mute audio volume Each attendee can customize audio volume on their system gt In the main menu bar select any of the following from the speaker EJ menu B Mute My Speakers Entirely disables or enables audio Click the speaker icon to quickly toggle this option Mute Conference Audio Only Retains any audio playing in the Share and Video Telephony pods Adjust Speaker Volume Displays a slider attendees drag to customize volume Call out to a new telephone user 1 Choose Audio gt Call a New User 2 Enter the participant s name select country and enter the telephone number 3 Select Call to dial the
115. Click Options Select the curriculum report to create Curriculum Report or Curriculum Report Showing Curriculum Objects N Click Create Report 8 Optional Ifyou selected Curriculum Report Showing Curriculum Objects in step 6 click the name of any learning object in the generated report Clicking a name creates a report about the specific learning object Read curriculum reports The table lists the specific information that appears in columns within curriculum reports All column headings do not appear in all curriculum reports Column heading Description If there are multiple versions of the curriculum object the latest version is listed here The average learner score for the curriculum object A system generated number that proves the learner completed the curriculum and provides the learner with a unique ID Curriculum status for a learner must be complete or passed to receive a certificate number Description of curriculum object such as presentation or Flash movie file First name of the learner enrolled in the curriculum All groups the learner is a member of are listed here This column does not sort Last time the learner opened the curriculum Last name of the learner enrolled in the curriculum Name of the learning object Learners who have completed the curriculum Learners who have enrolled in the curriculum Learners who have started but not yet completed the curriculum Learners who have not started the c
116. Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout of virtual classrooms and what you can do in virtual classrooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics About virtual classrooms on page 98 Creating virtual classrooms on page 98 Participating in training sessions and meetings Communicate with training or meeting attendees To create a sense of community within a meeting or training session and encourage attendees to participate use the emoticons that appear in the Attendees pod These emoticons can express an emotion such as laughter or applause ask the host to speak louder or slow down or show raised hands Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 114 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Here are a few more tips for communicating with meeting and training attendees Explain to attendees how to use the emoticons and audio together and then support them when they try to use the features If attendees are raising their hands take and answer their questions so they begin to understand how the communication flow works Be the most active user of emoticons When an attendee makes a comment use the emoticons to express laughter or applaud If you are busy giving a detailed presentation enlist the help of another host or presenter to be active using emoticons and managi
117. Content can be any of the following file types PPT PPTX FLV SWF PDF GIF JPG PNG MP3 HTML MP4 F4V or ZIP Adobe Connect 9 5 onwards HTML5 content created using Adobe Captivate 9 and Adobe Presenter 11 is supported in Virtual Classrooms and its recordings See Upload content on page 194 2 Start the Course wizard On the Adobe Connect Central Home page locate the Create New menu bar and click Course Alternatively click Training gt New Course 3 Course information On the first page of the Course wizard you enter background details about the course such as a name and summary Only the course name is required all other fields are optional You can edit this information after the course is created Note By default the Update Information for Any Items Linked To This Item option is selected Since you are creating a course you probably do not have any items linked to the course yet but keep this item selected if you think you will link any items later 4 Select course content In this part of the Course wizard Adobe Connect directs you to the Content library where you navigate to the content file you want to use You can select only one file from the library and you must have either View or Manage permissions for this file After adding content you can continue in the wizard and enroll learners or save the curriculum and exit the wizard To enroll learners set up course notifications or enable email reminders lat
118. Create custom groups Adobe Connect includes several built in groups see Built in permission groups on page 243 You can also import groups If you need additional groups you can create custom groups in Adobe Connect Central It s a good idea to create custom groups first so you can add users as you import them to the account See Create a custom group manually on page 234 4 Add users and groups To add users and groups to Adobe Connect use the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP comma separated value CSV files or create users and groups manually Working with LDAP acquired users and groups In LDAP enabled organizations Adobe Connect acquires all its user data directly from the user directory of your organization This data includes information such as login name and phone number You would probably not be involved in adding new users or groups to the system because this process occurs outside Adobe Connect Central Once the LDAP integration is configured manually assign LDAP acquired users or groups to the Built in group appropriate for their job functions For more information see Migrating Installing and Configuring Adobe Connect guide available online at www adobe com go connect_documentation_en Importing users and groups through CSV files You can import large numbers of users and groups through a CSV file Your directory might have a utility for exporting users and groups to CSV files or you can create CS
119. Featured Event tag if also a member of Event Administrators group e Ability to see available email aliases when customizing event email triggers and selecting Reply To option e Ability to see available Campaign IDs when creating or edition events e Meeting rooms created by this user have Engagement Dashboard pod available Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 249 Administering Adobe Connect About custom groups Custom groups are groups that you create yourself You can define specific folder and file permissions for the group in the different libraries You can assign permissions to a custom group by assigning it to the appropriate Built in groups For example you could create a custom group called Global that contains a group for each country in which your company has an office for example United States and Germany Each country group could contain a group for each office in that country for example San Francisco and Boston Within each of these offices you could define more groups by job function and then assign each of these groups the appropriate Built in group designations In this example you created a hierarchical set of groups called nested groups because each group is contained by the one above it in the hierarchy By default nested groups have the permissions of the parent group You can expand or restrict these permissions by setting custom permissions for these groups in the relevant libraries Multiple
120. Listen to the audio and then adjust the dialing sequence as necessary Note If the provided free phone numbers are not the type of numbers recommended above the dial out fails Delete an audio provider 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Audio Providers 3 Select the provider in the Audio Providers list and click Delete Configure video telephony devices Adobe Connect officially supports the Tandberg 990MXP and Edge 95 video conferencing devices other Tandberg H 264 devices work similarly For more information see the Tandberg website 1 At the top of the Adobe Connect Central window click Administration 2 Click Video Telephony Devices 3 Inthe Device Name box enter the name you want users to see in the meeting client 4 Enter the SIP Session Initiation Protocol Address defined for the device in the Flash Media Gateway server For more information contact your system administrator Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 227 Administering Adobe Connect 5 Click Save Change the timeout period To keep Adobe Connect Central more secure you can change the length of time a session remains open without activity When the session reaches your specified timeout period any unsaved data is lost 1 At the top of the Adobe Connect Central window click Administration 2 Click Account 3 Click Session Settings 4 Enter a timeout length in minutes 5 Click Sav
121. Meetings library Add Content Add Course Add Virtual Classroom Add Meeting Remove Item T a There are no items in this curriculum After creating a curriculum add courses to build the curriculum Note If you want to group items in folders do not add the items using the New Curriculum wizard Instead exit from the wizard open the curriculum information page for the curriculum click Add Item click New Folder type in a folder name click Save select the new folder you can also select the root folder or a different folder click Add Item and then add items to the folder New items are always created at the root level and you can rearrange items by clicking the Move button Folders cannot be nested in other folders 4 Change the order or remove items if necessary After adding content and courses you can change the order of items to alter the learning path You also have the option to remove any items Note Although you can move items within a folder you cannot move items in or out of folders 5 Select any additional options The final step when creating a curriculum is to select any options you require from the Additional Options page such as adding enrollee setting prerequisites and sending notification More Help topics Creating a course on page 78 Edit prerequisites test outs and completion requirements on page 94 Creating virtual classrooms on page 98 Working with content in the Content l
122. NG ADOBE CONNECT 9 38 Adobe Connect Meeting Switch to MiniContral E Screen Sharing in progress B Switch back to MiniControl to continue using Hide cn screen share with enhanced interactivity Maximize E B Hide Title Bar Switch Cancel LOIG tol ts PPh oP pr Preview Screen Discussion Stop Sharing Share p p i Chat Everyone i Enable Participants to draw S The chat history hos been cleared Collabo Full Screen Force Presenter View c Switch to MiniControl Preferences Options to switch to the MiniControl A Use the icon in the top bar of the Share pod B Use the notifier in the upper right corner of the meeting room C Use the option in the context menu of the Share pod The presenter can take multiple actions from the MiniControl and can access some pods like the Chat pod and the Attendees pod If a pod is not available in the meeting room its icon in the MiniControl is disabled The presenter can also see the in meeting notifications in the palette I a A Screen share control panel You can perform the following actions from the pallete depending on your access permissions e Switch to the traditional meeting room by clicking Switch to Meeting Room in the upper right corner of the MiniControl e Start and stop screen sharing and preview your screen being shared Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 39 Adobe Connect Meeting Adobe Connect Currently Sharing
123. ONNECT 9 123 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars 5 For each name select the new user role presenter participant host or Denied from the pop up Set User Role menu at the bottom of the Current Participants list 6 Click a link in the navigation bar to perform another task or click Seminar Information to view details about the seminar View data about seminars The Seminar Dashboard provides a graphical representation of statistical data about your seminars Click the Seminar Dashboard link under the tab bar at the top of the Seminar s window The data which reflects all the seminars you have created appears in three bar graphs click any of the bar graphs to view the Summary Report for this seminar Most Active Seminars Over Last 30 Days Determined by the number of sessions Most Participants Seminars Over Last 30 Days Determined by the number of participants Most Viewed Recordings Over Last 30 Days Determined by the number of views the number of times each archived seminar has been viewed You can click any individual seminar in any of the three bar graphs to view more detailed information about the seminar Seminar reports Use the Reports feature of Adobe Connect Central to create reports that summarize seminar information from different perspectives Reports are created from the Reports link on the Seminar Information page Reports for Seminar Rooms can be accessed by accessing a room and clicking Reports The room repor
124. Raise hand request C Notifications D Recording notification Click a request or notification button to view details and respond as required Raise hand requests and access requests are indicated separately Other notifications are displayed under the Info button Bs Guest Access Blocked Stop Blocking Scot Auto Promote participants Turn Auto Promate Off By Participants on Hold Resume ah Incoming Attendees Blocked Stop Blocking Change Message Notifications under the info button Updating meetings After creating a meeting you can update meeting information change the participant list and manage content associated with the meeting Obtain information about a meeting You can obtain details about an individual meeting at any time 1 On the Adobe Connect Central Home tab click My Meetings 2 Under My Meetings click the meeting name The Meeting Information page appears on the right with the following details Name The meeting title URL The web address where the meeting is to occur the meeting room s virtual location Summary A brief description of the meeting Start time The date and time that the meeting begins Duration The projected length of time of the meeting Language The language in which the meeting is conducted Telephony information The telephone number for participants who call in to this meeting and the code that they must enter necessary only when the meeting is in progress 3 From
125. SING ADOBE CONNECT 9 107 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars You can filter the report on start or end dates groups or users and people managed directly or indirectly 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum go to the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central and browse to the curriculum Click the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page 2 Click the Reports link toward the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 3 Click By Users to view the following information for each enrollee Name The name of the enrollee Click an individual name to obtain details about the enrollee such as status cumulative score and number of attempts made to complete curriculum items Status Where the user stands in terms of completing the item Date Taken The date and time on which the item was taken by the enrollee Certificate A system generated number that proves the user completed the curriculum and provides the user with a unique ID 4 To change the number of users who appear in the list select a different number in the Display pop up menu More Help topics Export curriculum reports on page 110 Change the user status field in a curriculum report When you view a curriculum report by user the override option enables you to change the status of a user For example you could change the status of a user from In Progress to Complete You can change the status for independent courses and f
126. Using ADOBE CONNECT 9 Legal notices For legal notices see http help adobe com en_US legalnotices index html Last updated 8 28 2015 Contents Chapter 1 What s new in Adobe Connect 9 5 NGWHOOO rstzncccunaciee ta ccc A T E E E Uta E etl ea E E terete an enna en E ees 1 Meeting related enhancements aias iaar oka Gioia Samand sia I wine actu S E ina edna vanes 1 Virtual Classroom related EnnanceMents Assaciviwad ciate aside wuiGos huguxnwin dione sean eee A N sated eka eesinates 2 Reporting related enhancements Tenna das anaeatdeceaa wee oe paltien E ba alee ee ea ena Neue Saas 3 Chapter 2 Adobe Connect Meeting Adobe Connect popularHOW TOLODICS acieesidineenst cinders a aa vee ea teen eee es A ween eS 4 Meeting Basics aiicinute clad ak net hed enmeshed aeons ato ewe oa RW a OE ee ane dee eceeaies 5 AGCESSIDINTVTeCALUNES arrene ae Aa e anatase tateatantama cousin eau aie A A samme ances Macau 7 Creatingand arranging MEETINGS sorrerara retara A RA dae wars a s da Dad eps A DENS OA EONS GSC AAS Gero Ra Gwen s 14 StaltinGsancattGnainGiMeetings srra eaer rre Namah ann sae E E A ovine endorse tn Ral ee ee E 19 Updating MCCTINOS Gack wrinsa dae urdateeesaceree E A E dole atn Maile ia oho as ASM os eee aa ee ma tees 25 VIewWINO data ADOUTIMECTINGS rnea O TETERE TOA eee neve Ge we ake er eed ae Meee ese wee 31 SHarNGICONTEHEGUKING AIMCeING Sarerea AACE ATEA dese wee eels ein eo eee eters adeadateds 33 Notes Chat O amp A and Pals
127. V files yourself Your CSV files must be in a specific format You can modify the imported users and groups in the same way you would any user or group that was manually created See Import users and groups from CSV files on page 231 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 229 Administering Adobe Connect Adding users and groups manually You can assign new users to a Built in group or you can create custom groups that are specific to your organization It is best to create these groups before creating users manually See Create a user manually on page 235 and Create a custom group manually on page 234 5 Assign users to groups Once you have imported or created users and groups set permissions so users can access content and create meetings trainings events or seminars The Built in groups have default permissions Assign users and groups to the Built in groups as an easy way to set permissions User account administration is simpler when you are managing groups rather than individuals See Add or remove group members on page 240 Customize user profile fields Add user profile fields to match the user profile fields in the directory of your organization When you customize user profile fields you can add predefined fields create custom fields and remove fields When you modify a field you can change any of its attributes You can also designate a field as required or add a comment describing a field
128. a seminar license folder that has a start date in the future no one will be able to enter the Seminar room Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 122 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Edit seminars If you are an administrator or have Manage permissions for a seminar folder you can add participants remove them and change participant permission roles host presenter or participant Administrators are able to access the seminar rooms and access the related content or recordings and reports as well as move or delete any content or delete a seminar room itself However they cannot schedule sessions or create new seminar rooms in user folders This behavior is similar to how Account Administrators are able to access user meeting folders and access meeting and content but cannot create new meetings Edit seminar information 1 Click the Seminars tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page 2 Navigate to the folder that contains the seminar and select the seminar name 3 Click the Edit Information link 4 Edit the options as necessary For details see Edit meeting information on page 28 5 Click Save Add or remove seminar participants You can add or remove seminar participants at any time 1 Click the Seminars tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page Navigate to the folder that contains the seminar and select the seminar name Click the Edit Participants link A W N To add participan
129. a seminar run smoothly and streamlines follow up activities 1 Determine the expected number of participants for your seminars If your organization purchased Seminars it obtained a specific number of seminar licenses The number of seminar attendees cannot exceed the number of concurrent users allowed for your license Your Seminars administrator has information about how many licenses your organization purchased and how many concurrent seminars you can conduct at a time If you think you need more licenses let the administrator know early The Seminar Calendar lists the schedule for all the seminar licenses that you possess You can view your time slot to determine if a seminar license is available for the slot In Adobe Connect 9 4 for accounts with seminar license for large meetings make one of the following selection for the Expected Number of Participants e Regular if attendees are lt 600 e Large if attendees are gt 600 2 Access the Seminar library Seminar files and folders are stored in the Seminar library Users who have the correct permissions can manage and organize these files and folders You reach the Seminar library through the Seminars tab Note The seminars you are scheduled to attend appear on the Home tab of your Adobe Connect Central application under My Meetings not the Seminars tab 3 Establish permissions Attendance permissions define attendee roles in a seminar such as participant presenter and
130. about enabling the opt out functionality see Enabling analytics on page 154 Also see Configure Engagement Tracking on page 218 for more details View Event Reports 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central 2 Click the Event Management tab 3 From the list of events select the event for which you want to view reports The Event Information tab is displayed 4 Click the Reports tab The Summary tab is displayed The Summary tab displays the following Event Information Provides information such as event name brief description of the event start time and end time Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 157 Adobe Connect Events Aggregate User Data Aggregate registration data for event participants The report includes the following information Invited The number of people invited to the event e Registered The number of people who completed the registration form and were approved by the event host e Pending The number of people waiting to be approved to attend the event Approved The number of people approved to attend the event This number includes people who completed the registration form and were approved It also includes people who are approved directly such as event presenters and do not need to register Denied The number of people who completed the registration form but were denied registration For example registration can be denied if the registration URL is made public on a website or through e
131. account the provider appears in the Provider Information window Administration gt Audio Providers or My Profile gt My Audio Providers Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Administering Adobe Connect New Audio Provider Save Cancel Enter Provider Information Description Provider Name Yamakawara Corp Status Enabled URL Dial In Numbers Location Number Location 011 81 122 54 I Add Number Remove Note Dial In Numbers are for display only The numbers in the Dial In Steps are dialed to join the audio conference Dial In Steps action Label Key Number Display In Meeting Input Type Conference Number Label Add Step Remove t Test Dial In Steps New Audio Provider window 1 Do one of the following to view the provider list e Administrators Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window and then click Audio Providers e Hosts Click My Profile in the Adobe Connect window and then click My Audio Providers 2 Do one of the following to add conferencing details for a provider e To adda provider click New Provider e To edit a user configured provider select the provider in the left pane and click Edit 3 Add or change conference identification details and click Save Provider Name Name of the audio provider such as MeetingPlace Provider Status Enabled Disabled Only enabled providers can be edited Enabled provi
132. ach user by the Adobe Connect Central administrator Content that you place in the Meetings library is available only for use in meetings To make the content available for other activities initiated in Adobe Connect Central such as events seminars or training upload the content to the Content library Alternatively move content from the Meetings library to the Content library More Help topics Working with content in the Content library on page 193 Content library supported file types on page 193 Accessibility features People with disabilities for example mobility impairments blindness and low vision require accessible documents or applications Accessibility features in Adobe Connect enable people with disabilities to use the Meeting functionality as much as possible without a mouse More Help topics Adobe Connect Accessibility information Accessibility tutorial Accessibility whitepaper Menu navigation You can use a keyboard to navigate to the menus at the top of the Meeting client Application Bar menus and execute the menu options e Ctrl Space activates the Meeting menu e The Left and the Right arrow keys activate adjacent menus on the Application Bar e The Down arrow key activates the current menu To select an item within the menu use the Down Up Left and Right arrows keys e Enter selects the current menu item e Escape key closes the current menu Keyboard shortcuts The following ke
133. affect the layout of virtual classrooms and what you can do in virtual classrooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics Creating a course on page 78 Creating a curriculum on page 86 Creating a virtual classroom on page 98 Working with content in the Content library on page 193 Accessing the Training library All Adobe Connect Training courses curriculums and virtual classrooms are contained and organized in a directory of folders called the Training library You access the Training library by clicking the Training tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window As you navigate the library the names of the folders appear as a navigation trail at the top of the browser window A Training Manager can create courses and curriculums In Adobe Connect 9 4 a Virtual Classroom Manager also has all the permissions that a Traning Manager has and can create courses and curriculums To manage a Training library folder you need not be a training manager but you must have Manage permissions for this folder in the Training library You can create a course object using existing content types including Adobe Presenter Adobe Captivate PDF and many others You can also create course objects using third party SCORM content Course meta data Edit Information Enrollment Communications and so on all Course Object tabs can be defined on these objects in Trai
134. age Learning object Name of the learning object Number complete Learners who completed the learning object Number in progress Learners who are still in progress with the learning object Number not started Learners who did not start the learning object Last access For a curriculum the date when any object within the curriculum was last accessed Number of learning Total number of assignments If the learner is enrolled in a course outside a curriculum and the course also exists assignments within the curriculum the item is counted twice Score Score achieved on learning objects attempted to date Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 258 Administering Adobe Connect Status Where the learner is in the course curriculum workflow For example the learner has not opened the course curriculum Not Started has opened but not completed the course curriculum In Progress or has finished the course curriculum Complete Type Description of the learning object For example course curriculum or classroom Version accessed If multiple versions of the learning object were uploaded this column states which version the learner used Using content reports Content reports provide detailed information about the content you have uploaded to Adobe Connect Content can be in the following formats PPT PPTX FLV SWF PDF GIF JPG PNG MP3 HTML or ZIP For example a content report about a PDF shows page name number of tim
135. age represents For more information see AEM Webinars Integration with Adobe Connect Event Calendar Invite This component inserts a Download Calendar Invite button on the Registration Confirmation page You can customize the text of the Event invitation email and can also change the label of the button AEM page actions to manage Adobe Connect template AEM instance provides various page actions to manage the templates you design Create New Template You can also select the page action Create a new template to start creating a fresh template Select a base template and whether you want the new template to be Shared or Private Create a Copy Create a copy of an existing template with a different name You can also specify whether the new template is shared with others or is private Reset Template Reset the design and layout of a template to another template After clicking Reset Template you can select a base template from a list Delete Template Click to delete the template that is open When you delete a template the events using the template revert to using the system default template Page Title amp Background Set the title of the page background settings like image color and more Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 133 Adobe Connect Events Activate Template Activate a template after you edit it for the changes to take effect on the publish instance All the pages published live using a template
136. age when you create an event You can select the campaign tracking option after you publish the event and send invitations In this case invitees who already registered using the registration URL in your original e mail invitation are not tracked Note To track a campaign modify the registration URL for the event You can t change the registration URL for the Event Listings page and the Event Information page If you want to use the Event Listing page or the Event Information page you cannot track a campaign More Help topics Creating an event on page 133 Change an existing event on page 138 Preview and modify registration and event pages on page 135 Manage Campaign IDs Event creators can add Campaign IDs to their events when creating or editing their events They can reuse existing Campaign IDs from a unique tab Event Administrators create Campaign IDs that can be used across all events To create a Campaign ID follow these steps 1 Navigate to Events Management gt Event Administration gt Campaign IDs 2 Click Create 3 Enter the Campaign ID and an alias Optionally add comments to describe the Campaign ID 4 Click Save Add campaign tracking to an existing event 1 Open Adobe Connect Central and click the Event Management tab 2 Open an event Click Campaign IDs 3 Specify the Campaign ID in the Campaign Id for E mails field 4 Optionally select Campaign IDs and click Get URLs to generate the assoc
137. aining Catalog Settings Select Content Manage Enrollees Notifications Reports Course Name Course 1 Course ID HR101 Summary Welcoming new hires Open Date 01 30 2008 2 00 PM Close Date Course URL http example acrobat com course1 Max Attempts Unlimited Max Possible Score 0 Number of Slides No slides Duration Language English The Course Information page shows key information about individual courses Last updated 8 28 2015 80 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 81 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Note Depending on your license and your permissions all the tabs displayed in the top row in Adobe Connect Central may not be visible Course Information The course name ID summary open date close date course URL number of slides or pages duration maximum attempts the maximum number of attempts the enrollee has to pass this course maximum score and language Training Catalog Settings Details about the Training Catalog options selected when the course was created such as self enrollment procedures and notifications Reminder Policy A field that indicates whether a reminder policy is enabled to whom reminders are being sent the date that the next reminder is sent and how often reminders are sent Click the Training tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window Navigate to the folder that contains the course for which you want to get information In the course list click the name of the course to s
138. ame and click OK Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 53 Adobe Connect Meeting Remove a file 1 In the File Share pod select the file that you want to remove 2 Inthe upper right corner of the pod click the menu icon 3 From the pop up menu select Remove Selected Display web pages to attendees During meetings hosts or presenters may want participants to view websites You can use the Web Links pod to force attendees browsers to open a designated URL Participants who want to add links ask the host to change their attendee role Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout of meeting rooms and what you can do in meeting rooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics Work with pods on page 21 Add a web link 1 Ifyou do not have a Web Links pod in your meeting room click Pods gt Web Links gt Add New Web Links 2 Inthe upper right corner of the web links pod click the menu icon 3 Select Add Link 4 Type the URL path and if desired a URL name 5 Click OK The full list of links appears for both hosts and participants Display a web page to all attendees 1 Select a link in the Web Links pod or enter a URL in the Browse To box 2 Click Browse To On your screen and each attendee s individual screen the URL opens in a
139. an however move or copy items into the Resources folder e When a course is added to a curriculum a link to the course in the Content library is added This allows learners to receive credit for a course even if the course is taken outside the curriculum To receive credit for taking the course the learner must have logged in to the curriculum at least once Adobe recommends that curriculum learners always launch items from within the curriculum Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 90 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars e Ifyou delete a required item from a curriculum the status of learners who have completed all other required items changes to Complete e After a curriculum has been modified for example required items have been added or deleted ask learners to log back in to the curriculum to have their status and scores updated e Sometimes a learner can take a course and then the course is added to a curriculum in which the learner is enrolled For the learner to receive credit for having already taken the course ask the learner to log in to the curriculum Their status within the curriculum is updated automatically More Help topics About changes to course content on page 82 Working with content in the Content library on page 193 Add folders and items to a curriculum After creating a curriculum you can add folders or items to the curriculum at any time Note Adding or removing items from a cur
140. an change the default values of different labels in the Event list component Event Login Provide the login workflow to event attendees on the Event Login page Event Logo Add a logo of your event Various parameters you can use to customize the display of the event logo are its size description alignment and title The recommended size is 200 x 120 pixels Event Name Display the name of the event mentioned as Name in event information You can customize the font properties The maximum length is 60 characters Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 130 Adobe Connect Events Event page menu Insert a tabbed bar containing links to the various event pages namely Event Info Speaker Info Event Registration and Event Login Page You can create the design and layout of these four pages individually To customize a particular event page click the link of that page in the Event page menu and use the available AEM components to design the page Modify the Page Menu Options in the settings of this component to display the event pages and their name in the tabbed bar Event Registration Provide the event registration workflow from where user register for a particular event on the Event Registration page The registration answer field allows a maximum of 2048 characters Event Start Time Display the event start time as mentioned in the event information in Adobe Connect Central on event page or in email Event Time Display
141. an modify any of the following attributes e Meeting title color e Login text color e Background color login area color e Main logo image which must be a 410 x 310 pixel JPEG PNG GIF or BMP file Customize Central Customize Login 1 Customize Meeting B C eee D Meeting Title Main Logo bmp gif jpg or png file image must be 410 x 310 i asinan C Documents and Settings Desktop Login jpg Browse Background i Clear Reset To Default CustomieLoginsetings A Main logo B Meeting title C Login text D Background 1 Click the Administration tab Click Customization Click Customize Login In the list to the right of the color grid click the item whose color you want to change Click a color in the grid Oo uu FSF W N To change the color swatch to the previous setting click Clear To restore the original setting click Reset To Default 7 To select a main logo click Browse below the Main Logo heading and browse for the logo image JPG PNG GIF or BMP file If you don t select a logo the Adobe Connect logo is used as the main logo 8 Click Apply to save your changes Your changes appear in 5 seconds to 10 seconds alternatively you can refresh the page Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 213 Administering Adobe Connect Note After you select a logo the logo displays in the preview area When you click Apply to save your changes somet
142. anager repeat step 5 and step 6 Assign a user to a group 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Users And Groups 3 Select the name of the user and click Information at the bottom of the list If necessary click Search and enter the name of the user in the Search text box to locate the name in the list 4 Click the Edit Group Membership link 5 Inthe Possible Groups list select each group to which you want to assign this user as follows e To select multiple groups press Control click or Shift click e To expand a group so you can select individual names double click the group name Double click Up One Level in the list to return to the original list e To search for a name in the list click Search at the bottom of the window and enter the name 6 Click Add To remove a group from this window select it and click Remove Remove a user from a group 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Users And Groups 3 Select the name of the user and click Information at the bottom of the list If necessary click Search and enter the name of the user in the Search text box to locate the name in the list 4 Click the Edit Group Membership link 5 Inthe Current Group Membership window select the group from which you want to remove this user as follows e To select multiple groups press Control click or Shift click e To search for a name in t
143. anagers can create new courses or curriculums however More Help topics Working with library files and folders on page 190 Working with content in the Content library on page 193 Multiple permissions precedence on page 249 Course and curriculum registration Depending on the type and purpose of a given course or curriculum the training manager might want to have the guests register If so the manager must have the Event Management tab as part of the Adobe Connect Central application since registration for any training can only be done through the Event Management tab A training manager who has this tab must first use the Course or Curriculum wizard to create the course or curriculum from the Training tab but skip the select participant and send invitations steps Next the training manager creates an event by opening the Event Wizard selecting the Present A Adobe Connect Training Course Or Curriculum option and selecting the course or curriculum to be used as an event The Event wizard lets the training manager select and invite enrollee select and customize registration questions and send invitations even to large email lists If the training is presented as an event all enrollee regardless of whether they have an Adobe Connect account or whether the URL is public must provide registration information before the training In this case the training manager can review the registration applications before the traini
144. anded templates by using a number of rich components such as images Adobe Flash content tables charts carousels and more Event Managers can create private templates and Event Administrators can create shared templates to address the various requirements of your organization Typically shared templates are created to ensure consistency and branding for all your organization s communications 1 2 Go to Event Templates or Email Templates in Event Management tab Click the Edit templates link against Event Template or Email Template option In the AEM instance launched click Shared Template link in Event or Email Templates Click Create New Template button in the upper right corner of the screen to create either an event template or an email template respectively Provide a template name select the Access type and select a base template Click Create Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 128 Adobe Connect Events Manage templates Event administrators can update rename delete or copy existing templates Event Managers can only create a private copy of the shared templates In Adobe Connect 9 4 Virtual Classroom Managers and Webinar Managers also have the permission to create a private copy of existing templates Also for any renewed accounts that use Seminars and Events features Seminar Administrators also have the permission to create a private copy of existing templates 1 Go to Event Templates or Email
145. anize training materials into folders and customize permissions at the folder level Adobe Connect administrators set up permissions to the Training Catalog For more information see Configure the Training Catalog on page 218 Note Adobe Connect administrators can change self enrollment and Training Catalog settings to adhere to standards for governance For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics Creating a course on page 78 Creating a curriculum on page 86 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 111 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Open the Training Catalog When you first begin using the Training Catalog it may be helpful to create folders to organize information For example you could create folders that represent different departments Accounting Human Resources Facilities and so on or different types of training Beginning Intermediate Advanced and so on 1 2 3 Click the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central Click Training Catalog Click New Folder to begin creating folders and organizing the catalog You can create folders within folders to set up a hierarchy Setting permissions in the Training Catalog You can set permissions for folders and items in the Training Catalog This is useful if you have your Training Catalog organized in a folder structure and you want to control who can manage and publish to each fo
146. ant the participant to control More Help topics Meeting roles and permissions on page 6 Work with pods on page 21 Remove an attendee from a meeting 1 Inthe Attendees pod select the attendees you want to remove 2 Inthe upper right corner of the pod click the menu icon and choose Remove Selected User More Help topics Invite attendees and grant or deny access on page 20 Work with pods on page 21 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting View and change attendee status By default participant status is blank in the Attendees pod However participants can change their own status When a participant selects a status an icon appears to the right of the participant s name Participants can clear their status at any time during a meeting More Help topics Participating in training sessions and meetings on page 113 Meeting roles and permissions on page 6 Invite attendees and grant or deny access on page 20 Work with pods on page 21 View attendee status In the Attendees pod do either of the following lz To view statuses grouped by hosts presenters and participants click the Attendee View button To view groups of attendees who share a status such as Disagree click the Attendee Status View button iz oA Remains displayed until attendee or host clears i aa Remains displayed until attendee or host clears i Remains displaye
147. arious event pages are created using AEM AEM server used to host your pages depends on whether you are using hosted Adobe Connect or your own Adobe Connect server For the field Host Event URLs on choose the destination of the Event Pages To host the Event Pages on your own AEM server select External AEM Server This option is available on the accounts that are already linked with an External AEM server To allow for simplified event registration you can create events that do not require a password Participants can log in to such events using just their email address To enable users to register for an event without them having to provide a password select the Register Without Password option when creating an event It helps non registered guest users log in easily by entering their email address Users who are registered on the Adobe Connect server are required to log in using their user name and password for all events If allowed by Account Administrators you can select Register with Social Profiles to allow users to register for event using their Facebook or Google accounts The option to use social profiles to register and log in is available only on hosted offering of Adobe Connect and not on the on premise deployments While creating an event you can categorize the event as a Live event or an On demand event In a Live event a presenter conducts a meeting or a seminar or leads a virtual classroom In an On demand event users ca
148. art meeting audio on page 170 e Join audio conference on page 171 e Record a meeting on page 179 Invite attendees and grant or deny access on page 20 e Share your screen on page 36 e Share a document on page 41 e Share a presentation on page 43 e View or change an attendee s role on page 67 e Taking notes in a meeting on page 54 e Chat in meetings on page 55 e Place a meeting on hold or end a meeting on page 24 How to topics for Participants e Join a meeting on page 23 e Adjust or mute audio volume on page 172 e Join audio conference on page 171 e Broadcast your voice using VoIP on page 172 e Share webcam video on page 176 e Share your screen on page 36 e Chat in meetings on page 55 e Attending virtual classroom training on page 115 e Play back a recorded meeting on page 184 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting Meeting basics About meetings Adobe Connect Meeting is a live online conference for multiple users The meeting room is an online application that you use to conduct a meeting The meeting room consists of various display panels pods and components There are several prebuilt meeting room layouts or customize a layout to suit your needs The meeting room lets meeting attendees share computer screens or files chat broadcast audio and video and particip
149. articipant list do either of the following to select users or groups e Control click Windows or Command click Macintosh or Shift click to select multiple users or groups e To locate a name in the list click Search at the bottom of the window enter the name to display it in the list Then select it 6 Click Remove Change a participant s meeting permission 1 Click the Meetings tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page 2 If necessary navigate to the folder that contains the meeting 3 Click the meeting name in the list 4 Inthe Meeting Information page click the Edit Participants link on the navigation bar 5 In the Current Participants list do either of the following to select the users or groups whose meeting permissions you want to change e Control click Windows or Command click Macintosh or Shift click to select multiple users or groups e To locate a name in the list click Search at the bottom of the window Enter the name to display it in the list and then select it 6 For each name select the new user role Participant Presenter Host or Denied from the Set User Role menu The menu is at the bottom of the Current Participants list View and manage meeting content You can view uploaded content move the content to the Content library or delete uploaded content at any time More Help topics Working with content in the Content library on page 193 Share content in the Share pod
150. ate in interactive online activities Once you create a meeting room it exists until you delete it The meeting room location is a URL assigned by the system when the meeting is created When you click the URL you enter the virtual meeting room A meeting room can be used over and over for the same weekly meeting The host can leave the meeting room open or closed between scheduled meetings If a meeting room is open between meetings attendees are free to enter the room at any time to view content To take part in a meeting you must have a browser a copy of Flash Player 10 or higher and an Internet connection Your capabilities in a meeting depend on your assigned role and permissions More Help topics Creating and arranging meetings on page 14 Starting and attending meetings on page 19 Meeting room templates and layouts on page 15 Inside a meeting room Content in a meeting room is displayed in pods which are panels that contain various types of media Individual pods contain a list of those attending the meeting notes chat files and video A host can send attendees from the main meeting room to breakout rooms smaller meetings to collaborate as a small group A second display area the Presenter Only area is visible to hosts and presenters not attendees Hosts and presenters can use the Presenter Only area to prepare content to be shared with attendees or to view confidential content Q To display the Pre
151. ation contains quizzes you cannot set the number of attempts users have to pass the quizzes In contrast you can set number of attempts with courses Also content contains no resume functionality so for example if a user quits half way through a content item the next time they launch the item they are taken back to the beginning of the content You can publish Adobe Presenter Adobe Captivate PDF and third party SCORM content to the Content library For Adobe Presenter and Adobe Captivate the user continues to be able to Publish to Adobe Connect directly from the application For PDF and third party content the user is able to upload the file or a ZIP package to the Content library Note Do not name a SCORM launch file or references with character in the filename or with filename begining with a number A course contains any item from the Content library A course is associated with a given set of enrolled learners and contains content level tracking The course can be delivered and administered independently or as part of a curriculum or virtual classroom When you use courses scores can be captured for AICC compliant objects and you can enforce the number of attempts users have to complete the course Courses also contain resume functionality so that users can view half a course close the course and then open it again later at the spot where they left off A virtual classroom can be used to conduct training sessions Virtual
152. ayouts Rename a layout 1 To rename a layout choose Layouts gt Manage Layouts 2 Inthe Manage Layouts dialog box select a layout Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 18 Adobe Connect Meeting 3 Click Rename and enter a new name gt Double click the layout name in the Layout bar and then enter a new name Delete a layout 1 To delete a layout choose Layouts gt Manage Layouts 2 Inthe Manage Layouts dialog box select a layout 3 Click Delete and confirm In the Layout bar move the pointer over the layout and then click the X icon that appears to delete it Note If you delete a layout that is currently in use default Sharing layout is applied to the meeting Reorder layouts 1 To change the order the layouts choose Layouts gt Manage Layouts 2 Inthe Manage Layouts dialog box select a layout 3 Click Up or Down buttons to reorder the layouts Drag the layout preview in the Layout bar to change the order of the layouts Change layouts during a meeting The Layouts menu and the Layout bar are visible only to hosts The default layouts are Sharing Discussion and Collaboration Any custom layouts are also listed The Layout bar also displays thumbnails for the layouts When a host chooses a different layout the new layout appears on every attendee s screen To change the layout do one of the following e Choose Layouts gt Layout Name e Click a layout in the Layout bar Note If the la
153. be Connect Built in group pene Training library Meetings library Seminar library nee Additional a oe Event and None None None Manage Assign users to Administrator Event Managers group manage shared templates configure analytics manage event tags and email aliases Seminar None None None Manage Manage None Administrator Webinar Webinar Manager None None None Manage Manage None Administrators group Administrators have complete control of the entire Adobe Connect system You can make any user an administrator by adding them to the Administrator group Individual or other group permission cannot override the permissions for the members of the Administrator group Administrators can perform the following actions e Manage the users and groups in the account including creating deleting and editing them e Manage the Content library including viewing deleting moving and editing files or folders View reports for files Set permissions for files or folders Create new subfolders e Manage the Training library including viewing deleting moving and editing files or folders View reports for files Set permissions for files or folders Create new subfolders Enroll users send notifications to enrollers and set up course and curriculum reminders e Manage the Meetings library including viewing deleting moving and editing files or folders View reports for files Set permissions for files or folders Create ne
154. by someone else can still be reassigned to a user and then shows in their list Delete individual questions You can delete questions to clean up the Presenter View Deleted questions and associated answers remain in the Participant View 1 Inthe Presenter View W of the Q amp A pod select a question 2 Click the Delete icon Clear all questions To remove all content from the Presenter W and Participant amp views do the following 1 Inthe upper right corner of the Q amp A pod click the menu icon 2 Select Clear All Questions Last updated 8 28 2015 60 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 61 Adobe Connect Meeting Hide attendee names for questions By default attendee names appear next to submitted questions but hosts and presenters can hide those names in Participant View 1 Choose Meeting gt Preferences 2 In the list at left select Q amp A pod 3 Deselect Show Submitter Name or Show Presenter Name Export Q amp A contents to a text file or email 1 Inthe upper right corner of the Q amp A pod click the menu icon 2 Choose Export Q amp A Logs and then select either Save As RTF or E mail Q amp A Send message from the Q amp A pod From the Presenter view of the Q amp A pod you can send a message to specific attendees or groups This message appears in the participant view of the Q amp A pod and is visible only to the specified attendees or groups The message has a different format that distinguishes it from the reg
155. ccounts the Adobe Connect server uses the dialing sequence to join the audio conference in the background when the host joins the conference in the meeting room Some DTMF tones can be host defined options such as participant codes You build a dialing sequence for a provider by placing these items in sequence in a table A well defined dialing sequence can require small and frequent adjustments to the dial in steps One way to create the flow of steps is to dial into the audio conferencing service using a telephone and take notes For example dial in as a moderator and start the audio conference Use a separate telephone to dial into the conference as a participant and then write down the steps to enter the conference Edit Audio Provider Cancel Enter Provider Information Description Provider Name Premiere Status Enabled URL Dial In Numbers Location Number Toll Free 18002088183 Add Number Note Dial In Numbers are for display only The numbers in the Dial In Steps are dialed to join the audio conference Dial In Steps action Label Key Number Display In Meeting Input Type Ao Conference Number Conference Number Defined By Host True Text Delay ms Label 5000 B A _ DT ME Participant Code Defined By Host True Text Delay ms Label 2000 DTMF DTMF ta Add Step C D E F G Example of a dialing sequence A Telephone number to join the audio conference B DTMF tones and pauses between actions C Nam
156. cess this window 1 Do one of the following to view the provider list e Administrators Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window and then click Audio Providers e Hosts Click My Profile in the Adobe Connect window and then click My Audio Providers 2 To view provider information select the provider in the list Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 222 Administering Adobe Connect Provider Information New Provider Delete Provider v Provider Status Provider Type Provider Information Edit Premiere NA Enabled Integrated Tele Provider Name Premiere Premiere Enabled User Configure Provider Status MeetingOne Enabled Integrated Tele f n y Provider Type User Configured UV Audio Provider Dial In Numbers Location Number Toll Free 18002088183 Dial In Steps Action Label Key Number Display In Input Type Conference Nu Label 18002088183 False Text Delay ms Label 2000 False Text DTMF Label False Text Delay ms Label 2000 False Text Available audio providers and audio conference information for one provider More Help topics Using universal voice on page 168 Create and use audio profiles on page 166 Create or edit audio providers Use the New Edit Audio Provider window to configure universal voice audio providers Fields in the New Edit Audio Provider dialog box with a red star are required When you add an audio provider to an
157. changes that occurred during the event For each status displays the number people who changed their status to the particular status during the event D Stepped Away D Applause D Laughter E Speed Up D Speak Louder 2 Disagree E Agree D Speak Softer D Raise Hand Speed Down Attendee Status Usage report indicates attendee participation and hence event effectiveness Start and End Times Report Use this report to see exactly when participants enter and leave an event Data stored by Adobe Connect Adobe Connect and Adobe SiteCatalyst captures and processes host participant and event data to generate the various reports and provide detailed analytics Adobe Connect also displays individual engagement level in the Attendees pod in the meeting Following is the list of the various participant and event details stored e The following activities of an individual are captured e Poll responses e Q amp A activity e Login time e Event registration answers e Files downloaded e Event login e Campaign ID with which registration form was accesses e The following activities in a meeting are captured without capturing the participant identity e Meeting per minute Engagement Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Events e Meeting per minute Attendance e Meeting total Chat count e Meeting Attendee status change count The following event registration activities are captured Individual Registra
158. cipants to enter the room with their user name and password Guest access is denied e Only registered users and accepted guests may enter the room With this option the meeting room is accessible only to people invited as registered users and guests Registered users must enter their user name and password to enter the meeting room Accepted guests are accepted into the room by the host Adobe Connect can generate an individual attendance report for each registered user in the meeting Accepted guests are added to the total number of meeting attendees on meeting reports but no individual attendance report is available Users must enter room passcode Specify an alphanumeric code to act a password to enter a meeting if you want to increase meeting security Anyone who has the URL for the meeting can enter the room Anyone who receives the meeting URL Click Send E mail Invitations to create an email invitation in your own email application The new message contains a pre populated subject Adobe Connect Invitation and a pre populated message containing the meeting date time duration location and summary that you can edit Cost Center Determines how meeting room minute costs are allocated Use the menu to select an option and bill costs to individual users your cost center or a specified cost center Audio Conference Settings You can choose not to include audio in the meeting or choose from these audio conference options e Incl
159. cipants when the audio conference starts e Select Provide Dial out option to participants to display the dial out field where participants can provide their telephone number to accept calls from the meeting e Select the checkbox Start Audio Conference automatically with this meeting to start audio conference when a meeting starts e Select the checkbox Show Start Audio Conference dialog when meeting starts to prompt to start the audio conference when the meeting starts Video in meetings Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod audio and video settings to adhere to standards for governance For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 Connect to video telephony streams The Video Telephony pod lets hosts share video streams with attendees including any audio When one way communication is sufficient for a presentation a telephony stream can be preferable to a two way conference Note This feature is available for Adobe Connect on premise customers only 1 Choose Pods gt Video Telephony Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 176 Audio and video conferencing 2 Click Open Stream 3 From the pop up menu choose the appropriate device Your Adobe Connect administrator establishes the list of available devices See Configure video telephony devices on page 226 4 Click Connect The Video Telephony pod appears for all attendees When attendees hover
160. classroom window creates an exit time Last name Last name of the learner enrolled in the virtual classroom Mobile Yes value in this field indicates that the user accessed the meeting using a smartphone or a tablet Else the value is No Participants attended Total number of learners who at least entered the classroom Does not include any learners with preassigned role of Host or Presenter Participants enrolled Total number of participants enrolled in the virtual classroom This number does not include participants assigned the Host or Presenter role Start time Time that the specified virtual classroom session selected began Status Where the learner is in the virtual classroom workflow For example if the learner has not entered the classroom yet their status would be Not Taken When a learner exits a virtual classroom their status is Complete Total attended Total number of learners who entered the specified virtual classroom session Total duration attended Total amount of time sum of all time between each entrance and exit the learner was actually in the virtual classroom If attendee was present from 11 45 12 00 and then 12 10 12 15 their total duration would be 00 20 00 Total enrolled Total number of learners enrolled in the specified virtual classroom session Using meeting reports Meeting room reports show how meeting rooms are being used The Meeting Room Summary Report enables you to get data ab
161. click the Sync button to turn off display synchronization PDF Portfolios and PDF files that are password protected cannot be converted into SWF files preventing them from being shared in Adobe Connect In addition certain PDF features are not supported when sharing PDF files in Adobe Connect In some cases objects within the PDF are either dropped or only a simple image preview is displayed The following objects are dropped in Adobe Connect e Comment text only the sticky note icon is shown e Attachments e Bookmarks e Audio clips only the play button icon is shown The following objects retain a simple image preview an image representing the object in Adobe Connect e Forms e 3D objects e Multimedia objects audio video and SWF files Share documents As a host or presenter you can share the PPT PPTX PNG MP4 F4V Adobe PDF SWF FLV JPEG and MP3 file types from the Content library or your computer The Content library is available in Adobe Connect Central In a meeting you can share GIF content from the Content Library However GIF is not supported when you share content by browsing to your local filesystem using the file picker dialog Note You create presentations from PowerPoint presentations using Adobe Presenter Adobe Connect does not support progressive scan JPEG files 1 Do any of the following Inan empty Share pod click the pop up menu in the center and select Share Document Inthe upper right c
162. content Adobe Connect Central has four libraries Content Training Meetings and Event Management The Content library holds content that you use in meeting rooms and virtual classrooms Content includes presentations SWF files image files audio files video files and so on The Training library holds Curriculums Courses and Virtual Classrooms The Meetings library contains meeting rooms The Event Management library holds events Working with library files and folders Administrator limited administrators and users with Manage permissions can create and navigate folder hierarchies in libraries Use these hierarchies to organize content in the libraries Administrators limited administrators and users with Manage permissions can also set permissions to determine what tasks each user can perform in the libraries For example a manager could set up a folder for each department and assign Manage permissions to each department chairperson More Help topics Libraries on page 242 Setting permissions for library files and folders on page 241 Create a folder Administrators limited administrators and users with manage permission for a specific folder can create subfolders within it Note Administrators set permissions for limited administrators on the Administration gt Users and Groups section of Adobe Connect Central By default limited administrators can set permissions for content but an administrator could choose
163. ct Central folder where the recording is stored e Anyone with Internet access can view the recording if you make it public Alternatively you can move the recording to the Content library and set specific user permissions moving the recording to the Content library is irreversible Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 185 Audio and video conferencing Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout of meeting rooms and what you can do in meeting rooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics Record a meeting on page 179 Working with content in the Content library on page 193 Play a recording from Adobe Connect Central hosts and presenters 1 From the Adobe Connect Central home page click Meetings or Training and then click the meeting or classroom that includes the recording 2 Click the Recordings option 3 Click the name of the recording 4 Do one of the following e To view the last edited version of the recording click the URL For Viewing e To view the full original unedited version of the recording click View Original You either view the original version of the recording or the latest edited version multiple edited versions of the recording are not saved If the recording was never edited the URL For Viewing is the same as
164. ct Meeting Note If you upload your presentations directly from your computer and into a meeting the Thumb tab is not displayed Adobe recommends adding presentations to a meeting from the Content library 1 Click the Thumb tab in the sidebar at the right 2 To move to a slide click its title in the Thumb tab 3 To show the slide title move the pointer over the title View Presentation slide notes When creating a presentation in PowerPoint you can enter notes for individual slides If any slide notes exist they can be displayed in the presentation Slide notes appear on the right side of the presentation window You cannot change the size of the slide Notes tab Click the Notes tab in the sidebar on the right side The complete notes text is displayed The text is not formatted and cannot be edited directly on the tab Search for text in a presentation 1 Click the Search tab in the sidebar on the right side 2 Type the text to search for directly into the text box 3 Click Search amp 4 Search results are displayed below the text box Click any slide title in the results list to display that slide Presentation toolbar options You can control the presentation appearance and playback by using the toolbar at the bottom of the presentation To see all presentation toolbar options load the presentation file in the Content library from Adobe Presenter If you load the PowerPoint PPT or PPTX file directly into the Share pod fro
165. ct Meeting Room in the add in by appending lightning true to the meeting room URL For example https www example com meeting name lightning true Note Installing the add in is not necessary to upload files of all the supported types except PPTX files Former can be uploaded from the browser too More Help topics Work with pods on page 21 Turn off display synchronization for documents on page 43 Share content in the Share pod The Share pod controls let hosts and presenters share content in various ways You can maximize the pod to make contents larger When you share content in the Share pod attendees see your pointer move in the Share pod window All activities you perform in a shared window application or document are visible to attendees The file formats supported in the Share pod are JPG PNG SWF PPT PPTX PDF FLV F4V MP3 MP4 and ZIP Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout of meeting rooms and what you can do in meeting rooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics Work with pods on page 21 Share a whiteboard on page 45 Share a document on page 41 Change the content displayed in a Share pod In the upper right corner of the Share pod click the menu icon select Share and choose My Screen Docume
166. currently or not Users In Progress The number of users that have accessed the curriculum but have not yet completed all required items This includes all users who have ever been enrolled in this curriculum whether they are enrolled currently or not Note Two types of users are not included in the curriculum status numbers first are users that are enrolled in the curriculum but have not yet accessed the curriculum and second users who have been enrolled in this curriculum in the past but have later been deleted from Adobe Connect Adding and deleting items from a curriculum You can add and delete content and courses from a curriculum after a curriculum is created For example you can add any course in your Training library to a curriculum Here are a few tips e Try to minimize the addition and deletion of courses and content after a curriculum is made available to learners e Communicate with learners enrolled in the curriculum Tell them when content and courses are added or deleted and ask them to log in to the curriculum so their status updates e There is a distinction between including an existing course in a curriculum and creating a course for a curriculum When you add a course to a curriculum and the course exists the course is not added to the individual curriculum s Resources folder Only items that are automatically created for the first time as a course are automatically added to the curriculum Resources folder You c
167. d do not want to disturb the meeting flow you can send a chat message to another meeting participant For example when you first enter a meeting room you can introduce yourself by sending a chat message to everyone in the room Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 56 Adobe Connect Meeting As a presenter you can use more than one Chat pod simultaneously Chat pods can display content to either everyone or only presenters in the Presenter Only area Chat pod content is persistent and remains in a meeting room until deleted If you want to preserve Chat pod content for future use send the content through email Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout of meeting rooms and what you can do in meeting rooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics Work with pods on page 21 Taking notes in a meeting on page 54 Send a chat message Use the Chat pod to compose a chat message and address it to a specific participant to all presenters at the meeting or to all attendees 1 By default everyone can view the message To limit the recipients click the menu icon in the upper right corner of the Chat pod Choose Start Chat With and then select Hosts Presenters or specific attendees At the bottom of the Chat pod tabs appear that let you view
168. d from individuals Move the Q amp A pod presenter view to Presenter Only Area 1 Inthe upper right corner of the Q amp A pod click the menu icon 2 Choose Move Presenter View to POA Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 59 Adobe Connect Meeting Note To return the Q amp A pod to the Share area in the Presenters Only Area click and choose Hide Submit a question in the Q amp A pod 1 In the Participant View of the Q amp A pod type your question in the text box at bottom You can add clickable hyperlinks in questions 2 To the right of the text box click the Send Question button or press Return Answer questions using the Q amp A pod 1 Select an incoming question from the list 2 Type your answer in the text box at the bottom of the pod 3 Click one of the following buttons in the lower right corner of the Q amp A pod Send to all Sends the answer to all meeting attendees Send privately Sends the answer only to the attendee who sent the question Show All Questions r Assign TO Dawn L When do we break for lunch Dave M What is your personal opinion Dawn L Where can I find the specifications Question assigned to Dave M Answered questions appear in italics with a checkmark Icons in the top bar and besides the names indicate that a question is assigned to you When answering questions you can include clickable hyperlinks in the answers Assign a question to a sp
169. d until attendee or host clears Ta Remains displayed until attendee clears m e A seos o pee Change your status participant When you select one of these statuses the status icon is displayed in the Attendees pod for 10 seconds _ e Speak Louder e Speak Softer e Speed Up Slow Down Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting e Laughter e Applause The Raise Hand Agree and Disagree status icons remain visible until you or the host remove them manually Attendees can remove the Stepped Away status icon themselves Gi Raise Hand Agree E Disagree Step Away a Speak Louder i Speak Softer Sa Speed Up Slow Down amp Laughter E Applause In application bar click triangle to right of status button to access other statuses 1 Inthe application bar click the triangle to the right of the status button 2 Select the status you want to show to all attendees Q To quickly toggle the Raised Hand status simply click the button to the left of the menu If you select the Raise Hand status and then select another status the second status icon is displayed but the Raised Hand remains in effect Clear a participant s status host 1 In the Attendees pod select one or more participant names 2 Inthe main menu click the triangle to the right of the status button and choose Clear Status Clear everyone s status host From the Attendees pod menu choose Cl
170. d users and groups the Current Participants list on the right is updated to reflect your changes Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 145 Adobe Connect Events Note Each time you create an event the system creates a group named after the event and populates it with the invited users This arrangement lets you easily invite the same people to a follow up event To invite the same people select the group from the previous event in the Users And Groups list 6 When you finish click OK Remove participants from an event 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Navigate to the desired event and select it 3 Inthe Event Information page click Participant Management in the navigation bar 4 Select the groups or users that you want to delete from the participants list 5 Click Remove Note Participants that are removed from the event do not receive an invitation and cannot join the event unless event access is changed to Anyone Change permissions of event participants Users can opt out of receiving event invitiation emails For such users instead of permission in Participant Management you see an opted out status Event Hosts or Event Managers cannot change the permissions for the users who have opted out 1 Select the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central Navigate to the desired event and select it In the Event Information page click the Participant Management link in the navigation bar I
171. dance permissions You must be the host for the seminar because you are also changing the parameters of the seminar itself View a seminar profile 1 Click the Seminars tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page 2 Navigate to the folder that contains the seminar and select the seminar name View a seminar participants list If you have Manage permissions for a seminar you can view a list of all invited participants for each seminar room Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 121 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Note If this seminar is presented as an event view the information in the Event Management tab For information see Adobe Connect Events on page 124 1 Click the Seminars tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page 2 Locate the seminar under a specific license and click its name 3 Click the Edit Participants link View a list of content uploaded from a seminar If you have Manage permissions for a seminar folder you can view a list of all content that has been uploaded to the server from a seminar room within that folder 1 Click the Seminars tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page 2 Locate the seminar under a specific license and click its name 3 Click the Uploaded Content link A list of uploaded content appears 4 To view information about an item click its name 5 To change the title or summary of the piece of uploaded content click Edit make your changes
172. ders appear to hosts when they set up an audio profile for an audio conference You can enable multiple providers for an account Important Disabling a provider also disables all the current audio profiles set up for this provider and disassociates the audio profiles from the meetings URL A link to an information page For example this page can include conference account details for hosts to use when setting up their audio profiles The information page could also be a sign up page for purchasing a conference account from an audio provider Account administrators typically create these information pages Dial In Numbers Numbers for dialing into a meeting To add dial in numbers click Add Number click the word Location and type a name such as Internal or the country name Click the word Number and type the dial in number The dial in numbers appear in the upper right corner of the meeting room Note Provide either a free phone number originating in the United Kingdom of the format 0800 or 0808 or an international free phone numbers of the format 00800 Dial In Steps A sequence of DTMF tones and pauses for dialing into an audio conference The dialing sequence also includes the conference number as the first step Last updated 8 28 2015 223 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 224 Administering Adobe Connect Define a dialing sequence The dialing sequence or dial in steps are DTMF tones and pauses for dialing into an audio conference On hosted a
173. different conversations Chat Everyone At the bottom of the Chat pod tabs let you view different conversations 2 Click the text box in the Chat pod 3 Enter your message 4 Do one of the following e Click Send Message to the right of the text box e Press Enter or Return Your name the addressee name and your message appear in the Chat pod Clear messages from a Chat pod When an empty Chat pod is required in a meeting a host can clear all messages for all attendees 1 Inthe upper right corner of the Chat pod click the menu icon 2 Select Clear Chat Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 57 Adobe Connect Meeting Disable private chat between participants By default two participants can chat privately As a host or presenter you can disable this option and prevent private chat 1 Choose Meeting gt Preferences 2 Select Chat Pod from the list on the left 3 Deselect Enable Private Chat For Participants Use chat notifications If you are a host or presenter using the Adobe Connect add in chat notifications let you communicate with your audience while you are presenting The meeting window is minimized or maximized to full screen concealing the Chat pod If an attendee sends a message while you are presenting a notification appears in the lower right corner of the screen You can see the sender s name and the first few words of the message in the notification window By default cha
174. dobe Connect Central Adobe Connect Central is a web application used for working with Adobe Connect accounts Administrators use Adobe Connect Central to manage an account and its users Meeting hosts use Adobe Connect Central to create and schedule meetings Training managers use Adobe Connect Central to create courses and enroll participants Log in to Adobe Connect Central 1 Ina browser window enter the account URL included in the Welcome e mail 2 On the Login page enter your login and password Note The credentials are stored if you check the Remember Me checkbox You can remove the saved data by manually clearing browser cookies 3 Click Login Edit your profile 1 In Adobe Connect Central click My Profile 2 Do any of the following e Click My Profile to view your user information e Click Change My Password to change your password e Click Edit My Preferences to change your time zone and language e Click My Audio Profiles to select or create an audio profile for an audio conference e Click My Audio Providers to select or create your own audio providers These providers are not available to other users on the account e Click Group Memberships to view your group memberships e Click Organization to view your manager and team member information Determine Adobe Connect version number Knowing your version number can be useful especially when contacting Adobe Connect Support or when reporting any issues with an app
175. dual group member of group cost center or member of cost center Total number of training objects courses curriculums and virtual classrooms in the full system Total number of users in the group cost center or full system Type of meeting classroom or meeting billed to the cost center Total amount of storage space in KB the individual member of the cost center is using Total amount of time in minutes the individual member of the cost center has been in meetings 265 hh mm ss Total User Minutes Sum total of the minutes all the users have spent across all meeting rooms on a given date View and download account summary reports When you click the Administration tab the Account Summary page appears On this page you can click the Reports link to access several reports that summarize account information Some reports are downloadable and others are not View Mobile Usage Reports 1 Login to Adobe Connect Central 2 Click the Administration tab 3 With Account selected choose Reports 4 Click View Mobile Usage Reports This report summarizes Adobe Connect usage through tablets and smartphones View Training Reports This report summarizes learner quota information number of learners compared with the number allowed Reports are available for accounts with the concurrent learner setup These reports allow the Account Administrators to view information related to usage and license utilization 1
176. e Access MP4 conversion queue Meeting Hosts and Seminar Administrators can convert the recordings of meeting virtual classroom and seminar to MP4 format See Make recording offline in MP4 format using a third party paid service on page 181 for more information In Adobe Connect 9 4 the conversion of a recording to MP4 is a server side activity Meeting Hosts and and Seminar Administrators can trigger conversions that are then queued on the Adobe Connect server Adobe Connect administrators have access to the queue at Administrations gt Account gt MP4 Encoder Queue Note Adobe Connect administrators enable this tab in Compliance and Control settings Only then this tab is visible on the user interface The queue displays the following three types of queued jobs e Conversion jobs just added to queue and not yet processed by the server e Conversion jobs being processed by the server e Conversion jobs that have failed to convert Note Completed conversion jobs are not shown in the MP4 Encoder Queue In the conversion queue Adobe Connect administrators can take the following actions e Notify the job owners of any type of conversion job with any message e Access the email ID of the job owners e Cancel a queued recording request Note Recording Job Owners can also cancel the queued job requests Note You cannot cancel an in progress conversion job More Help topics Customize compliance and control settings on pag
177. e e Click Edit Send Invitations to customize and send the event invitation You can edit the invitation but do not change any of the items in curly brackets in the message body Note You may choose to add any of the extra run time fields to the e mail message Please note that user email is the e mail address of the Event Manager not invited attendees For the recipient s login ID in the event notification use the login field Tips for creating event mailing lists Keep in mind the following when you create mailing lists e A guest isan Adobe Connect user with limited access Guests can attend only those events for which they are approved Also guests cannot log in to Adobe Connect Central Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 144 Adobe Connect Events e Anyone with an Adobe Connect account in your organization is a user Note Before sending out invitations check with your Adobe Connect Central administrator for licensing issues If more people register for the event than you have licenses for attendees may not be able to join the event when they try to log in If the number of guests you are planning to invite is limited you can type or copy and paste their e mail addresses using the Add Guest function If this number is high you can import a comma separated values CSV file of users If you are inviting Adobe Connect users you can use the Select Participants page to add users to the event invitation
178. e or to notify specific individuals that they are required to complete the course Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars More Help topics About changes to course content on page 82 Edit courses on page 83 Creating a curriculum on page 86 Creating virtual classrooms on page 98 Working with content in the Content library on page 193 View course information and the enrollee list After you create a course you can view information about the course and a course enrollee list More Help topics Creating a course on page 78 Edit courses on page 83 View course information You can view or change information about a course from the Course Information page the page that appears when you click the course name in the Training folder list From this page you can view or edit the information for a specific course including the course summary content enrollee and settings for notifications and reminders Each of these features is accessible as a navigation link Every course has a Course Information page which is a summary that contains the information displayed in the following illustration Home Content Training Meetings Reports Administration Search Shared Training User Training My Training Training Catalog Users and Groups Training Dashboard 9 User Training gt user example com Goose Course Information Edit Information Tr
179. e 214 Make recording offline in MP4 format using a third party paid service on page 181 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 228 Administering Adobe Connect Enhancing Adobe Connect account security Adobe Connect administrators can enhance the security of their account from the Administration tab 1 Click on Administration gt Account gt More Settings 2 Select Requires SSL Connection RTMPS so Adobe Connect enforces the use of RTMPS protocol 3 Select Enable Enhanced Security to force Web Services APIs to use secure HTTPS connection and generate new session identifier after successful login Note It is recommended to check Enhanced Security option Creating and importing users and groups Workflow for creating and importing users and groups The following overview summarizes the workflow involved in setting up user accounts 1 Optional Customize user profile fields A user profile field is an attribute of your organization s Adobe Connect user profile The fields for First Name Last Name and e mail are required and cannot be modified However you can add other predefined fields create new fields and change their order in the user profile See Customize user profile fields on page 229 2 Optional Set login and password policies You can set login and password policies password expiration password format and password length See Set login and password policies on page 230 3
180. e Customize User Profile link above the Users And Groups list Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 230 Administering Adobe Connect 4 Click the New Field button 5 Type a name for this field If you want you can type a comment in the Comment text input box You can also select the Required check box for the Field Type if you want this field to be required 6 Click Save 7 To move an item up or down in the list select its check box and click the Shift Up or Shift Down button Modify user profile fields 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Users And Groups 3 Click the Customize User Profile link above the Users And Groups list 4 Click the name of the field that you want to modify to open it 5 Do any of the following e Change the field name Although you can change it you cannot delete it e Type change or delete a comment in the Comment text input box e Select or deselect the Required check box for the Field Type 6 Click Save Remove user profile fields 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window Click Users And Groups Click the Customize User Profile link above the Users And Groups list 2 3 4 Select the check boxes for the fields that you want to remove 5 Click Remove 6 On the remove confirmation page click Remove to delete these fields or click Cancel to cancel the operation Set login and password polic
181. e Group Usage report shows many details about a group of users The top of the report lists summary information about the group including total number of members total meeting minutes and total consumption The second section of the report lists the individual members and data for each such as total meeting minutes login status and manager name Run Group Usage reports for different groups to compare and see for example which groups are using Adobe Connect the most and least The Cost Center Usage Report shows how members of a specific cost center are using Adobe Connect One section of the report lists individual members of the cost center and their system usage Another section lists meetings billed to the cost center and details such as total number of attendees and meeting owner name The Cost Center Usage Report helps you track Adobe Connect minutes and costs Run separate reports for different cost centers to compare their statistics To get the same information as this report that is run across all cost centers rather than a single cost center generate Consolidated Cost Center Usage report The Full System Usage report provides a high level summary of Adobe Connect usage Optionally filter the report by group and or by specifying a date range System meeting and training summaries are provided on a single page This report is useful for telling management and other departments how your organization uses Adobe Connect The Burst Pack U
182. e Information page for the file whose report filters you want to set 2 On the information page click the Reports link above the Content Information title bar A set of report links appears above the title bar with Summary highlighted and the Summary report for this meeting appears below the information heading 3 Click the report type for which you want to set filters The data for the report type you selected appears in the Adobe Connect Central window 4 Click the Report Filters link to the right of the No Filters Have Been Set label E User Training gt E user example com gt Adi New Hire curriculum Curriculum Information Training Catalog Settings Manage Enrollees Notifications Reports Summary By Users By Item Report Filters No filters have been set Report Filters Date Range 01 01 2008 8 00 AM 02 01 2008 8 00 AM Show data from people I manage directly Report using date range Report on user group s MV From 1 Manay _ 2008 M4 08 00 aM M ota uae MV To 1 February 2008 08 00 AM MV Show data from people I manage directly Show data from people I manage directly and indirectly Save Reset Cancel The Set Report Filters options for a curriculum 5 Set one or more of the following filters e Toset the date range filters select the From and To check boxes and the start and end dates and times For example if you select a date range for the By Slides repor
183. e Share Pod is where the host shares their screen or content such as a presentation or document The Share pod is where users typically direct most of their attention during a classroom session If a presentation contains a quiz the host can unsync the presentation allowing individual attendees to take the quiz on their own Third party SCORM content may not play properly in the share pod Content types that do not play properly are not available to the user when browsing for content to share You can select Adobe Presenter courses using the Share Course workflow and play the courses in the Share pod You can also play animations embedded objects quizzes and interactions e Use emoticons in the application bar to interact with the host and other attendees You can raise your hand express agreement or disagreement and even ask the host to speak more loudly or softly The emoticons are an easy way to start participating in the classroom e Raise your hand and if the host approves your request use the VoIP toolbar to broadcast your voice This is useful if you have a detailed question to ask or if you want to provide information to the class Ifthe host opens a whiteboard collaborate with other attendees on the task at hand Whiteboards allow a group of attendees to answer a question together and are also useful for brainstorming ideas For more information see Share a whiteboard on page 45 e Throughout the session use the Chat pod
184. e available to Hosted customers More Help topics Share your screen on page 36 Customize compliance and control settings 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central 2 Click the Administration tab Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 215 Administering Adobe Connect 3 Click Compliance and Control 4 Click Pods Management and do any of the following e Choose Disable Edit My Info menu item to prevent attendees from updating their name in a meeting or an event If this option is selected only hosts can update the information of an attendee e Select any pods you want to disable in meeting rooms and virtual classrooms If you disable a pod the pod and all information in the pod is erased in every meeting room that contains the pod Disabling pods can leave empty space in meeting room layouts Update your meeting templates and resize the pods to fill up any spaces e Choose Disable Attendee Display Settings to disable the attendees display settings in the Preferences dialog in a meeting e Choose whether to disable interactive audio between VoIP and conference bridge e Choose whether to disable broadcast from conference bridge The audio from the bridge is used for recording only e Choose whether to disable Video telephony 5 Click Share Settings and do any of the following e Choose whether to Disable Desktop sharing Disable Windows sharing or Disable Applications sharing Individual screen sharing modes lets you disable
185. e for the step D Values entered to program the step E Displayed in meeting F Not displayed in meeting G Displays information as a text box Most options appear in pop up menus To display a pop up menu click the information in each row Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Administering Adobe Connect Display In Meeting Inpu True Text False 1 Text False True Available choices for the Display In Meeting column 1 Inthe Dial In Steps section of the New Edit Provider window click Add Step 2 Inthe Action column click the information in the first row and select Conference Number from the pop up menu Enter the dial in number for the meeting room and specify the remaining information for that step For each remaining step in the dialing sequence specify DTMF tones and pauses To move a step up or down in the sequence select the step and use the Up or Down Arrows To delete a step select it and click Remove Oo a A W When you re finished click Save Dialing sequence options Action column Conference Number The telephone number for joining the audio conference The conference number must be the first step in the dialing sequence Hosted accounts where Adobe provides the server for the account require a toll free U S telephone number to join an audio conference On premise or licensed accounts can use any number Only one conference number is allowed DTMF Buttons on a telephone keypad such as the pound
186. e import operation fails Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 232 Administering Adobe Connect e Names that contain a comma must be in quotes For example the name John Doe Jr must appear in the CSV file as John Doe Jr e The header format for custom fields is x field id for example x 45704960 To determine the field ID in Adobe Connect Central select Administration gt Users and Groups gt Customize User Profile Click the field name In the browser address bar locate the filter field id parameter in the URL The filter field id value is the field id For example for the custom field Cost Center filter field id cost center and the header format is x cost center Note You can also obtain the field ID from the XML API calls custom fields or acl field list e The user information in the CSV file must take login and password policies into consideration For example if an e mail address is used as the login name the login and e mail values in the CSV file must be identical Alternatively if there are password policies certain length format special characters and so on these policies must also be applied in the CSV file More Help topics Set login and password policies on page 230 Create a custom group manually on page 234 Setting permissions for library files and folders on page 241 Create new users 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window
187. ear Everyone s Status Disable hand raising or change notification duration 1 Choose Meeting gt Preferences 2 In the list on the left click Attendees Pod Then do either of the following e Select Disable Raise Hand e Choose a notification duration from the pop up menu Select Persist In Screen Share if you want notifications to remain visible during screen sharing until a host closes them Last updated 8 28 2015 7 Chapter 3 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars About Adobe Connect Training About content courses and curriculums Note You can only use the Training application if this feature has been enabled for your Adobe Connect account The Adobe Connect Training application consists of content courses curriculums and virtual classrooms Content is files stored in the Adobe Connect Content library Content can be any of the following file types PPT PPTX FLV SWF PDF GIF JPG PNG MP3 HTML MP4 F4V ZIP or HTML5 content created using Adobe Captivate 9 or Adobe Presenter 11 Adobe Connect 9 5 onwards HTML5 content created using Adobe Captivate 9 and Adobe Presenter 11 is supported in Virtual Classrooms and its recordings Such content can only be shared and consumed using the meeting add in With content no individual user information is stored Reports are created for content but they are aggregate content specific reports and are based on access If content is created with Adobe Presenter and the present
188. eate audio profiles 1 In Adobe Connect Central click My Profile gt My Audio Profiles 2 Click New Profile 3 Select an audio provider and name the profile Provider Audio providers configured for universal voice by an account administrator or host Selecting a provider binds the audio profile to the information configured for the provider Profile Name A unique name that represents something meaningful to you such as the purpose of the audio profile If the account administrator or host included a URL for the provider it appears in the Profile Information window This URL can link to an information page with details on how to create the audio profile 4 Fillin the remaining information and click Save Saving the profile automatically enables it for use You can change the sequence of the local conference numbers in the Profile Information My Profile Change My Password Edit My Preferences My Audio Profiles New Audio Profile Enter Profile Information Provider m Profile Name nmvy_audio_profile Client ID 12345 Password Moderator Code 123 New Audio Profile window with provider specific fields To enable or disable an existing audio profile select it in My Audio Profiles click Edit change the Profile Status menu and click Save 5 For Arkadin audio provider enter the SIP access number if provided by Arkadin If the SIP access number is not provided duplicate the value in the Toll free access
189. ecific presenter You can assign questions to presenters with specific expertise including yourself preventing others from answering 1 Inthe Presenter View M of the Q amp A pod select the question from the Incoming Messages list 2 Select a presenter name from the Assign To pop up menu Y Presenters can reassign questions to other presenters or choose None to cancel assignment Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting Show All Questions Assign TO Down L When do we break for lunch Dave M What is your personal opinion Dawn L Where can I find the specifications Question assigned to Dave M Indicators for assigned questions Show questions with different statuses As a host or presenter you can add a filter to the queue of questions in a Q amp A pod to view specific questions while hiding others You can also forward a question to another presenter to answer 1 Inthe Presenter View M of the Q amp A pod click the pop up menu in the upper left corner 2 Select one of the following Show All Questions Displays all questions that you have received starting either with a new pod or from the last time the pod was cleared Show Open Questions Displays all unanswered questions not assigned to anyone Show Answered Questions Displays all questions that have been answered Show My Questions Displays only unanswered questions that have been assigned to you A question answered
190. ect Training contains two review modes server side and client side It s important to understand these review modes especially if your courses contain quizzes Server side review mode is used only with Adobe Connect Training courses For courses a training manager can specify the maximum attempts a learner has to complete or pass the course successfully A learner is locked into review mode in the following cases e The learner has passed or completed the course within the set number of maximum attempts e The learner has exceeded the maximum number of attempts allowed to pass or complete the course Learners can see whether they are locked into review mode two ways The text Review Mode appears in the browser title bar when a course is opened e This message appears at the top of the screen You have exhausted all your attempts and are now in Review Mode Any choices selected will not be tracked The message most often appears when course is in review mode within a virtual classroom If learners are in review mode and they take any quizzes included in the course their scores and statuses are not posted to Adobe Connect This prevents learners from trying to improve their score after passing a course Important Open a course or item in only one browser window at a time and close the window when they finish Learners may be locked into review mode incorrectly if they open the same item or course in multiple windows simulta
191. ed back with the audio conference The audio heard through computer speakers during an Adobe Connect session is played back If the audio broadcasting was stopped during the session users on a telephone can continue to talk and listen to each other but they are not heard through computer speakers e Ifyou do not use Universal Voice you can use your speakerphone and your computer microphone as recording devices All audio input to your computer is captured and recorded but is not broadcast to participants Because audio is not directly integrated with the meeting in this case the quality can be lower than using a direct method Ifyou use an integrated telephony adaptor begin your recording from within Adobe Connect not from a telephone key command The meeting recording is assigned a URL and added to the Recordings page associated with the meeting room in Adobe Connect Central To play a recording you need an Internet connection the recording URL and permission to view it Note Adobe Connect administrators can change recording settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect how meetings and training sessions are recorded and what is recorded For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics Edit a recorded meeting on page 181 Make recording offline in FLV format Adobe Connect 9 4 on page 183 Record a meeting Start recording a meeting
192. eduled seminar session The Seminar Administrator is notified at each extension Standby mode and scheduling ad hoc Seminar Session When you open a Seminar Room outside a scheduled Seminar Session the room opens in a standby mode The standby mode allows Hosts to prepare the room for the seminars to do room testing and to become more familiar with the Adobe Connect seminar environment Only ten participants are allowed in a seminar room in the order Session creator Hosts in alphabetical order Presenters in alphabetical order The Seminar Administrator get a notification pop up displaying the number of users rejected entry in the currently open seminar session due to the quota limit After the seminar room owner creates an instant session the participants can join by re opening the seminar session Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 120 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Attendees Rejected Participants have been rejected 1 time s because seminar is in Stand by Mode Create instant session to allow participants to join New Instant Session Dismiss Notifier indicating rejected attendee count Follow these steps to create an ad hoc Seminar Session 1 Open a Seminar Room outside any scheduled sessions It opens in a standby mode 2 Click o in the upper right corner of the Seminar Room to open the notifier 3 Click New Instant Session Note An ad hoc Seminar Session is created only when it does not overlap
193. ee access from their My Training link The Custom URL box displays the first part of the URL that users click to access the curriculum You can leave the box blank to have Adobe Connect generate a system URL or enter a custom URL in the box For example you can enter a word that describes the curriculum Note The start and end dates that you select override the start and end dates for the individual items in your curriculum For example if you add a meeting with an end date that already passed but your end date for the curriculum is in the future the meeting assumes the end date of the curriculum ddi New Curriculum Wizard Enter Curriculum Information To create a new curriculum you first enter information about the curriculum After you ve entered the details you can click Next to add items to your curriculum Curriculum Name Curriculum ID Custom URL http pumaple corp adobe com Leave this field blank for a system generated URL or include a unique URL path Please use only ascii alphanumeric characters or hyphens For example product demo will result in http pumaple corp adobe com product demo Summary max length 4000 characters Curriculum Starts On 6 June v 2012 05 00 AM Curriculum Closes On No close date 1 6 June 2013 04 30AM If no end date is specified learners will be scheduled for one month to complete their learning indicates required fields Use the
194. eeting by using the New Meeting wizard in Adobe Connect Central select one of these three templates for your meeting room Then add your content and start your meeting When you create a meeting room from a template the latest version of the content is added to your room If you edit the source file for the embedded content the changes do not affect the content in your room To update the content in your meeting room upload the revised file to the Adobe Connect Server Then replace the existing content in the meeting room with the revised content on the server Default Meeting template General template for meetings It contains three layouts Sharing Discussion and Collaboration The Sharing layout is optimized for sharing content Microsoft PowerPoint presentations video Adobe PDF and so on The Discussion layout is optimized for discussing issues interactively and taking notes The Collaboration layout is optimized for annotating content and drawing freehand on content Last updated 8 28 2015 15 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 16 Adobe Connect Meeting Default Meeting template layouts A Sharing B Discussion C Collaboration Default Training template Used for online collaborative instruction and virtual classrooms It contains three layouts Lobby Classroom and Analysis The Lobby layout is a place to exhibit a self running presentation or display other preliminary content Leave the Lobby layout open so that attendees can browse i
195. egistration window appears showing your new question Add a short answer question 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Click Save The Customize Registration window appears showing your new question Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central Navigate to the desired folder Click the event you want to change Click Registration Questions Click Customize Click New Short Answer Type a question in the box Select a validation type for the question To require that users answer the question select Response Is Required Add a yes no question 1 O Oo N OAU BP WV N Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central Navigate to the desired folder Click the event you want to change Click Registration Questions Click Customize Click New Yes No Type a question in the box To require that users answer the question select Response Is Required Click Save The Customize Registration window appears showing your new question Change event content You can replace event content only with content of the same type for example you can replace one meeting with another You cannot add any new content to the Content library from here You can select only existing content for your event If you purchased Adobe Presenter you can publish presentations from PowerPoint to the Content library for your event To use an existing presentation for an event republish it to a different folder If you do not the
196. elect it View a course enrollee list 1 Click the Training tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Navigate to the folder that contains the course 3 In the course list click the name of the course 4 Click the Manage Enrollees link in the navigation bar A list of enrolled users and groups are shown in the Current Enrollees window on the right About notifications and reminders Notifications are placed in a queue and are sent as follows e Notifications set to Send now are sent when you click Send e Notifications set up for future dates are processed every night at midnight On the set date depending on the number of notifications in the queue they are sent within a few minutes or a few hours after midnight PST Notifications appear to be sent from whoever creates the course using the email address specified in their Adobe Connect account Any email delivery failure notifications are also sent to that address All email notifications are sent individually Recipients do not see the list of other recipients in the message header Reminders are placed in a queue and are sent as follows e Reminders to be sent starting on the current date are sent shortly after the course is created e Adobe Connect sends reminders from the person who creates the course using the email address specified in the curriculum creator s Adobe Connect account The email reminders are sent individually recipients do not see the list of other rec
197. en Sharing window to begin sharing Share your screen Participant 1 Aska host to select your name in the Attendees pod and click Request Screen Share 2 An alert appears on your screen that says Begin Sharing Desktop Click Start 3 Set Screen sharing options on page 37 4 Click the Share button at the bottom of the Start Screen Sharing window to begin sharing Screen sharing options Desktop or Secure Desktop Sharing Shares the contents of your desktop If you have more than one monitor connected to your computer a desktop appears for each monitor Choose the desktop that you want to share The Secure Desktop Sharing option appears only if the account administrator has restricted the applications and processes that you can share The Desktop option allows you to share authorized contents on your desktop Windows Shares one or more authorized windows that are open and running on your computer Choose the window or windows that you want to share Applications Shares an authorized application and all its related windows that are open and running on your computer Choose the application or applications that you want to share Share screen in Compact mode using the MiniControl Hosts and Presenters who share their screen can share collaborate and take some in meeting actions directly from a MiniControl that opens in the Compact mode The palette is displayed only for the user sharing the screen Last updated 8 28 2015 USI
198. endance permissions to presenters and participants creating and organizing seminar rooms and editing a seminar or changing its participant list e View seminar reports Webinar groups Three new groups defined are Webinar Manager 100 Webinar Manager 500 and Webinar Manager 1000 The numbers indicate the maximum participant capacity These groups are available as system groups with membership driven by the number of licenses provisioned in any account A user can be a member of only one of these three groups at a time The members can create seminars in the My Seminar tab within the license they own Also the members cannot access the seminars they do not have access to All Seminar Administrator permissions e Access to Seminars tab Seminar Sessions Seminar Calendar and Seminar Dashboard with access to content they own e Can schedule sessions in My Seminars tab from shared seminar licenses and named webinar license they own e No access to User Seminars tab All Event Manager permissions e My Events tab with manage permissions e Shared Events with manage permissions e Event dashboard e Can see reports inside specific event e Can view Event Catalog Can edit Event Catalog if also a member of Event Administrators group e Ability to create his own event and email templates Can edit shared templates if also a member of Event Administrators group e Ability to see available Event tags when creating or editing Events Can apply
199. ent Management tab Click Event Catalog Open this URL in a browser Click a tag from the Popular tags section The URL ends in a numeric value that is the ID of the tag Copy it from the browser s address bar U A WwW N To the URL copied in step 3 append currentSearchTag lt ID of the tag gt You can now share this constructed URL By visiting this URL the readers can view only the events of the specific category Note Only the Event Administrators can apply the Featured Events tag to an event Set Event Catalog branding The Event Administrators can customize the layout and branding of the Event Catalog To customize the Event Catalog 1 In Adobe Connect Central click the Event Management tab 2 Choose Event Catalog and then click Edit 3 Edit the template in the design view Event administration Event Administrators manage Adobe Connect events for their entire organization Event Administrators manage permissions for individual users and groups set permissions for Event Managers and create additional Event Administrators and Event Managers They are also responsible for managing group memberships for users event tags email aliases analytics administration the Event Catalog and shared templates Event Administrators can highlight any event as a featured event Editing group membership Event Administrators can add or remove members from the Event Managers group They can use Editing Group Membership option to assi
200. ent invitations follow these steps 1 Log into Adobe Connect Central and access Event Management gt Email Templates page 2 Select the relevant event invitation template and click Edit template 3 Insert a Text component from the AEM Sidekick and add the Invitations Opt Out URL runtime field Download the opt out report To download the opt out report follow these steps 1 Log into Adobe Connect Central and access Event Management gt Event Administration gt Email Opt Out page 2 Click Download Opt Out Report and save the CSV file locally Note The users who opt in after opting out are not listed in the CSV report Facilitate opt in To facilitate opt in for the interested users follow these steps 1 Log into Adobe Connect Central and access Event Management gt Event Administration gt Email Opt Out page 2 Copy the Opt in link from Event Invitations Opt in Link For Your Account section 3 Share the link with the users who want to opt in to receive event invitations again Use campaign tracking with an event Use the campaign tracking option to track registered users based on campaign source The Events registration and attendance reports list campaign sources alongside user names Common campaigns include e mail offerings search engine campaigns and banner ad campaigns Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 149 Adobe Connect Events By default the Enable Campaign Tracking option is selected on the Campaign IDs p
201. enter View option in the Video pod is not available in Break Out rooms In the Preferences select Disable Webcam Preview to disable preview when you start your webcam and start sharing the video Last updated 8 28 2015 178 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 179 Audio and video conferencing e Inthe Preferences select Highlight Active Speakers to visually highlight the video of the speaker who is speaking at the moment Multiple videos are highlighted if multiple participants are speaking simultaneously e You can choose the aspect ratio from the two available options Standard 4 3 and Wide Screen 16 9 These changes are applicable to all the participants sharing their webcam Recording and playing back meetings About recording meetings A host can record a meeting or training session When played back the recording shows exactly what the attendees saw and heard Everything that happens in the room is recorded except for the Presenter Only area and breakout rooms You can start and stop recording at any time so you decide what content to record A host can create a reference archive of meetings and make the recordings available to attendees When you record a meeting consider the following e Ifyou use VoIP and the Video Pod to broadcast audio to meeting attendees all audio is recorded automatically e Ifyou use the Universal Voice solution you record the audio with the meeting All telephone based audio is recorded and can be play
202. entral navigate to the meeting room you want to convert 2 Select the check box next to the meeting room 3 On the navigation bar click Move Two columns are displayed in Adobe Connect Central The name of the meeting room is displayed in the left column In the right column under the heading Move to This Folder User Meetings gt your account is selected by default If you want to use this folder go to step 5 4 Navigate to and select a template folder such as the Shared Template folder 5 Click Move at the bottom of the column Your meeting room now resides in the template folder that you selected The template is added to the list in the appropriate folder When you create a meeting with the New Meeting wizard you can select the template you created from the Select Template menu You can customize this room just like any other to meet your needs Once the meeting is created you cannot apply a new template to it Instead create a meeting by using the new template Create layouts The Layouts menu and the Layout bar are visible only to hosts The default layouts are Sharing Discussion and Collaboration To create a blank layout to which you manually add pods or a duplicate of an existing layout do one of the following e Choose Layouts gt Create New Layout e Click jag in the Layout bar Manage layouts The default layouts are Sharing Discussion and Collaboration You can delete rename or change the order of the l
203. er you can edit the course You can run Adobe Presenter Adobe Captivate PDF and third party SCORM content from the Content library URL in a web browser All listed content items are objects within the Content library with existing permissions content level tracking information pages and so on Users are able to access this content from the library URL as with content in the existing product today 5 Enroll learners Only enrolled users can browse to the course URL and log in to view the course To enroll large numbers of users if you have the Event Management application present the course as an event You can add and delete learners as required after the course is created For information about enrolling users in bulk see Add or remove course enrollee on page 84 6 Set up notifications A course notification is an email message telling enrollee how to access the course When you format your notification you can use run time fields in the subject line and in the body of the message These fields are course information variables that are automatically filled in for you when the email notification is sent You can change the course notifications after the course is created 7 Set up reminders Reminders are optional A course reminder is an email message sent to either all or selected course enrollee after you set up the course You can use reminders for example to remind enrollee that they are scheduled to take the cours
204. er and log in the event using social network profiles When allowed event hosts control these social login options for individual events This option is available only on hosted offering of Adobe Connect and not on the on premise deployments Specify if you wish to have Events where users can register and login using their social network profiles Also select the social profile options that will be given to the users Enable Event Managers to allow use of Social Profiles Facebook Google Option to register and log in using social accounts can be enabled by an Administrator Note If Account Administrator disables registration via social accounts attendees already registered via their social profiles can continue to authenticate using their social profiles New registrations using social profiles are disabled Import users and groups from CSV files Before you import users create a CSV file containing the users you want to add to Adobe Connect The CSV file you create must include user information in the following format a a a Ron rbloom3 mycompany com rbloom3 mycompany com Charles cbond4 mycompany com cbond4 mycompany com Jennifer Cau jcau5 mycompany com jcau5 mycompany com Here are some additional tips for using CSV files e Because of browser limitations if you have a large number of users to add create several smaller CSV files instead of one large CSV file e Ifthe file contains empty lines th
205. er publicly viewable even if the parent folder is not publicly viewable Select No to make the folder inaccessible to the public Only Adobe Connect users with View Manage or Publish permissions can view private content To do so they must first log in with an Adobe Connect user name and password Generating reports in Adobe Connect Central About Adobe Connect Central reports The reporting feature in Adobe Connect enables you to quickly and easily obtain a wide variety of useful data about your Adobe Connect installation The wizard based interface lets you select a general type of report and then make choices to specify exactly the information that you need For example suppose that you choose to create a course report After selecting a course you view current enrollment details or view the entire enrollment history for the course Another example is when you create a meeting report you view a summary of activity for one room over time Alternatively you view details about one specific meeting session Information provided in the system usage reports help you fine tune your Adobe Connect installation and costs For example you can obtain facts about system activity for a particular cost center Important general information about reports e Ifyou have direct reports click Manager Reports to see data about trainings completed meetings attended and events attended for each direct report Click the name of a direct report to list the
206. er supported by the audio provider breakout rooms cannot be started Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout of meeting rooms and what you can do in meeting rooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics Create meetings on page 14 Start meetings on page 19 Invite attendees and grant or deny access on page 20 Audio in breakout rooms Note Breakout rooms in audio conferences that use universal voice do not have their own audio just the audio from the main meeting room If your organization requires that all online conversations be recorded consider using the compliance and control settings to disable breakout rooms See Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 If an integrated telephony provider supports Adobe Connect breakout rooms each breakout becomes a separate audio conference When breakout rooms are closed all attendees return to the main audio conference line automatically When using a non integrated provider that supports audio breakouts manually configure your telephony breakouts using private audio bridges to match the online breakout rooms If your provider does not support audio breakouts instead use VoIP with computer microphones A separate VoIP audio channel is created for each breakout room allowing
207. er the name of the group in the Search text box to locate the name in the list 4 Click Delete at the bottom of the list 5 On the confirmation page click Delete to delete the group click Cancel to cancel the operation More Help topics Delete a user account on page 239 Setting permissions for library files and folders Administrators limited administrators and users with Manage permissions for a folder can set permissions for working with content in Adobe Connect libraries An administrator must design the permissions structure for an account Once the permissions structure is created users with Manage permissions for folders in libraries can set permissions for those folders More Help topics Working with library files and folders on page 190 Working with content in the Content library on page 193 Workflow for setting permissions To avoid listing and managing large numbers of users on the permission profile for a file or folder use a group based permission system Create your system as follows 1 Design a permissions system using groups You can give certain groups access to parts of the system as appropriate To design your system understand libraries groups and permissions precedence See Libraries on page 242 Built in permission groups on page 243 and Multiple permissions precedence on page 249 2 Create folders using descriptive names Use names that describe the contents of the
208. ere are no user folders instead each folder represents a different seminar license that your organization purchased Users assigned to the Seminar Administrators group have Manage permissions for all Seminars folders Seminar Administrators can add and delete seminars assign Manage permissions to other users and create new seminars Built in permission groups Adobe Connect has eight built in permission groups each associated with a different library Each member of a Built in group has a user folder in the corresponding library Each member of the Meeting Hosts and Training Managers groups also has a user folder in the Content library and can author content for that folder You cannot change the permissions for these groups but you can extend them by assigning individuals or groups to more than one built in group In addition the administrator can create custom groups and assign these groups permissions for specific library folders There are eight built in groups e Administrators e Administrators Limited Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 244 Administering Adobe Connect e Meeting Hosts e Training Managers e Virtual Classroom Managers e Seminar Administrators e Event Managers e Webinar Managers e Event Administrators e Authors e Learners Each group reflects a specific set of access needs across all the libraries There are groups for each purchased account feature For example the Event Manager grou
209. erience depending on which option you select for a test out e You cannot assign a test out for the first item in a curriculum Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 96 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars e Do not use chained test outs An example of a chained test out is setting item 1 as a test out for item 2 and then setting item 2 as a test out for item 3 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum that you want to modify click the Training tab and browse to the curriculum Select the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page 2 In the list of items click the name of the item that requires a test out item This procedure refers to this item as the selected item 3 Inthe Test Outs area click Edit 4 The Select Test Outs area lists items in the curriculum Use the pop up menu by an item to designate it as a test out for the selected item using the following criteria Blocked Indicates that if the enrollee passes the test out item the selected item is unavailable to the enrollee If the enrollee fails the test out item the selected item becomes available Optional Indicates that if the enrollee passes the test out item the selected item is no longer required to complete the curriculum Hidden Indicates that if the enrollee passes the test out item the selected item is hidden from the enrollee If the enrollee fails the test out item the test out item is visible and available fo
210. ering meeting rooms The acceptance is recorded in the server log For example licensed customers can use this notice to inform users that a meeting is or is not being recorded e Under the Record meeting audio on Telephony Provider s Bridge select the audio providers for which recording also needs to be done on the provider s audio bridge By default the recording is done using Universal Voice for audio providers 7 Click Training Settings and select whether you want to enable open enrollment 8 Click Save to save changes Specify applications to share or block To prevent users from sharing unauthorized applications or processes you can do one of the following e Create a whitelist of authorized applications e Create a blacklist of applications or processes that cannot be shared These two options are mutually exclusive you can either specify a whitelist or a blacklist Applications that are included in the blacklist are not available for participants presenters and hosts to share To prevent users from sharing unauthorized applications or processes enter separate Windows and Mac OS applications in the text boxes The list of available items appears when users select Windows or Applications from the Start Screen Sharing window 1 Select the Restrict screen sharing to specific processes check to define process lists option 2 To determine the name of the application executable Windows Do one of the following e Navigate to t
211. ermissions Group G2 permissions Union G1 G2 User permissions Resulting permissions permissions View Publish Publish Publish Manage Set permissions for content files and folders Only an administrator a limited administrator or a user with Manage permission for that library file or folder can customize the permissions list for a file or folder Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Administering Adobe Connect Note Administrators set permissions for limited administrators in the Administration gt Users and Groups section of Adobe Connect Central By default limited administrators can set permissions for content but an administrator could choose to revoke this ability 1 Click the Content Training Meetings Seminars or Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Navigate to the folder or file and click its name to open it 3 Click Set Permissions on the navigation bar 4 Click Customization If the permissions for this item have been modified before the Customization button does not appear Proceed to the next step The Available Users and Groups pane displays users and groups for whom you can define permissions for the library item The Current Permissions pane displays users and groups who already have permissions for the library item You can change the existing permissions if desired 5 To add a user or group to the Current Permissions pane select the name in the Available Users And Groups list and c
212. ertificate number is a system generated number and unique ID that proves the learner completed the curriculum The version of the curriculum that the learner has used Update curriculums by adding learners or changing content and such changes Some creators never update their curriculums so there is one version only e Date and time the learner last accessed the curriculum The name of the group to which the learner is assigned For this report it is specified that only the information about learners in the Alphabet Group is viewed So only one group name is listed After viewing the report you have several options To sort the information in different ways click column headers For example in the sample report click Last Access to see which learners have accessed the curriculum recently You can also save print or download the report Using course reports Course reports provide information about individual courses you created and the learners enrolled in the course The course report shows how a course is used The report lists if the course is taken how often it is taken and if users pass fail or complete the course Course reports showing individual learners taking a specific course enable you to see who has taken the course their status and their score The historical course report includes information about unenrolled and deleted users Viewing data about unenrolled and deleted learners helps you analyze how the course
213. es each page was viewed and last date each page was viewed A content report showing question details enables you to view information about questions in a presentation PPT or PPTX file For example you could select a presentation containing a question with five multiple choice answers Running a content report showing question details allows you to see how many learners picked each of the five possible answers This report is useful for refining the questions in your presentations If you feel too many learners are passing or failing a presentation use this report to determine which questions to make easier or more difficult Create content reports 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central and click Reports Click Content Select a piece of content from the library and click Next 2 3 4 Click Specify Report Filters Optional Enter a date range and or select a specific User Group 5 Click Add Or Remove Report Fields Select and deselect the fields to display in the report 6 Click Options Select the type of content report to create Content Report or Content Report Showing Question Details 7 Click Create Report Read content reports The table lists the specific information that appears in columns within content reports All column headings do not appear in all content reports Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Administering Adobe Connect Percentage selected Percent of learners who selected this option Questi
214. es folder you must have Manager permissions for the folder By default you have full control over virtual classrooms and templates in your user training folder 1 From the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central navigate to the folder containing the virtual classroom to convert 2 Inthe Name list click the check box next to the virtual classroom 3 Click Move on the navigation bar The name of the virtual classroom is displayed in the left column 4 Navigate to and select a folder Navigate to Shared Training gt Shared Templates if you want to share the template with others 5 Click Move Your virtual classroom now resides in the template folder that you selected The template is added to the list in the appropriate folder either Shared Templates or My Templates When you are creating a virtual classroom with the New Virtual Classroom wizard you can select the new template from the Select Template pop up menu You can customize this classroom just like any other to meet your needs Once the virtual classroom is created you cannot apply a new template to it Instead create a new virtual classroom by using a new template If the new template used to create a new virtual classroom contains any courses then the new virtual classroom also contains the same courses Edit virtual classrooms There are various tasks you can do to manage and maintain the virtual classrooms you have created More Help topics Creating virtual classroom
215. ess the next time you want to start a meeting You can launch an Adobe Connect Meeting Room in the add in by appending 1ightning true to the meeting room URL For example https www example com meeting_ name lightning true Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 20 Adobe Connect Meeting To make it easier for attendees to get familiar with an Adobe Connect meeting room animated tips are displayed when they enter a meeting room The tips are role based and differ for hosts presenters and participants The tips or guided hints showcase the primary workflows for a role Individual users can chose to not see the guided hints when the users enter a meeting room Tips for using Adobe Connect for Hosts Integrating Audio Conferencing Integrating a phone conference with your meeting offers Microphone Rights For Participants flexibility for everyone to talk and listen Your room will bridge the audio between phones and microphones Enable Single Speaker Mode Ga Create an audio provider and profile using the Audio Audio Conference Settings pots Conference Settings from the Audio menu C Don t show this again O Previous Next Guided Hints to help you understand a few common tasks After a user checks Don t show this again the user can launch the tips animation from Help gt Show Tips for Adobe Connect in the meeting room Invite attendees and grant or deny access While in the meeting room hosts can invite people to a
216. essage contains a pre populated subject and a pre populated message event date time duration location and summary but you can edit the text 1 Select the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central Navigate to the desired event and select it In the Event Information page click the Participant Management link in the navigation bar Click Edit Send Invitations in the navigation bar U A WW N Optional If you want to send a blind copy of the invitation to anyone add the e mail address in the BCC Recipients box This can be useful if for example you want coworkers to know that you sent the invitation 6 Edit the subject and the message body If you edit the text there are several fields in curly brackets In general do not change any of the fields unless you have a specific reason The curly brackets contain variables that the system replaces with actual values that are specific to your event Note If you choose to add any of the extra run time fields to the e mail message please note that user email is the e mail address of the Event Manager not invited attendees For the recipient s login ID in the event notification use the login field 7 To attach an iCal select the check box next to the Attach Microsoft Outlook Calendar Event iCal To E mail Message option 8 Click Send More Help topics Change an existing event on page 138 Preview and modify registration and event pages on page 13
217. eting participants 1 Click the Meetings tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page 2 If necessary navigate to the folder that contains the meeting 3 Click the meeting name in the list 4 Inthe Meeting Information page click the Edit Participants link on the navigation bar 5 Inthe Available Users And Groups list do one of the following to select the users or groups e Control click Windows or Command click Macintosh or Shift click to select multiple users or groups e To expand a group to select any individual members double click the group name When you finish selecting names double click Up One Level in the list to restore the original list To finda name in the list click Search at the bottom of the window Enter the name to display it in the list and then select it 6 Click Add 7 For each new participant user or group that you added select the appropriate permission type Participant Presenter Host or Denied Use the Set User Role menu at the bottom of the Current Participants list to select the permission type Remove meeting participants 1 Click the Meetings tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page 2 If necessary navigate to the folder that contains the meeting 3 Click the meeting name in the list 4 Inthe Meeting Information page click the Edit Participants link on the navigation bar Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 27 Adobe Connect Meeting 5 Inthe Current P
218. ets downloadable report data Data is generated in an Assets report whenever a user creates a meeting event seminar curriculum or course or uploads content The report lists the following data on system objects such as meetings content and courses sco id Unique ID used by Learning Management System LMS to identify different Shareable Content Objects SCO url Unique identifier for the object type Either a presentation course FLV file SWF file image archive meeting curriculum folder or event name Object name as it appears in the content listing date created Date on which the object is scheduled to begin date end Date on which the object is scheduled to end date modified Date this object was modified description Object summary information entered when a new meeting content course or other object type is created Questions downloadable report data The Questions report lists responses to questions and quizzes from all the Adobe Connect applications Data is generated in this report whenever a user answers a quiz question in a course or curriculum answers a registration question responds to a poll in a meeting or seminar or adds a custom form to a meeting seminar course or curriculum The report provides the following information Last updated 8 28 2015 268 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 269 Administering Adobe Connect score Number of points awarded for the response principal id Unique ID for the user
219. event with the Campaign Report It lists the aggregate information of the various campaigns for example social media and email campaigns that you conducted to publicize an event It details the number of participants who visited the information and registration pages along with a count of the participants who registered and logged in to the events for all the campaign IDs The report also shows the number of people who logged in to the event and the number of qualified leads for each campaign tracking ID you used To enable this report select Enable Campaign Tracking while creating or editing an event LinkedIn Facebook No Campaign O 17 34 Si 68 85 102 119 136 153 170 187 204 221 238 255 272 289 306 323 340 357 374 391 E Event Info Page View a Event Registration Page View H Event Registration Complete E Ewent Login H Event Qualified Leads Campaign report shows the effectiveness of different campaigns for your event Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 159 Adobe Connect Events Registration Questions The Registration Questions Report shows the count of responses to an event s registration questions This report can be helpful in determining dropout rates on specific questions Count of responses to registration questions for the event Have you used Within how mut Verify Password Password Last Name First Name Email Id 22 44 66 BEB 110 132 154 176 198 220 242 264 286 308 330 352 37
220. everal smaller CSV files instead of one large CSV file e Use quotes around names containing comma For example the name John Doe Jr must appear in the CSV file as John Doe Jr for the file to import correctly Add learners using a CSV file 1 Click the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Click Users and Groups 3 Click Import 4 Select one of the following options e Click Create New Groups to have the groups in the imported CSV file containing rows with name and description become their own new training group This option creates training groups e Select Add Existing Users To A Group to have the users in the imported CSV file containing rows with login information added to the group you specify in the drop down menu e Select Add Existing Users To New Existing Training Groups to have the users in the imported CSV file containing rows with login and group name added to the training group specified as the name value on each row of the CSV file Select the Create New Training Groups From CSV File option to create new training groups for any groups specified in the CSV file that do not exist as a training group in Adobe Connect When the new training groups are created users are added if their login appears on the same row in the CSV file as the new group If the Create New Training Groups From CSV File option is not selected every row in the CSV containing a training group name that does not exist generates an error 5
221. f meeting rooms and what you can do in meeting rooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics Work with pods on page 21 Chat in meetings on page 55 Create a Notes pod A host can create and display multiple Notes pods each with its own text You can use different Notes pods for different layouts and meetings From the menu bar at the top of the Stage select Pods gt Note gt Add New Notes Or choose New Note from the Notes pod options menu You can rename move and resize the Notes pod after it is created Add a note to a Notes pod 1 Asa host or presenter click anywhere inside the Notes pod 2 Type the text that you want to appear in the Notes pod Edit note text A host presenter or participant with enhanced rights can edit the text in a Notes pod See Assign enhanced participant rights on page 69 All changes are immediately visible to attendees 1 Click in the Notes pod to select the text that you want to edit 2 Edit the text or change size style and color using the options at the top of the pod Select which Notes pods to display A host or presenter can choose which notes to display Do either of the following e Choose Pods gt Notes Select the name of the note that you want to display Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting e Click the menu icon in a Notes pod click Select
222. ferencing Stop an audio conference or change audio mode Do one of the following e Choose Audio gt Stop Meeting Audio e Choose Audio gt Change Meeting Audio Mode gt See Best practices for starting a universal voice conference on page 169 to avoid ending a conference when hosts leave Adjust audio quality Quickly optimize settings with the Audio Setup wizard 1 Select Meeting gt Audio Setup wizard 2 Follow the onscreen instructions to optimize audio quality If a dialog box appears requesting access to your camera and microphone click Allow Set advanced audio options 1 Choose Meeting gt Preferences and click Microphone in the left pane 2 Select Use Speex Codec in this meeting room to take advantage of this VOIP optimized technology Attendees can use this option from within the browser Options range from Fast for fastest performance and poorest quality to Best for slowest performance and best quality Choose a setting that does not degrade sound Preferences General Advanced Audio Settings Display Name Use Speex Codec in this meeting room Audio Conference Video Audio Quality Fast Microphone Screen Share Attendees Pod Chat Pod Q amp A Pod Whiteboard Audio quality settings in a meeting room Change associated audio profile from within a meeting Hosts can change the associated audio profile from within a meeting room 1 Click Audio gt Stop Meeting Audio if the mee
223. fications pod You can configure a user account to receive a maximum of three notifications at a time Normally you send two maintenance notifications and a single product based notification However based on requirements you can configure a specific user account to receive three maintenance notifications The maintenance notifications have a higher priority compared to product based notifications Therefore maintenance notifications appear on the top in the Notifications pod If a user closes a notification the notification reappears on the Notifications pod when the user reopens the meeting Alternatively the user can choose Don t show this message again to prevent the notification from reappearing when the meeting reopens View account usage information 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central and click the Administration tab 2 Click Administration Dashboard to see a graphical representation of your quota usage across the system 3 Move the pointer over any bar to see the precise maximum figure for that bar The gray bar represents your current usage and the dark green bar represents your limit 4 Click either bar in a group quota graph to display a group information page Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 210 Administering Adobe Connect The group information page lists the name and a description of the group Click the View Group Members button to view current members and add new members Customize the branding of an acco
224. for these notifications or set a relative date You can create up to four custom triggers You can select a template for a custom trigger and set up recipient groups and email aliases to which users can send queries You can set a specific date for the custom trigger or a date relative to the date you create the event To ensure that you configured email triggers correctly send a test mail to your email ID before you publish the event 8 Campaign IDs You can add a campaign ID to use with the email options for the event to track email campaigns For more information see Use campaign tracking with an event on page 148 More Help topics Change an existing event on page 138 Best practices for events on page 126 Use campaign tracking with an event on page 148 Set login and password policies on page 230 Preview and modify registration and event pages You can preview registration and event pages modify them for example by changing their logos and make them public More Help topics Change an existing event on page 138 Best practices for events on page 126 Preview a registration or event page 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Navigate to the event and click its name in the list 3 Next to Participant View select one or more of the following pages to generate a preview e Event Login e Event Landing e Event Registration e Speaker Information Make a
225. fore being given access to the course or curriculum in the Training Catalog Select Notify Course Manager s Of Approval Requests By Email to receive an email message each time a learner wants to self enroll If you do not select this option check the Training Catalog for learners who have Pending status Select Enrollment Is Open to give all learners access to the course or curriculum Select Display In Training Catalog Select a location or browser and select one or more folders to display this item Once you have selected the folders click Apply Listing Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 112 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars 9 Optionally To add the course curriculum to multiple folders that are not at the same level select Apply Listing and Add Another Note Self enrollment information is not included in Training reports Informing learners about the Training Catalog Once you have organized and added content to the Training Catalog inform your learners Note If you are sending a notification email message to learners about a curriculum and supplemental information for the curriculum can be found in the Training Catalog simply edit the notification text to include a link to the Training Catalog This gives learners all the information they need in one email message Tell learners about the Training Catalog using one of the following methods Inform them that a new Training Catalog tab is now on their Ad
226. g and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout of meeting rooms and what you can do in meeting rooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics Working with content in the Content library on page 193 Work with pods on page 21 Share a whiteboard on page 45 Use the presentation Outline tab Most presentations have an Outline tab on the sidebar The Outline tab lists the title and duration of each slide You can use the Outline tab to display information and to move to a specific slide in the presentation The current slide is highlighted with a glow color which you can change in the theme You can choose to display the highlight outline to all attendees or to hosts and presenters only 1 Click the Outline tab in the sidebar at the right 2 To move to a slide in the presentation click its title in the Outline tab 3 To show the full slide title move the pointer over the title Use the Presentation Thumb tab Presentations can have a Thumb tab on the sidebar The Thumb tab shows a small picture of each slide the slide title and the slide duration The current slide is highlighted with a glow color which you can change in the theme You can use the Thumb tab to see the contents each slide quickly and to move to a specific slide in the presentation Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 44 Adobe Conne
227. g score the average score and the high score for the quiz For each question the table also shows the question number the question itself and the answer distribution that is how each question was answered if at all Click the View Answers link to display a pie chart with a table that provides the answer key and answer distribution The answer key lists all of the possible answers for the selected question and their corresponding answer number or letter The answer distribution lists all of the answer choices selected for this question flags the correct answer and shows the number of users who selected each answer as well as what percent of the total each number of users represents Finally the chart totals the users by number of users and percent of users Note Adobe Connect resets content scores for quizzes and surveys each time the user retrieves the content This means that if a user closes the quiz or survey without completing it then returns to it later all of the previous answers are lost If you do not want the score to reset and you have access to the Training tab you can create a course and select the content in question as the course content This way you have turned the content into a course The Hide Answer Distribution Show Answer Distribution button is a toggle for showing and hiding the distribution of answers for each question 4 Click the Download Report Data button This exports all the report data to a comma separated
228. gn the Event Manager role to a group or a person Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 154 Adobe Connect Events To add or remove members from groups 1 In Adobe Connect Central click the Event Management tab 2 Choose Event Administration gt Edit Group Membership 3 Do one of the following From Possible Group Members select a member and click Add The member is added to the current Event Managers group e From Current Group Members select a member and click Remove The member is removed from the current Event Managers group Enabling analytics Adobe Connect Central provides event reports using a web application If you have an Adobe SiteCatalyst account you can also access event data in your Adobe SiteCatalyst account To enable analytics 1 In Adobe Connect Central click the Event Management tab 2 Choose Event Administration gt Analytics Administration 3 To access event reports only from the Adobe web application select Basic Reports 4 Ifyou have an Adobe SiteCatalyst account provide your credentials and click Save 5 If necessary Account Administrators can enable opt out for the Account The option to Enable opt out for participants is available when creating an event For more details see Configure Engagement Tracking on page 218 If this option is enabled Adobe Connect excludes engagement index and private chat message count when reporting event meeting information to event hosts
229. gns one 5 Optional In Summary enter information about the new content 6 Click Save The file is uploaded to the server and appears in the content folder Note If you attempt to upload a file of an unsupported file type the Enter Content page reappears with the message Invalid file format selected Upload a new version of a file to the Content library 1 On the Home tab click Content 2 Inthe Content List click the content file you want to update 3 Click Upload Content 4 Click Browse to locate a file in the format specified in the message click the name of the file and then click Open Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 195 Managing content 5 Click Save The new version of the content is upload to the Content library To check that the process was successful find the file in the Content List and check the Date Modified You can also go to the Content Information page click the URL and view the new version of the content Uploading AICC content For Adobe Connect to track scores in quizzes and data content must be AICC compliant To upload AICC content into the Content library store the files in a ZIP archive and upload it from Adobe Connect Central Do not upload the content from a meeting room Keep in mind the following when you create AICC content e The content package must have an index htm or index html file that the server relies on to launch the content e Content must report Incomplete
230. green bar A T after the latency details indicates that the connection is tunneled over HTTP If the latency value is high the streams you receive camera screen share and so on may be slightly delayed More Help topics Work with pods on page 21 Meeting roles and permissions Your role determines your capabilities for sharing broadcasting and other activities in an Adobe Connect Meeting There are three roles for meeting room attendees host presenter and participant Icons in the Attendees pod let you identify the role and if they are connecting from mobile devices The creator of a meeting is designated as the host by default The host can specify each attendee s role including selecting other attendees to be hosts for the meeting Permissions for each role are as follows Host i 20 af Hosts can set up a meeting invite guests add content to the library share content and add or edit layouts in a meeting room They can promote other participants to the role of meeting room host or presenter or give enhanced permissions to a participant without promoting the participant Hosts can start stop join and leave audio conferences They can also start and stop broadcasting audio into a meeting room Hosts are able to create and manage small group breakout rooms within a meeting They can also perform all the tasks that a presenter or participant can Presenter Presenters can share content already loaded into the meeting room fro
231. he data supported in the enhanced Adobe Connect 7 reporting feature is blank for Adobe Connect 6 materials Curriculum reports show learner status in several ways e Inapresentation with no quizzes Complete is achieved when 100 of the slides in a presentation have been viewed Ina presentation with one or more quizzes In Progress status is listed if all quiz questions with a point value nonzero weighted in all quizzes have not been answered If all questions with a point value have been answered Adobe Connect lists a Passed or Failed depending if the learner score equals exceeds or is less than the passing score Note If a course in the curriculum was made available to users before the course was added to the curriculum any data that existed for that individual course appears in the curriculum report If you do not want prior data to appear in the curriculum report you can re create any courses that existed before you created the curriculum Consolidate curriculum report includes the learner status for each course within a given curriculum in a single view More Help topics Export curriculum reports on page 110 Change the user status field in a curriculum report on page 107 View curriculum status report A Status report offers general information about a curriculum including the number of enrollee and the number of users who completed the curriculum You can filter the report on start or end dates groups or u
232. he Meeting Dashboard provides a graphical representation of statistical data about your meetings To see the Dashboard from the Home Tab click Meetings then click Meeting Dashboard The data which reflects all the meetings you have created appears in three bar graphs Clicking in any of the bar graphs brings up the Summary Report for the meeting Most Active Meetings Over Last 30 days Determined by the number of sessions Most Participant Meetings Over Last 30 Days Determined by the number of participants This feature counts only registered attendees guest attendees are not included in the count However guest attendees are included in the data reported in the Summary Report for each meeting Most Viewed Recordings Over Last 30 days Determined by the number of views that is the number of times each archived meeting has been viewed The bar graphs appear within the Adobe Connect Central Meetings tab Click Printable Version to export the Dashboard to a browser window for printing More Help topics Obtain information about a meeting on page 25 Viewing user attentiveness with the Engagement Dashboard As a presenter or host in a seminar an event a meeting or a virtual classroom use the Engagement Dashboard to view participants attention and interactivity levels Participant interactivity data provides a real time visual cue to the effectiveness of the virtual classroom or webinar The data helps you improvise the flow of your
233. he application folder Typically C Program Files application folder and read the application executable name For example the executable name of Microsoft Office PowerPoint is POWERPNT EXE Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 217 Administering Adobe Connect e Start Windows Task Manger right click an empty spot in the Windows Taskbar and choose Task Manager from the context menu Then select the Processes tab to list all running processes Mac OS Do one of the following e Navigate to the application folder and read the application s executable name e Open the Activity Monitor Mac OS X 10 3 or later or the Process Viewer Mac OS X 10 0 and 10 2 Select All Processes from the Show pop up menu to list all running processes 3 Select one of the following options e Allow Only The Sharing Of The Following Processes e Prevent The Sharing Of The Following Processes 4 Enter the list of executable names as colon separated values for Windows and Mac For example Windows powerpnt exe winword exe notepad exe Mac OS iTunes iPhoto iChat 5 Click Save View forced recordings 1 In Adobe Connect Central administrators can click Content gt Forced Recordings to view all the forced recordings in an account 2 Click a recording name to view information about the recording 3 Do one of the following e Click Edit to edit the title summary or language of a recording e Click the URL for Viewing to view the recording C
234. he end date of the curriculum Curriculum Closes On The date on which the curriculum ends select from the pop up menu or select No Close date 3 When you finish editing the curriculum information click Save Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 93 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Edit external content information To edit external content information you must have already added it to the curriculum 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum that you want to modify click the Training tab and browse to the curriculum Select the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page 2 Inthe list of items click the external training item name 3 In the External Training Information area click Edit 4 Inthe Item Info area edit the Name ID URL Max Possible Score or Summary information and click Save Change the order of items in a curriculum 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum that you want to modify click the Training tab and browse to the curriculum Select the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page 2 Select the check box next to the item that you want to move and then click either the up or down arrow to move the item in the list Remove items from a curriculum If you no longer want to include an item in a curriculum you can remove it without affecting the original item that exists in its respective library 1 If you re no
235. he list click Search at the bottom of the window and enter the name 6 Click Remove Convert guests to full users or full users to guests You can convert guests to full users or full users to guests Full users can log in to Adobe Connect Central However guests cannot log in to Adobe Connect Central Full users also appear on enrollment and permission lists You can convert guests to full users A typical example is of an Event in which many guests registered that you would now like to turn into full users 1 Select the Administration tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Select Users and Groups 3 Click Manage Guests 4 Inthe Current Guests list select a guest or in the Current Users list select a user 5 Click Convert to User or Convert to Guest Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 239 Administering Adobe Connect Delete a user account If you are an administrator you can delete any user account Once the user account has been deleted this user is permanently deleted from the system and the following occurs e The user is removed from all group lists e The user is removed from the enrollee lists for all courses e Reports for the user are no longer available Ifthe deleted user was a manager direct reports now have a blank manager field e Ifthe deleted user created any content assign another user to manage the content If the user is a member of a Built in group the group is credited with one member For exa
236. he navigation bar Click the check box to the left of each file you want to move Click the Move To Folder button on the navigation bar Click the folder titles or Up One Level button to navigate to the folder where you want to move the content file Click Move Click OK oOo ON OAU BP WV N Delete uploaded content 1 Click the Meetings tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page If necessary navigate to the folder that contains the meeting Click the meeting name in the list 2 3 4 Inthe Meeting Information page click the Uploaded Content link on the navigation bar 5 Click the check box to the left of each file that you want to delete 6 Click Delete 7 Click Delete on the confirmation page to permanently delete the selected content Edit meeting information If you are an administrator or a user with Manage permissions for this meeting folder you can modify the meeting properties on the Meeting Information page To edit meeting information while in the meeting room choose Meeting gt Manage Meeting Information 1 Click the Meetings tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page If necessary navigate to the folder that contains the meeting Click the meeting name in the list In the Meeting Information page click the Edit Information link on the navigation bar Edit any of the meeting information such as start time or duration Click Save O uu A A WU N More Help topics Obtain inf
237. he table lists the specific information that appears in columns within meeting reports All column headings do not appear in all meeting reports Average duration The average length of meeting sessions that took place in this meeting room Average duration attended per For the specific attendee the average amount of time they spend in meetings in this meeting room session Average users Across all sessions in this meeting room the average number of attendees in a session Current disk usage kb Space usage in KB by this meeting room Last exit time The last time the attendee exited the meeting The attendee may have entered and exited multiple times Changing status to stepped away does not count as an exit Only a lost connection or voluntary closure of the meeting window creates an exit time Last name Last name of meeting attendee Manager The first and last name of the user s manager Mobile Yes value in this field indicates that the user accessed the meeting using a smartphone or a tablet Else the value is No Most recent session Date of the most recent meeting session that took place in this meeting room Most recent session attended Date that this specific attendee last attended a meeting session in this meeting room Date of session The date this specific meeting session took place First entry time Time that the first attendee entered the meeting room for this specific meeting session Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE
238. he top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Users And Groups 3 Click the New User button at the bottom of the list 4 Enter the last name first name and e mail address Add any optional information such as company name or address 5 Inthe New Password text box type a new password to mail to this user and then retype it for confirmation If the user has an e mail address leave the E mail The New User Account Information Login And Password box selected If the user does not have e mail deselect it 6 Optional In step 5 you provide a password for users to log in for the first time 7 Optional Enter any audio conference settings in the appropriate text boxes 8 To assign this user to one or more groups click Next If you don t want to assign this user to any groups go to step 11 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 236 Administering Adobe Connect 9 Inthe Possible Groups list select each group to which you want to assign this user as follows To select multiple groups press Control click or Shift click To select individual names double click the group name Double click Up One Level to return to the original list To search for a name in the list click Search at the bottom of the window and enter the name 10 Click Add 11 Click Finish Add team members for a user 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Users And Groups 3 Select the name of the
239. here click the Open button next to the meeting name on the left to join the meeting More Help topics Viewing data about meetings with the dashboard on page 31 Meeting reports on page 33 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 26 Adobe Connect Meeting View and modify a participant list If you have Manage permissions for a meeting you can view a list of all invited attendees for each meeting room However if this meeting is presented as an event view and manage participants in the Event Management tab For more information see Adobe Connect Events on page 124 If you are an administrator or have Manage permissions for this meeting s folder you can add or remove attendees You can also change an attendee s permission setting host presenter or participant Attendees that have been removed do not receive any notification They cannot enter the meeting unless the meeting access setting is changed to allow entry to anyone who has the meeting URL More Help topics Workflow for creating and importing users and groups on page 228 Invite attendees and grant or deny access on page 20 View a meeting participant list 1 Click the Meetings tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page 2 If necessary navigate to the folder that contains the meeting 3 Click the meeting name in the list 4 Inthe Meeting Information page click the Edit Participants link on the navigation bar Add me
240. i Progress maigzggi S27 PM phabet Grman In Progrozz nia i Calats S27 PM Alphabet Grop In Progress nia L 03 19 2000 3 28 PM Alphabet Grip frat Taken nla t PANTO 0 Ae Alphabet Group Cancel Previous Sample report A Summary section B Curriculum name C Date filter D Group filter E Report options F Detailed information about members of specified group The sample report shows the following information The name of the curriculum is ABC Curriculum e The report was filtered to only show data from September 1 2006 to October 1 2008 The report was filtered to only show members of the group named Alphabet Group Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Administering Adobe Connect e The following information shows in the Summary section e Inthe selected group there are 26 learners enrolled in the curriculum e Of the 26 enrolled learners 4 have completed the curriculum e Of the 26 enrolled learners 10 have completed some of the curriculum They are reported as Number in Progress e Of the 26 enrolled learners 12 have not started the curriculum They are reported as Number not Started e The following detailed information is listed below the Summary section Last name of each learner from the specified group enrolled in the curriculum First name of the learner e Status of the learner such as Not Taken In Progress or Complete e Ifapplicable the certificate number for the learner The c
241. iated Event Page URLs for existing campaign IDs created by an Event Administrator 5 Click Save The Campaign ID automatically appears in the email templates that you use to send email notifications for the event Add a campaign ID to the event URLs Once the campaign tracking is enabled Adobe Connect tracks the origin of participants using the campaign ID Adobe Connect adds the specified campaign ID to the automatically generated invitation email If you share the event URL via other channels generate and use the URL containing the Campaign IDs Follow are the steps below to create a URL with the campaign ID 1 Open Adobe Connect Central Click Event Management 2 Open the event and click Campaign IDs 3 Select one or more campaign IDs and click Get URLs Event Administrators create the campaign IDs 4 Copy the Event Page URLs for offline usage Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 150 Adobe Connect Events Test the URL with campaign tracking ID To test the new URL you disable e mail invitations publish the event register for the event and then check the registration report 1 Open Adobe Connect Central and click the Event Management tab Select the event to display the Event Information page Select E mail Options Deselect the Send Event Invitations option Click Save Oo uu A A WU N At the bottom of the Event Information page the status message reads This event has not been published and listed on yo
242. ibrary on page 193 View curriculum information and status After you create a curriculum you can view and modify curriculum details on the Curriculum Information page Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 89 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars More Help topics Creating a curriculum on page 86 About notifications and reminders on page 81 Display curriculum information 1 Click the Training tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Navigate to the folder that contains the curriculum 3 Select the name of the curriculum in the course list View curriculum status information Viewing curriculum status offers another way to view a summary report 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum that you want to view click the Training tab and browse to the curriculum Select the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page 2 Inthe Curriculum Status area click the View button The Reports tab opens on a Summary page In addition to the same information that appears in the curriculum information area of the Curriculum Information page the Summary page includes the following information Enrolled Users The number of users enrolled in the curriculum Users Completed The number of users that have accessed the curriculum and successfully completed all required items This includes all users who have ever been enrolled in this curriculum whether they are enrolled
243. ick the folder or file as appropriate If you are in the Content library click Up One Level to navigate to a higher folder directory 6 Click Save Change event templates You can replace an existing template for your event landing page with a predefined AEM template In addition you can edit a predefined template in AEM and use the customized template for your event landing page To change an event template 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Click Event Templates 3 Select the required event template To edit a template click Edit Template and edit the template in the design view using AEM Sidekick components Change email templates You can replace an existing template for email notifications with a predefined AEM template In addition you can edit a predefined template in AEM and use the customized template for email notifications To change an email template 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Click Email Templates 3 Select the appropriate email template To edit a template click Edit Template and edit the template in the design view using AEM Sidekick components Change event e mail options You can change e mail options for any of the e mail notification reminders or follow up messages before they are sent Some messages are selected by default You can customize an e mail message In several types of messages you can attach a Microsoft Outlook Calendar iCal en
244. ies Match the Adobe Connect login and password policies to the policies of your organization Any policies you establish are valid for all Adobe Connect applications 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Users And Groups 3 Click Edit Login And Password Policies and enter desired values 4 Click Save Login Policy Administrators can allow users to use e mail address as the login The login credentials must be unique across all users Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 231 Administering Adobe Connect Password Policies Use the settings in this section to allow for your organization s password management policies Administrators can enforce password expiry after a pre defined time period requirements of specific characters in passwords minimum and maximum length of passwords and use of passwords not used previously By default Prevent reuse of old passwords is not selected Administrators can enable it and can set an appropriate limit on the number of older passwords tracked If users try to reuse their older passwords they are prompted with an appropriate message on the user interface Room Passcode If Enable Meeting Hosts To Enforce Passcode option is enabled meeting hosts can enforce an alphanumeric password to access a meeting room See Edit meeting information on page 28 Social Login For Events Select the applicable options to allow users to regist
245. igation links called the navigation trail which indicates your current location in the directory structure You can move to any parent higher folder shown in the navigation trail Click the name of a parent folder in the navigation trail The folders and files in the higher parent directory appear The name and location of the parent folder appear in the navigation links at the top of the browser window More Help topics Move a file or folder on page 191 Edit file or folder information on page 192 Delete a file or folder When you delete a library folder or file it is permanently removed from the library and cannot be retrieved Be careful to delete only those items you do not need If you delete items from the Content library that are linked to meetings events seminars or courses the deleted content is unavailable from them When you delete an item Adobe Connect Central indicates whether the item is linked and allows you to cancel the deletion In Seminar Rooms libraries you can choose to delete uploaded content or recordings that are saved with a seminar Note For the Training library if you delete a training folder containing a course that was part of a curriculum the deleted course is still listed on the Curriculum information page as a course item However the course is no longer available 1 Click Content Training Meetings Seminars or Event Management at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Na
246. il messages you do not want to send e Click Customize next to any messages that you want to edit For example you can change the name of the creator to the name of the host or the time to Greenwich Mean Time 5 Click Save to save your changes or Cancel to exit the e mail form 6 Click Send Test Email to preview the email before it is sent to the intended recipients Edit the mailing list You can add and delete users groups and guests from the mailing list Note Each time you create an event the system creates a group named after the event and populates it with the invited users This arrangement lets you easily invite the same people to a follow up event To invite the same people select the group from the previous event in the Users And Groups list 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central Navigate to the desired folder Click the event Click Participant Management ui A U N Edit users or guests e Click Add Guest and type or paste in e mail addresses for all your invitees use commas to separate the addresses e Click Add User Group and in the Available Users And Groups list select each user and or group that you want to invite e Click Registration Groups and in the Possible Groups list select each group you want to invite You must be an account administrator to select event registration groups e Click Import Export List and then click Browse to navigate to a comma separated value CSV fil
247. imes the banner preview area displays the old logo The new logo displays correctly for users To see the correct logo log out and back in to Adobe Connect Central and refresh the browser Customize the appearance of Adobe Connect meetings Use the Customize Meeting option to modify the appearance of Adobe Connect meetings The settings you apply here appear in every meeting created in your account These settings do not affect the meeting layout 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click Customization 3 Click Customize Meeting 4 In the list to the right of the color grid click one of the following e Menu highlight color e Button focus color the color outline that appears around a button when you move the pointer over it e Background color App bar color the color of the upper application bar e App bar text the color of menu text 5 Click a color in the grid 6 To change the color swatch to the previous setting click Clear To restore the original setting click Reset To Default 7 To select a meeting logo click Browse and choose a JPEG PNG GIF or BMP file that s 50 x 31 pixels other sizes are scaled to fit If you do not select a logo the Adobe Connect logo is used 8 To link the logo to a website enter a path in the Logo URL box 9 Click Apply to save your changes Your changes appear in 5 seconds to 10 seconds alternatively you can refresh the page Allocate meeting minutes to cost centers When you
248. import users to Adobe Connect you can associate each user with a cost center If users are associated with cost centers you can enable cost center reporting to determine how much each cost center is using Adobe Connect The easiest way to associate users with cost centers is when you import users in a CSV file or synchronize with an LDAP directory service If you don t use either of these methods you can also associate a user with a cost center manually If cost center reporting is disabled meetings are not tracked for reporting purposes If users are not assigned to cost centers and meetings are billed per attendee Adobe Connect does not track data for those users More Help topics Import users and groups from CSV files on page 231 Associate users with cost centers manually 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central 2 Click the Administration tab then click Users and Groups 3 Select a user from the list and click Information Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 214 Administering Adobe Connect Click Edit information Click the Choose button beside the Cost Center box Select a cost center from the list If the cost center isn t in the list click the plus sign to add it Click Save N OF WwW A Enable cost center reporting 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central 2 Click the Administration tab 3 Click Users and Groups then click Cost Centers 4 Choose a radio button to determine how minutes are allocated If you
249. in this column is available only for Defined By Host steps False True Determines whether the information for this action is displayed in the meeting invitation and upper right corner of the meeting room window Input Type column The pop up menu in this column is available only for Defined By Host steps The options define how information appears when hosts set up audio profiles These options also determine how the information appears in read only pages such as the Audio Conference Information section in a meeting room Text Displays a single line text box in the audio profile and a single line of information in read only pages Password Shows the information as asterisk characters Test a dialing sequence It s a good idea to test the dialing sequence before you use it to start an audio conference Using this test you can ensure that you have accounted for all the required steps and that the delays between steps are sufficient If you have added any host defined steps to the dialing sequence be prepared to enter that information in the Test Dial In Steps dialog box For example to have Adobe Connect dial into the audio conference as a participant enter the participant code in the dialog box 1 Click Test Dial In Steps at the bottom of the dialing sequence 2 Fill in the host defined text boxes 3 Click Adobe Connect in the Test Dial In Steps dialog box As soon as the call is answered you can hear if audio is being broadcast 4
250. ing groups including those created by other Training managers Note Training managers cannot create new users modify information about existing users delete users delete groups not created by training managers or assign users to system groups More Help topics Manage curriculum enrollee on page 96 Managing users and groups on page 236 Create a training group Training groups cannot be given the same name as system groups or administration groups 1 Click the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central Click Users and Groups Click New Group Enter a name for the new group Optional Type in a description of the group Click Next N OO UW BP UV N In the Possible Group Members list select a user or group and click Add You can also click Search to find a user or group that is not listed As you add users and groups the Current Group Members list on the right is updated to reflect your changes 8 When you are done click Finish Add learners to an existing training group 1 Click the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Click Users and Groups Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars 3 Inthe Users and Groups list select the group you want to change and click Information 4 Click View Group Members 5 Inthe Possible Group Members list select the individual or group you want to include and click Add Remove learners from a training group Click the Traini
251. ing and Training features installed a Shared Training Templates folder which contains the Virtual Classroom Template is automatically installed Hosts can choose to suspend a Virtual Classroom before it is used for the first time Suspending a Virtual Classroom locks out all users including the host Suspending is helpful in a scenario where hosts want to make final changes to the templates and ensure that they are applied For detailed information about templates see Meeting room templates and layouts on page 15 Apply a template to a new virtual classroom When creating a new virtual classroom choose a template from the Select Template menu on the Virtual Classroom Information Page By default the Default Virtual Classroom template is selected You can move a Virtual Classroom to the Shared Training Templates folder and use the Virtual Classroom as a template while creating other Virtual Classrooms Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 100 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Convert a virtual classroom into a template If you are a training manager and meeting host you can create a virtual classroom template Move the virtual classroom to one of two template folders Shared Templates in the Shared Training folder if you want others to be able to access the template or My Templates in your user training folder if you are the only one who uses the template Note To add a virtual classroom to the Shared Templat
252. ing the sliders Optionally administrators can prevent the meeting hosts from changing these setting from meeting preferences Note When Room Bandwidth Settings are updates the settings of the existing meetings are retained unless an administrator overrides all settings In the latter case new and existing meetings are affected e Choose Disable File Share pod to remove the file share pod from all meetings e Select Disable Breakout rooms to prevent creating breakout rooms e Select Disable option to open the web link on ending the meeting 6 Click Recordings and Notice and do any of the following Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 216 Administering Adobe Connect Note Only the Enable compliance notice setting is available to hosted customers Hosted customers cannot force recording settings or enable chat transcripts e Select Lock Recording Settings For All Meetings and Record All Meetings On to record all meetings No one can stop the recording not even the meeting host Only administrators can access forced recordings unless you select Publish Recording Links In Meeting Folders In this case the meeting host can access the recording through the link available in the meeting folder The meeting host can edit the forced recording but administrators can still access the original recording as needed The Presenter Only Area and breakout rooms are never recorded If you record all meeting activities choose Disable Breakou
253. ions end to end on virtually any device hence boosting productivity within the organizations The latest release of Adobe Connect provides new user groups and bug fixes across different areas of the product Below is a summary of the new features New logo Adobe Connect 9 5 comes out with a new refreshing logo It is the first thing you will notice when logging into Adobe Connect It replaces the existing logo New Adobe Connect logo Meeting related enhancements Offline recordings in MP4 format Adobe Connect 9 5 onwards the option to convert recordings to MP4 format is not just available for Hosted account users but also to our on premise customers Now the conversion to MP4 format happens directly on the user s machine and there is no server side queuing The offline conversion option is similar to the previously available option to create offline recordings in FLV format A few settings allow you to control the quality and hence the size of the final output file Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 2 What s new in Adobe Connect 9 5 Offline Recording Offline recording settings Please select a preset for making the recording offline You can also fine tune individual settings MP4 C FLV Video quality presets Mabile Desktop HD Full HD I I SSS a Advanced Options 720p 800 kbps Main Set as default Proceed with Offline Recording Options to convert a recording to offline MP4 format
254. ipients in the message header Also any email delivery failure notifications are sent to the course creator s email address e Reminders set up for future dates are processed every night at midnight On the set date depending on the number of email reminders in the queue they are sent within a few minutes or a few hours after midnight PST More Help topics Creating a course on page 78 Edit courses on page 83 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 82 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars About changes to course content Following are some important points to remember when changing course content e When you add content to a course the content is copied into the course If you change the original content file the change is not carried over to the course For more information see Edit courses on page 83 e When you add a course to a curriculum it is a link to the course and not a copy If you change a course the change is carried over to the course inside a curriculum e Try to minimize changes to course content if the current course content has a quiz that users have already taken Minimizing changes helps lower the number of versions that exist It also lowers the number of reports for users who took earlier versions More Help topics Tips for creating training courses and curriculums on page 77 Adding and deleting items from a curriculum on page 89 About review modes Adobe Conn
255. ir direct reports Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 252 Administering Adobe Connect e Groups cannot be used as a sort option The groups column contains multiple values if a user is a member of multiple groups When a user belongs to more than one group and you sort by group sorting only uses the first group in the list For information aggregated by group use the Group report option where available for example in the Learner and User reports e The default sort order for all reports that contain user names is by last name e Sort column information in ascending or descending order by clicking the column headers except the group column header e Add or remove column headers dynamically by selecting or deselecting Select fields in the Report wizard Note If you upgraded from Adobe Connect Enterprise Server 6 to Adobe Connect Server 7 legacy training materials migrated to the new server However the Adobe Connect Server 7 Reports wizard supports new data fields that are not reported for legacy training materials The new data fields appear blank Also the definitions of some fields in the new reports may be slightly different from the fields offered in the old reports For example in the new reports the field enrolled includes all enrolled users but in the old reports it only included active enrolled users For details about report fields see individual report descriptions in this document Working with repo
256. is possible to have access to an object but not to the folder containing the object Adobe Connect Central icons Adobe Connect Central uses icons to represent meetings seminars presentations courses and curriculums Course L A presentation that is associated with a group of enrolled learners with tracking for each individual The course can be used independently or as part of a curriculum Curriculum Mj A group of courses and other learning content that guides students along a learning path Curriculum can include Adobe Connect content presentations meetings seminars and external content such as classroom sessions and reading lists External training A In a curriculum training that occurs outside Adobe Connect such as classroom training Event An Adobe Connect event includes registration invitations reminders and reporting Events usually involve a large number of participants and are built upon an Adobe Connect meeting seminar presentation or training Meeting 24 An online real time meeting in which a host or presenter can show slides or multimedia presentations share screens chat and broadcast live audio and video Virtual Classroom l An online class with customizable layouts and reusable archived content Virtual classrooms have audio and video capabilities as well as breakout rooms for collaborative learning Seminar A seminar is a scheduled meeting conducted for at least 50 participants and involves l
257. ities A few requirements to use this functionality are e Adobe Connect 9 5 supports the HTML content published via Adobe Captivate 9 or later and Adobe Presenter 11 or later e The HTML content is supported only in Virtual Classrooms Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 What s new in Adobe Connect 9 5 e The Presenter sharing HTML content in a VC and the attendees consuming HTML content in a VC must install the Adobe Connect add in only once To use HTML content ina VC all attendees are required to upgrade to the latest add in Adobe Connect prompts users to download the add in when HTML content is shared The Adobe Connect notifier prompts the Host or the Presenter sharing HTML content to check if all users in the classroom are ready to view the shared HTML content Note To avoid a prompt in the middle of a VC session pre install the new add in HTML Content Sharing 6 Check the Attendee list for uiers whe need time te download additional components for viewing the shared content ORK Notifier to Hosts and Presenters when sharing HTML content in a VC Users who cannot view the shared HTML content are marked in the Attendee Pod with Es icon against their name The components required to display the shared HTML content automatically downloads and in some time such users should be able to view the shared HTML content This automatic download of the required components is a one time activity that happens without a
258. ittle audience participation or interaction Archive H A recorded meeting or seminar that users can view at their convenience Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 205 Administering Adobe Connect Authorware content Files created in Macromedia Authorware from Adobe Authorware is a visual tool for creating e learning applications Presentation A presentation created with Adobe Presenter a plug in for Microsoft PowerPoint that lets users add audio quizzes and visual features to a PowerPoint presentation PPT and PPTX files are converted to presentations when they are uploaded to Adobe Connect Image file JPEG GIF PNG BMP amp Image files can be drawings photographs charts graphs icons or any other type of graphics FLV file 3 A video file HTML file File defining the structure and layout of a web document using various tags MP3 file Ja An audio file PDF file An Adobe PDF file SWF file A Flash Player multimedia file Creating administrators Administrators are users who manage Adobe Connect for their entire organization Administrators create remove and manage user accounts Administrators manage permissions for individual users and groups Administrators perform these tasks using a web application called Adobe Connect Central There are two levels of Adobe Connect administrator administrator and limited administrator Administrators have full administrative privileges Limited administ
259. ividual pieces of content This user interface was left in the product for backwards compatibility The new Reports wizard is a better reporting tool You can download reports whenever necessary to analyze information about how content is being used Where appropriate you can restrict the information you see on a report by specifying report filters When the filters are in effect for a given report the Report Filters link appears above the report display Any filters you set apply to all reports that you create both for the specific report and for any other Adobe Connect functionality For example if you create a training report after you set filters for a content report the filters apply to the training report This rule applies to any date range you specify If you do not clear a date range filter that you set for one report it applies to all reports Note Report filters are only saved for the current session If you set report filters click Save then logout of Adobe Connect when you log in again the report filters you previously set are not retained However the Reports wizard does save filters across sessions More Help topics About Adobe Connect Central reports on page 251 Content library supported file types on page 193 Upload content on page 194 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Managing content Set report filters 1 Access the information page for example the Content Meeting or Cours
260. k Add Course Note Invitations enrollments and reminders that you created for a course are not carried over when you add a course to a curriculum The notification options for a curriculum apply to all courses inside the curriculum you cannot set individual notification settings for courses inside a curriculum If a course exists outside a curriculum however the course invitation enrollment and reminder settings are all valid for the course e Click Add Virtual Classroom e Click Add Meeting Note To send an Outlook Calendar Event which lets users add the meeting to their Outlook calendars you select the iCal option when you send meeting reminders not when you add the meeting to your curriculum 4 If necessary browse to the folder that contains the course classroom or meeting 5 Select the check box for the course classroom or meeting that you want to add to the curriculum and click Add Add external content to a curriculum A curriculum is not limited to Adobe Connect items You can include external training For example you can adda classroom lecture that enrollee should attend Since a lecture is a live event you can create an external event to represent the lecture By using the status override feature you can then mark the enrollee that attend as Complete Note When the user status changes for external training update the user s completion status manually 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page
261. k Shift Up or Shift Down e To delete a question select the check box to the left of the question and click Remove e To modify a custom question click the question text in the Customize window e To adda question click the button that corresponds to the type of custom question you want to add New Multiple Choice New Short Answer or New Yes No 7 When you finish click Return To Registration Menu Add a multiple choice question 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central Navigate to the desired folder Click the event you want to change Click Registration Questions Click Customize Click New Multiple Choice In the Question window type a question in the box Type a possible answer for Answer 1 You can delete an answer at any time by clicking the Delete button next to it oOo Oo N OA UU BP WV N Click the Add Above or Add Below buttons to add another answer above or below Answer 1 If you click Add Above Answer 1 becomes Answer 2 10 Type another possible answer 11 Repeat steps for a maximum of four answers 12 Alternatively you can provide all answers in one step Select Specify Answers As Comma Separated CSV Value to use the option to provide all the answers in one step as comma separated or new line separated values 13 To require that users answer the question select Response Is Required Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Events 14 Click Save The Customize R
262. key Delay ms The delay in milliseconds between each action These delays provide pauses before a meeting participant enters information For example users wait for a welcome announcement before entering a participant code You specify the amount of delay in the Key Number column Label column Label An identifier for the action For example to program a DTMF action for a meeting ID replace the word Label in the column with Meeting ID Only labels for Defined By Host actions appear in the program In the Meeting ID example a text box labeled Meeting ID appears when hosts create an audio profile for this provider Key Number column In this column you choose which steps a host has to define Host defined steps appear when a meeting host sets up an audio profile for an audio conference blank The numbers or symbols on a telephone keypad required to complete the step For example to program a pause of 5000 milliseconds for users to wait for a welcome announcement click the blank option and enter 5000 Defined By Host Account administrators choose this option when they want hosts to enter information while setting up an audio profile for an audio conference For example a host defined DTMF action with the label Meeting ID requires the host to enter the meeting ID when setting up the audio profile Last updated 8 28 2015 225 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 226 Administering Adobe Connect Display In Meeting column The pop up menu
263. l Navigate to the desired folder Click the name of the event you want to change A U N Do one of the following e Click the Edit link next to Event Information e Click the Edit Information link 5 Change any of the following e Edit the event name The name appears in the event list and in reports This is a required field e Edit the event information The information can be up to 254 characters in length This text appears on the Event Information page and in event reports e Edit detailed information about the event up to 4000 characters in length e Enable or disable registration using social profiles by checking or unchecking the checkbox Register with Social Profiles Edit the start time or end time of the event Edit the time zone of the event e Change the registration limit for attendees based on your account license e Edit the small banner large banner speaker image and event logo The logo file can be in BMP GIF JPG or PNG format The best size to use is 100x135 pixels e Change the language for the event Customarily you select the language used by the presenter or the language used by most event attendees e Change the event user policy to add new users as guests or full Adobe Connect users Adobe Connect Administrators configure the appropriate Event User Policy for the system e Change the option to approve participants after they register for the event In general it is best to have thi
264. l Position Specify whether the Popular Tags panel is displayed on top of the components on the right side of the components or not displayed at all Tag Panel Title Edit the title of the tag panel Show All Tags Enabling this checkbox displays the upcoming events on the Event Catalog page without any filtering Show Only Selected Tags When Show All Tags is not selected you can select some of these tags to display only the corresponding upcoming events Event Logo Choose whether to display the logo of the event on the Event Catalog page or not You can also set the width of the event logo in pixels Maximum value of width is 500px Date View Set the first day of the week Display Future Events Set number of days ahead of the current date to display upcoming events on catalog page up to this date Filter by Tags You can enable or disable tag based filtering When enabled you have the option to select a few tags and specify one of the following options e Show events having any of the selected tags e Show events having all of the selected tags e Show events having none of the selected tag Text Properties In this tab you can adjust the text properties for the various elements of the Event Catalog page such as header event name and tag panel list Color Properties In this tab you can set the color properties fill style border color and so on for the header and the popular tags section Labels Configurations In this tab you c
265. lder 1 U A WU N Click the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central Click Training Catalog Select the check box next to a folder or item Click Set Permissions In the Current Permissions For list select an individual or group click Permissions and select a permissions level Denied View Publish or Manage Note By default the Learners group has View permissions for the root level of the Training Catalog This default setting allows anyone in the Learners group to browse through the root level of the Training Catalog You can change the permissions to control who can view the Training Catalog Adding items to the Training Catalog Only courses curriculums and virtual classrooms can be added to the Training Catalog to use content within the Training Catalog turn the content into a course When you add a course or curriculum to the Training Catalog you also specify if learners can enroll themselves 1 2 3 4 oO N QA Click the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central Navigate to the course curriculum you want to add to the Training Catalog and click on the course curriculum Click Training Catalog Settings Select List in Training Catalog For Learner Self Enrollment This enables registered users to add themselves to the permission list for the course or curriculum in the Training catalog Do one of the following Select Enrollment Requires Course Manager Approval to require that learners receive approval be
266. lder on page 191 Move a file or folder on page 191 Edit seminar folder names or descriptions 1 Click the Seminars tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Navigate to the folder and click its name 3 Click the Edit Information link above the seminar list 4 Enter anew name for the folder and if desired a description in the Summary text input box 5 Click Save More Help topics Creating and managing seminars on page 116 Working with content in the Content library Content library supported file types All content in the Content library must be one of the following types A single PDF file e A single PPT or PPTX file e A single SWF file e A single HTML file A single Adobe Captivate SWF file e Adobe Captivate content published through the Adobe Captivate application e Adobe Presenter content published through the Presenter plug in e Presenter content packaged as a ZIP file A ZIP file that contains multiple SWF files and extra files images XML files and so on and a file called index swf that is loaded first A ZIP file that contains multiple HTM or HTML files and extra files images SWF files and so on and one file called index htm or index html A ZIP file that contains a single PDF file e An FLV file A single image JPEG GIF or PNG e A single audio file MP3 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 194 Managing content A single video file MP4 or F4V
267. lee in the Available Users and Groups list and click Add Press Control click or Shift click to select multiple users or groups To expand a group to select individual members double click the group name Then select individual users e Select an enrollee or enrollee in the Current Enrollees list and click Remove 4 To add enrollee in bulk upload the names in a TXT or a CSV format using the following steps a Create a CSV ora TXT file with the list of email IDs of users who already have a Connect account Set the title of the first column containing the email IDs of users as login Click Import Enrollees and upload the CSV or TXT file Upon successful import the role of each enrollee is Participant Change the roles of various enrollee using the user interface if necessary b Optionally Select the checkbox Send Email Notifications to user enrolled on import to send email notifications Note Duplicate entries in the CSV or TXT file are successfully imported at the first instance The duplicate instances are ignored and reported after the import Edit virtual classroom notifications and reminders You can use the notification feature to send an email message providing details to virtual classroom enrollee including a link to the classroom The message can go to all enrollee or to a subset of enrollee The reminders feature in Adobe Connect Central similar to the notification feature lets you send email messages to enrollee The p
268. lees link in the navigation bar Do one of the following Select an enrollee or enrollee in the Available Users and Groups list and click Add Press Control click or Shift click to select multiple users or groups To expand a group to select individual members double click the group name Then select individual users Click Add Select an enrollee or enrollee in the Current Enrollees list and click Remove To add enrollee in bulk upload the names in a TXT or a CSV format using the following steps Create a CSV or a TXT file with the list of email IDs of users who already have a Connect account Set the title of the first column containing the email IDs of users as login Click Import Enrollees and upload the CSV or TXT file Upon successful import the role of each enrollee is Participant Change the roles of various enrollee using the user interface if necessary Optionally Select the checkbox Send Email Notifications to user enrolled on import to send email notifications Note After adding enrollee send notification to the enrollee that the curriculum is available Note Duplicate entries in the CSV or TXT file are successfully imported at the first instance The duplicate instances are ignored and reported after the import Set permissions for curriculum enrollee After you ve added enrollee to a curriculum you can determine permissions for enrolled users and groups 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for
269. lication Do one of the following e On the Adobe Connect Central login page move your insertion point over the Help link The version number appears Ina web browser address field enter http lt Adobe Connect_url gt version txt and press Go Note Adobe Connect hosted accounts are automatically upgraded to the latest version of Adobe Connect Search content 1 Start Adobe Connect Central Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 204 Administering Adobe Connect 2 Do one of the following to search any content to which you have access permission e Type keywords directly into the Search text box on the Home page to search through content e Click Advanced Search Help Logout John D Smith Search 3 If you selected Advanced Search in step 2 do one of the following e Select Search Within Content to search recordings courses presentations or all of them If desired use the Show menu to narrow your search e Select Search Titles and Descriptions to search content meetings training seminars folder or all of them If desired use the Show menu Field menu and Date Created fields to further narrow your search 4 Type keywords into the search field and click Go Detailed results are listed in the bottom pane Click a column header to sort the results 5 Optional Click on the name of an item to open the item for viewing Click a parent folder to open the folder that contains the item Note It
270. lick Add Content List Edit Information Set Permissions Reset To Parent Allow public viewing Yes No LV al Available Users and Groups Current Permissions For C N n h amp Harry Manag amp Training MXnagers Course Managers amp Event Managers Event Managers amp Learners Learners Available Users and Groups Current Permissions For Authors a amp Harry Manag D Up One Level amp All Permissions Professor Migrated Users All Permission amp davids group davids group amp Serrano Team Serrano Team Setting permissions and navigating Available Users and Groups A Click to set folder or file permissions to be the same as the parent folder permissions B Choose a viewing permission C Double click a group name to view the users in that group D Double click the Up One Level icon to go up one folder level E Users F Click the Search button to open a text box for searching G Click Add to move a selected user or group to the Current Permissions list 6 To set the permissions for a user or group select the name in the Current Permissions list and click Permissions 7 Select one of the following permissions from the pop up menu Manage Users or groups with Manage permission for a folder or file can view delete move and edit the file or folder view reports for files in that folder set permissions for the file or folder and create new folders However they cannot publish to
271. list and assign them permissions After you create the list you can send out the invitations using default text or a customized invitation More Help topics Add event participants using a CSV file on page 146 Best practices for events on page 126 Add and manage event participants You can add or remove participants for an event and change participant or presenter permissions if you are an administrator or presenter You can add participants to an event at any time after creating an event Participants can be added as guests users or groups More Help topics Change an existing event on page 138 View information about an event on page 150 Add guests 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Navigate to the desired event and select it 3 Inthe Event Information page click Participant Management in the navigation bar 4 Click Add Guest 5 In the box type or paste the e mail addresses of the people you want to invite Separate e mail addresses with commas 6 When you finish click Save Add participants 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Navigate to the desired event and select it 3 Inthe Event Information page click Participant Management in the navigation bar 4 Click Add User Group 5 In the Available Users And Groups list select a user or group and click Add You can also click Search to find a user or group that is not listed As you ad
272. llipses lines arrows and more Use the options to the right of the tool to customize appearance Drag to expand the shape Hold down the Shift key while dragging to create even width and height for shapes or snap lines every 45 Undo Undoes the previous action You can undo the following actions drawing a shape moving a shape resizing a shape clearing the whiteboard and changing a shape s property There is no limit to the number of times that you can perform this operation in the pod Redo gt Repeats the previous action Arrange menu Using the arrange menu options you can move the objects to the front or the back relative to the other objects in the whiteboard Hide toolbar k3 When not using a whiteboard s toolbar for drawing and writing you can hide it by clicking this icon Click Show toolbar icon to display the toolbar again If your company has a licensed Adobe Connect account you can use custom images for shapes See www adobe com go devnet_connect_stamps Print or export the contents of a whiteboard To save your whiteboard content locally you can either print a whiteboard or export the contents in a local file Inthe upper right corner of the Share pod click the menu icon and select Print e Click the menu icon and select Export Snapshot gt Save As PNG to create a local snapshot Note In the Meeting Preferences or the Whiteboard Preferences you can provide rights to meeting participants
273. lly sent and you can no longer customize them You can however still customize any other selected e mail messages You can also edit the invitation text and then invite more people the new text is used e The registration form with its associated URL becomes available and prospective attendees can begin registering for your event 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Navigate to the event and click its name in the list The Event Information page appears Next to Status the following message appears This event has not been published and listed on your site Emails have not been sent 3 Click Publish A confirmation message appears Publishing this event will send e mail based on your selected mail options 4 Click Publish again The Event Information page appears with this status message This event has been published E mail options are active The Publish button disappears More Help topics Send event invitations on page 147 Best practices for events on page 126 Change an existing event Before an event occurs you can change its beginning time change participant permissions or make other modifications Check the Current Participants list periodically to ensure that you have enough licenses for the number of attendees listed In addition ensure that all attendees meet approval criteria Also check the most current registration reports which show information about y
274. lphabetical order and Presenters in alphabetical order 4 Select seminar participants If your seminar is limited to invited guests only the next step is to select the seminar participants For a seminar limited to registered guests and accepted users you can select users and groups to be participants or presenters in your seminar These users are able to log in to the seminar directly Uninvited users who have the URL to the seminar meeting room can attempt to log in as guests In this case as a host you can grant admission to guests on an individual basis 5 Send invitations The final step is to send participants email invitations containing the date time duration and location of the seminar Send invitations as you create the seminar or create and send the invitations at a later time More Help topics Pre seminar tasks on page 117 Schedule a Seminar You schedule a seminar session using a seminar room as a base The seminar URL coming from seminar room remains the same while duration and schedule changes with each seminar session 1 In Adobe Connect click Seminars gt Shared Seminars 2 Inthe Shared Seminars List click on a seminar that you wish to use to create a seminar room 3 Click Seminars gt Seminar Sessions and do one of the following e Click New Seminar Session to create a session Provide the various details of your seminar session like name start time duration summary Use an appropriate Seminar
275. lum Information page 2 Click Notifications 3 Click New Notification or New Reminder Notifications appear in the subject list with the notification icon amp and reminders appear with the reminder icon 4 Select a timing option For reminders you can set a recurrence option to automatically send out multiple reminders 5 Select a recipients option If you enter email addresses use commas to separate the addresses 6 Optional Edit the email subject and message text To edit using run time fields copy the field name from the Run Time Fields list and paste it into the message subject or body Do not change the run time field text in curly brackets 7 Click Send or Save Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 94 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Cancel notifications or reminders 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum go to the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central and browse to the curriculum Click the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page 2 Click Notifications 3 Click Pending Notifications 4 Under Subject select the check box next to the name of the notification or reminder you want to cancel Notifications appear in the subject list with the notification icon and reminders appear with the reminder icon 5 Click Cancel Notifications 6 On the confirmation page click Cancel Notifications Delete a curriculum Before you delete a curriculum be
276. m the library They can share content from their computer Shared content includes Adobe Presenter presentations PPT or PPTX files Flash application files SWF files images JPEG files Adobe PDF files MP3 files and FLV files They can share their screen with all attendees chat and broadcast live audio and video Presenters can mute audio broadcasts on their computers Participant Registered Registered participants can view the content that the presenter is sharing hear and see the presenter s audio and video broadcast and use text chat Participants can mute audio broadcasts on their computers Participant Guest Guest participants can view the content that the presenter is sharing hear and see the presenter s audio and video broadcast and use text chat Participants can mute audio broadcasts on their computers More Help topics Assign enhanced participant rights on page 69 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 7 Adobe Connect Meeting About the Meetings library The Meetings tab in Adobe Connect Central contains three panes for accessing meetings Shared Meetings User Meetings and My Meetings Each pane contains folders and files with meeting content and recordings Users can create and manage content in the My Meetings pane that appears when they are logged in to Adobe Connect Central You can determine access to content in the other panes by the meeting library permissions set for e
277. m your computer not all presentation toolbar options are visible Click Sync in the lower right corner Play Pause Pauses and resumes play of the current slide Back Moves to the previous slide in the presentation Forward Moves to the next slide in the presentation Slide progress bar Shows and controls the playback location within the current slide The position marker moves as the slide plays You can drag the marker arrow forward or back in the current slide to change your playback location You can also click a specific location on the progress bar to move the slide marker position and slide playback there Current slide number Shows the number of the currently displayed slide and the total number of slides for example 2 10 Status Shows the status of the current slide such as Playing Stopped No audio or Presentation complete Time Shows the current slide time and the total slide time as the slide plays for example 00 02 00 05 Audio volume Shows the volume level that is set for the slide Attachments Displays a small window showing any attachments for example documents spreadsheets images or URLs that have been added Show Hide sidebar Shows or hides the sidebar Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 45 Adobe Connect Meeting Share a whiteboard A host or presenter or a participant with the necessary rights can use a whiteboard to create collaborative text drawings and annotations in a meeting Note
278. mbedded in any website using the embed code from the settings It is also possible to create multiple folder level event catalogs for folders in the Event Management tab The Event Catalog provides a list view and a date view for event listing An Event Catalog lists all the upcoming events for an Adobe Connect account on a single page You can also edit the list of events and change the order of events in the catalog Events can be filtered based on tags and featured events can be highlighted in a carousel Last updated 8 28 2015 152 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 153 Adobe Connect Events Access the Event Catalog You can view a list of events that appear as a catalog on your organization s website when you publish the events You can also edit the list and change the order of events in the list 1 In Adobe Connect Central click the Event Management tab 2 Click Event Catalog 3 Do one of the following e Click View to view the Event Catalog e Click Edit to edit the Event Catalog If you applied the Featured Events tag to an event when you created the event it appears in the Featured Events section A carousel in the Featured Events section displays the large banner of each featured event View pre filtered Event Catalog To highlight a specific category of events you can share the URL of the Event Catalog pre filtered using a particular tag You can construct this URL using the ID of the tag 1 In Adobe Connect Central click the Ev
279. mber of rooms you want the maximum available is 20 3 Assign attendees to breakout rooms by doing either of the following e Manually select an attendee name in the list Control click or Shift click to select multiple attendees Then either select a breakout room from the pop up menu or drag attendees to a breakout room e Automatically assign attendees to breakout rooms by clicking the Evenly Distribute From Main button Attendees previously assigned to specific breakout rooms remain in those rooms Attendees 3 Attendees 3 e Start Breakouts 4 a John N ap Dave M 2 Dawn L Breakout 1 Breakout 2 Start Breakouts Main Meeting a John N ap Dave M Breakout 1 x Bel Breakout 2 x Breakout 3 Breakout 3 amp Dawn L Before and after dragging attendees to different breakout rooms Begin a breakout session In breakout rooms attendees are automatically assigned the role of presenter They can share their voice share content in the Share pod modify whiteboards and add text to the Notes pod When attendees are returned to the main room they revert to their prior status Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 65 Adobe Connect Meeting Note All attendees even ones who sign in as guests can download shared content in breakout rooms 1 Inthe Attendees pod define breakout rooms and assign attendees to the rooms 2 Click Start Breakouts Attendees are placed
280. ment Tracking in Adobe Connect 2 Make the desired selections to configure engagement tracking The following settings are available separately for events and meetings virtual classrooms and seminar rooms Enable opt out for participants Mandatorily provide the opt out option to the participants Allow override of admin settings by host Hosts can override the Account Administrators default settings when creating an Adobe Connect session An additional option to Enable opt out for participants is available Note If either of meetings virtual classrooms or seminar rooms are associated with an event the settings of the event take precedence 3 Click Save The above changes in the settings are effective immediately for all the new Adobe Connect sessions More Help topics Enabling analytics on page 154 Configure the Training Catalog Only administrators have access to the Training Catalog by default An administrator must set permissions for the Training Catalog before Training Managers can use it Administrators can create any folder and permissions structure For example an Administrator could give the whole Training Managers group permission to manage the root folder of the Training Catalog In another example an Administrator could create folders for each Training Manager Create a custom URL and name for the Training Catalog Creating a custom URL is optional If you don t create one the system generates one but it
281. minar licenses have a unique entry in the left sidebar 2 Choose a specific date The view will refresh to show you seminar instances on the selected date in the calendar view 3 Click on a specific session An Event Details pop up dialog displays the details of the session Alternatively to see the list of all seminar sessions scheduled over a longer period of time follow these steps 1 Goto Seminars gt Seminar Sessions 2 Adjust the From and To dates All the Seminar Sessions scheduled across all your Shared Seminars using all your licenses are listed 3 Check the Start Time and Duration of all the instances to locate the conflict Extending seminars beyond the scheduled time A Seminar Session that continues beyond the scheduled time is automatically extended twice for 30 minutes each time A Seminar Session is extended only if there is no overlap with another pre scheduled session If a pre scheduled session conflicts with the extension of the currently running seminar the current seminar ends in 10 minutes The Hosts receive an in meeting notification that the current session cannot be extended and it ends in 10 minutes If a seminar runs beyond the scheduled duration the seminar is automatically extended twice for 30 minutes each time Thereafter the Host is presented with an in meeting notification to manually extend the seminar for 30 minutes at a time The ongoing seminar session is extended if there are no conflicts with a pre sch
282. mns and an additional column of Total Time Viewed This report works for public recording as well However guest viewers are not reported as Adobe Connect does not require guest viewers to provide their details when viewing a recording By Slides or By Pages PDF Applies to presentations only A bar graph lists each slide in the presentation by slide number and the number times it was viewed Below the graph is a table with the same information which also includes the last time each slide was viewed By Questions A bar chart shows each question color coded as correct or incorrect and the number of respondents to the question Click a question in the bar to display a pie chart with a table that provides the answer key and answer distribution The answer key lists all possible answers for the selected question and their corresponding answer number or letter The answer distribution lists all of the answer choices selected for this question flags the correct answer and shows the number of users who selected each answer as well as what percent of the total each number of users represents Finally the chart totals the users by number of users and percent of users Below the graph is a table that provides an overview of all questions listing each question by number name number of correct answers number of incorrect answers percentage of correct percentage of incorrect as well as the score By Answers A table provides the maximum score the passin
283. mple if the deleted user was a member of the Authors group the Authors group can add a user 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window Click Users And Groups If necessary click Search and enter the name of the user in the Search text box to locate the name in the list A U N Select the name of the user You can select multiple users by pressing Control click or Shift click to delete more than one user simultaneously Click Delete at the bottom of the list VI 6 On the confirmation page click Delete to delete the user or click Cancel to cancel the operation More Help topics Delete a group on page 240 View group information 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Users And Groups 3 Select the group name and click Information at the bottom of the list If necessary click Search and enter the group name in the Search text box to locate the name in the list 4 Click the View Group Members button More Help topics Change a group name or description on page 239 Add or remove group members on page 240 Change a group name or description If you are an administrator you can edit the name or description for any group even Built in groups although Adobe does not recommend this practice 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Users And Groups 3 Select the name
284. mport 6 Click the Upload button Adobe Connect logs a message if groups in the CSV file exist in Adobe Connect 7 Add the new users to a group For more information see Add or remove group members on page 240 8 Set permissions for these users For more information see Setting permissions for library files and folders on page 241 Add existing users to a group 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window Click Users And Groups Click the Import link above the list 2 3 4 Under Select Import Type click Add existing users to a group 5 Select a group from the pop up menu next to the Add existing users to a group option 6 Under the Select File To Import bar browse to the CSV file that you want to import 7 Click the Upload button Create a custom group manually Groups that you create manually are referred to as custom groups A group can contain both users and other groups 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Users And Groups 3 Optional To check that the group does not exist enter its name in the Search text input box at the bottom of the list 4 Click the New Group button at the bottom of the list 5 Enter the name and description of the new group 6 Do one of the following e To add this group without adding members click Finish Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 235 Administering Adobe Connect
285. n access training courses curriculum or content from the Adobe Content library Normally Live events are scheduled in advance and participants join for a stipulated time On demand events are for presenting pre recorded content users can log in to On demand events at their convenience If you create an on demand event you can present content either from the Adobe Connect library or from a training course or curriculum If you create a live event you can present an Adobe Connect meeting seminar or virtual classroom You can use banners on event pages and in the event emails to make the content more appealing You can provide small and large images for banners Recommended size for small images is 560x230 pixels and for large images is 740x300 pixels Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 134 Adobe Connect Events You can provide the following information about the speaker Information about the speaker is added to the emails and the event pages the name of the speaker e an image of the speaker the image can be a photograph or any other image for example a company logo e a brief overview of the speaker e a detailed overview of the speaker Event Administrators can apply the Featured Event tag to display an event in the Featured Events section of the Event Catalog You can also add a logo banner images an image for the speaker and details about the speaker You can edit event information after you create the event No
286. n creating an event It helps non registered guest users log in easily by entering their email address If required a join button can be introduced in the template of registration email confirmation message by an Event Administrator After a user registers for an Event they receive an email with a link to attend the Event The link is associated with a join button Instead of the entire personalized link the registrant sees a the personalized join button The button auto populates the login name with the email ID when attempting to attend the Event If the event is listed on a public website typically when it is open to the website visitors you click the registration link to access the registration form To register provide the requisite information You can also use your social login Facebook or Google if hosts provide the option Note The option to use social profiles to register and log in is available only on hosted offering of Adobe Connect and not on the on premise deployments Last updated 8 28 2015 162 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Events ADOBE CONNECT T TimeZone Asia Kolkata Event info Speaker Info Event Registration Adobe Gonnect Web meetings eLearning Webinars Mobile Launch Tuesday December 10 2013 5 00 00 PM IST 6 00 00 PM IST fore please Click here S Google First Name Last Name Password Verify Password Submit Reset Option to register and log i
287. n the Content library can be accessed from all tabs in Adobe Connect Central Administrators limited administrators and users with Manage permissions can set permissions to determine which tasks each user can perform in the libraries Note Administrators set permissions for limited administrators in the Administration gt Users and Groups section of Adobe Connect Central By default limited administrators can set permissions for content but an administrator could choose to revoke this ability Except for the Seminar library each library has the following two top level folders Shared Content When Adobe Connect is installed only the administrator has access privileges to the Shared folders Administrators can assign permissions for the Shared folders in any way appropriate Only members of the Built in group associated with that library can create new functions meetings events and so on in the folder However Manage permissions for a Shared folder can be assigned to any user For example in the Meetings library any user with Manage permissions for a folder can manage the folder Only meeting hosts can create new meetings in a folder User Content When a user is assigned to a specific Built in group Adobe Connect creates a user folder for that individual in the associated library For example any users assigned to the meeting host group receive a folder in the User Meetings folder in the Meetings library It is this folder the user see
288. n the Users And Groups list select the user or group whose permission you want to change U A WU N Click Set User Role From the pop up menu select the new permission type to assign The permission types are Denied Invited Pending Approval Participant Presenter and Host Presenter and Host are available only if the event is a meeting or seminar If you are the administrator you can provide special access to specific users or groups to perform detailed event related configuration tasks These tasks include editing group membership configuring event analytics creating campaign IDs and managing event tags and email aliases Designate a group for approved event registrants You can designate a group that event registrants are automatically assigned to when they are approved for the event This arrangement is useful when you conduct a follow up event because you have the registered attendees organized into one group Note Only account administrators can select event registration groups 1 Select the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Navigate to the desired event and select it 3 Click the Participant Management link in the navigation bar 4 Click Registration Groups 5 In the Possible Groups list select a group and click Add The selected group name appears in the Current Group Membership list Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 146 Adobe Connect Events Convert guests to full users If you are an
289. n use to ask attendees to rate their virtual classroom experience e Launch courses in the Course Share Pod Sync and unsync the course as required For more information see Invite attendees and grant or deny access on page 20 e Interact with attendees through the Attendees pod Ask attendees questions they can respond to using emoticons and encourage them to ask questions by virtually raising their hand For more information see Participating in training sessions and meetings on page 113 e Use the Video pod to broadcast your or an attendee s picture and voice For more information see Enable microphone for participants using computers on page 171 e Move attendees into different subrooms so they can collaborate in a smaller group setting For more information see Breakout rooms on page 62 e Use the whiteboard to collaborate with attendees or allow them to collaborate with each other to answer a question or brainstorm ideas For more information see Share a whiteboard on page 45 e Use the Chat pod to communicate with attendees or answer questions For more information see Chat in meetings on page 55 e Take notes such as questions to research information to add to a course or ideas for improving your virtual classroom in the Note pod For more information see Taking notes in a meeting on page 54 7 To close the virtual classroom session select Meeting gt End Meeting Note Adobe
290. n via social accounts Then depending on the way the event was created you may receive a notification e mail that provides your status pending approved or denied and a link to join the event The link can be personalized to auto populate the attendees login name with the email ID when attempting to attend the Event Besides the link the email can also contain dial in telephone number and participant code that you use to phone in if appropriate In addition e mail invitation may contain a calendar invite in an iCal format You can add it in your e mail client or organizers that support iCal format e Ifyou are an Adobe Connect user and the event was created in the same Adobe Connect account as yours the event also appears in Adobe Connect Central Join it from your Adobe Connect calendar For more information see Enter a scheduled event from Adobe Connect Central on page 164 Last updated 8 28 2015 163 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 164 Adobe Connect Events Opting out from engagement tracking When participants opt out of engagement tracking Adobe Connect does not provide non explicitly submitted information to event hosts Engagement index and private chat message count are excluded when reporting event meeting information The participants can opt out during registration Participants can opt out only after joining an Adobe Connect session a meeting a virtual classroom a seminar or an event The opt out option is available in
291. nage meetings in the Shared folders if they are hosting the meeting and have Manage permissions for the folder that contains the meeting A meeting host can perform the following actions e Manage their User Meetings folder performing all file management functions and create and manage meetings which involve adding deleting and assigning attendance permissions to presenters and participants Create and organize meeting rooms Edit a meeting or change its participant list e View meeting reports e Create content Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Administering Adobe Connect e View content files and folders for which they have access permissions e Publish and update content Seminar Administrators group Because of the way seminars are licensed the permissions for Seminar Administrators are different from other groups Unlike other libraries the Seminar library does not have a User folder The Seminar library consists only of the Shared folder and each folder in this directory corresponds to a seminar license that your organization purchased Only Seminar Administrators and Account Administrators can manage these folders A Seminar Administrator can manage all the folders in the Seminar library Seminar Administrators can perform the following actions e Manage all Seminar library folders performing all file management functions and create and manage seminars which involve adding deleting and assigning att
292. ne of the following Dock to the left Enable user to dock the Layout Bar to the left edge of the meeting room window Dock to the right Enable user to dock the Layout Bar to the right edge of the meeting room window Auto Hide Enable to Auto Hide the Layout Bar Click E to pull out the Layout Bar Starting and attending meetings Start meetings If you are host start a meeting by logging in to your meeting room and then invite others through email or instant message Meetings can be spontaneous or prearranged When you enter a meeting room you can perform setup tasks for attendees For example specify conference information accept or decline requests to join the meeting rearrange pods and type notes More Help topics Place a meeting on hold or end a meeting on page 24 Create and use audio profiles on page 166 Enter a meeting room Do one of the following e From the home page in Adobe Connect Central click My Meetings and click the Open button for the desired meeting In Adobe Connect Central navigate to the Meeting Information page for a specific meeting and click Enter Meeting Room e Click the meeting URL in the email invitation that you have received Type your Adobe Connect login and password and then click Enter Room e Enter the meeting URL in your browser Type your Adobe Connect login and password and then click Enter Room The first time you visit a meeting room bookmark it for quick acc
293. neously The server side maximum retry setting for a course carries over to all Curriculum items that link to the course Because the server side retry setting for the course is the only one that is enforced Adobe recommends disregarding curriculum level maximum retry settings Client side review mode is enforced through the maximum retry setting in presentations created with Adobe Presenter and Adobe Captivate Client side review mode applies only to retries attempted within a single browser session However client side review mode can persist across multiple browser sessions if the user exits the presentation before finishing causing resume data to be sent to the server Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 83 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars In Adobe Presenter the retry setting is defined in the Quiz Manager pass or fail options For example if you set the If failing grade allow x attempts option to 1 users have only one chance to take the quiz Suppose that a user begins taking the quiz then leaves it to view a slide that is not part of the quiz or begins a second quiz in the presentation By exiting the first quiz while the presentation is still open a single browser session the user exhausts the single allowed attempt and can t re enter the quiz Now suppose that a user enters a quiz answers one or two questions but not enough to pass the quiz and closes the browser In this second case the user exited the prese
294. new instance of the web browser Rename a web link 1 Double click a URL name in the Web Links pod 2 Type the new name in the URL Name box 3 Click OK Remove web links 1 Select one or more links in the Web Links pod 2 Inthe upper right corner of the web links pod click the menu icon 3 Select Remove Selected from the pop up menu Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 54 Adobe Connect Meeting Notes chat Q amp A and polls Taking notes in a meeting Hosts and presenters use a Notes pod to take meeting notes that all attendees can see It remains visible in a Notes pod throughout the meeting or until a presenter edits the note or displays a different note A host can remove the Notes pod from view or switch to a different room layout that does not contain that Notes pod When you type a message in the Notes pod of one layout the same text appears in other layouts that contain the same pod With the Add New Notes option you can create a unique instance of a Notes pod that appears in only one layout Hosts and presenters can use the Notes pod in several ways e Create a single persistent note that is visible to attendees during the entire meeting e Create multiple Notes pods to display different notes e E mail the contents of a Notes pod or export a text file Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout o
295. ng an event occurs during the content creation and pre event stages If the correct content exists and you have completed the pre event tasks the actual event goes smoothly However you may need to complete a few tasks during an event especially if it is live Non live on demand events Events that do not happen in real time Participants click a link to view a presentation or take self paced course or curriculum You can notify potential participants of the event through an e mail invitation or by publishing the event on the public events listing page of the organization website Both the e mail invitation and the website listing contain a link that opens a registration form for the event In many cases no in event tasks take place during non live events Live events Scheduled real time events During the event it may be necessary to coordinate multiple presenters or approve attendees More Help topics Best practices for events on page 126 Creating an event on page 133 Post event tasks After an event there are several tasks and administrative activities to perform Thank attendees Send a thank you e mail message to attendees Also consider sending an e mail message to people who were not able to attend Read reports View event reports to obtain statistical data and participant information Reports enable you to assess the success of the event and make adjustments to future events View the Event dashboard Refer to the
296. ng and approve or deny admittance to each registrant More Help topics Events overview on page 124 AICC content for courses When you use Aviation Industry CBT Committee AICC content in courses Adobe Connect applies some specific rules For more information see Upload content on page 194 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 75 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Viewing data about training The Training Dashboard contains two bar graphs one for courses and one for curriculums Course Summary Over the Last 30 Days Shows the courses over the last 30 days with the greatest number of enrollee who have passed click any bar to see more detail Curriculum Summary Over the Last 30 Days Shows the curriculums over the last 30 days with the greatest number of enrollee who have completed the curriculum click any bar to see more detail The bar graphs appear within Adobe Connect Central However you can also export the Dashboard to a browser window that you can print To export the Dashboard click Printable Version on the left above the display More Help topics Viewing data about content on page 199 Monitoring training with reports on page 104 Create and manage training groups From the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central Training managers Administrators and Limited Administrators can create change and remove sets of learners called training groups Training managers can modify any train
297. ng items You can also delete any entire curriculum Note Adding items to or removing them from a curriculum can affect learner transcripts As a best practice do not change curriculums once you have enrolled learners If you do add or remove items tell learners about the changes to the curriculum and ask them to log in to the curriculum to update their status More Help topics Adding and deleting items from a curriculum on page 89 Tips for creating training courses and curriculums on page 77 Working with content in the Content library on page 193 Edit curriculum information 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum that you want to modify click the Training tab and browse to the curriculum Select the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page 2 Inthe Curriculum Information area click Edit to modify the following information Name A title for the curriculum ID The identification number for the curriculum You can assign any code such as a catalog number Summary The curriculum description Curriculum Starts On The date on which the curriculum starts Users cannot access the curriculum before this date Note The start and end dates that you select override the start and end dates for the individual items in your curriculum For example if you add a meeting with an end date that already passed but your end date for the curriculum is in the future the meeting assumes t
298. ng page 5 To close the preview window click the Close button in the upper right corner Note Remember to make this folder private again after you preview the page if you do not want the folder to be publicly available yet Preview the event listing for a single event 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Navigate to the event and click its name 3 Next to Participant View click Preview Event Landing Event Registration or Speaker Information page The event information appears exactly as it appears on the event listing page 4 To close the preview window click the Close button in the upper right corner Preview event emails 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Navigate to the event and click its name 3 Click the E mail Options tab 4 Click Send Test Email Preview the test emails that are sent to your email id based on the email options you selected Change the logo associated with the event 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Navigate to the event and click its name 3 Do one of the following e Click the Edit Information link above the title bar e Click the Edit link inside the title bar Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Events 4 Click Browse to find a new image file for the event 5 Select the image file and click Open 6 Click Save Change the small banner associated with the event 1 Click the Event Managemen
299. ng tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Click Users and Groups 3 In the Users and Groups list select the group you want to change and click Information 4 Click View Group Members 5 In the Current Group Members list select the member or members you want to delete and click Remove Using CSV files to add learners If you have a comma separated values CSV file you can use the file to add learners Three different kinds of imports can be done Before you can perform any of these imports create a UTF 8 encoded CSV file You can also use or modify an existing CSV file The CSV file you create must include the correct information To add training groups use a CSV file with each row containing name and description like the following mee To add users to a selected group use a CSV file with each row containing a login like the following me To add learners to a training group use a CSV file with each row containing a login and name like the following mem Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars mm omen Notice that in the third example above you can add the same user to multiple groups in the same CSV file user cbond4 mycompany com has been added to group 1 and group 2 using two separate entries Here are some additional tips for using CSV files e Because of browser limitations Adobe recommends that if you have a large number of users to add that you create s
300. ng the Attendees pod An easy way to keep attendees involved is by asking simple questions they can quickly answer using the Agree and Disagree emoticons If you have acknowledged an attendee s raised hand and given them voice rights you can also allow them to share their screen Hover over their name in the Attendees pod and select Request Screen Share eh This can be helpful if sharing their screen enables them to clarify a question or provide information In the Attendees pod hover over an attendee name to mute or unmute their microphone as needed during an audio conference call Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout of meeting rooms and virtual classrooms and what you can do in the rooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics Share content in the Share pod on page 34 Ask and accept attendee questions 1 2 Using audio or the Q amp A pod a host asks a question Attendees click the Raise Hand button amp in the menu bar and the following occurs Everyone sees the raised hands next to names in the Attendees pod If multiple attendees raised their hand the people who raised their hand soonest appears higher in the list Hosts receive a notification in the upper right of the meeting room with Approve and Decline buttons Individual n
301. ng the meeting wizard 3 Enter meeting information On the first page of the Meeting wizard enter details about the meeting These details include a name custom URL summary date duration template language access restrictions and audio conference settings Only the name and language are required If available you can select an audio profile from the pop up menu instead of manually entering audio conference settings For more information about audio profiles see Create and use audio profiles on page 166 Enable opt out to provide an option to the participants to not provide non explicitly submitted information to hosts When participants choose to opt out Adobe Connect excludes engagement index and private chat message count from the meeting reports Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting See also Opt out from tracking on page 156 The Rules of Engagement 4 Select meeting participants Use the Available Users And Groups list to add participants Find participants by name and expand groups to select individuals in the group If you want assign roles by selecting participant names and clicking Permissions from the bottom of the current participants list Then proceed to the final step of sending invitations or exit the wizard to send invitations later 5 Send invitations The wizard guides you through two separate processes depending on whether the meeting is open to registered users o
302. ng under Meeting gt Recordings or Training gt Recordings you must have Host permissions You can create an index using time tags to enable participants to easily view and navigate through the recording You can also edit delete the existing auto generated time tags In addition you can also create sections within a recording using chapter markers You can hide the names of participant interacting over chat and retain the content of these interactions e The last edited version of the recording is saved and includes all information from earlier editing sessions The link to your recording does not change after editing Users given the link and rights to access the recording see the most recent version saved including any edits that were made e Multiple users can open a recording in edit mode at the same time However after one user saves their changes others editing at the same time receive an error when they try to save their changes e In addition you can also hide Chat Pod Attendee Pod or Q amp A Pod or a combination of these To protect the privacy of individuals you can also hide the names of the attendees General W Hide names of attendees during playback Hide Pods L Chat Pods C Attendee Pod L Q amp A Pod Hide some pods or names of attendees while editing a recording Note Adobe Connect administrators can change recording settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect how meetings and trai
303. ngs on page 185 7 Optional To remove changes click Undo to remove individual edits made you last saved or Revert to Original to restore the recording to its original state 8 Remove any additional sections When you have finished click Save Note Adobe Connect administrators can change recording settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect how meetings and training sessions are recorded and what is recorded For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics Record a meeting on page 179 Make recording offline in FLV format Adobe Connect 9 4 on page 183 Working with content in the Content library on page 193 Make recording offline in MP4 format using a third party paid service You can convert the recordings of your meetings virtual classrooms and seminars to MP4 format Once a meeting recording is converted to MP4 format you can download the MP4 recording can play it on mobile devices and configure the Access Type feature on MP4 recordings The server side conversion of a recording to MP4 format uses a third party paid service Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 182 Audio and video conferencing Note In Adobe Connect 9 5 the MP4 conversion is a client side activity and is processed instantly according to the preferences specified by you In Adobe Connect 9 5 the prerequisite to converting recordings into MP4 f
304. ning Any of the Course objects defined in Training can be added to Curriculums More Help topics Working with library files and folders on page 190 Working with content in the Content library on page 193 About Training library permissions Consider the following aspects of permissions when you work with the Training library Enrollee permissions define the access that learners have for a given course or curriculum The three enrollee permissions are Enrolled Denied and Pending Approval Individuals with an Enrolled permission can view a course or curriculum individuals with a Denied permission cannot access the course or curriculum Individuals with a Pending Approval permission need approval from the training manager Enrollee permissions are assigned when a course or curriculum is created Permissions can also be changed after the course or curriculum is created To change permissions the training manager must open the course or curriculum and edit the participant list to add or remove enrollee The training manager must also have Manage permissions for the folder where this course or curriculum is located Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 74 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Training library management permissions define who can perform the different tasks associated with the Training library files and folders such as adding and deleting files searching the library archives and so on The ability to crea
305. ning sessions are recorded and what is recorded For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 181 Audio and video conferencing More Help topics Record a meeting on page 179 Make recording offline in FLV format Adobe Connect 9 4 on page 183 Working with content in the Content library on page 193 Edit a recorded meeting Editing a recording is useful if the recording contains sections of silence or unnecessary information that you want to remove before making the recording available 1 From the Adobe Connect Central home page click Meetings or Training and then click the meeting or classroom that includes the recording 2 Click Recordings 3 Click Edit Recording in the Actions pop up menu next to the recording that you want to edit 4 Simply click the Play button to watch the recording from the beginning or first drag the progress marker to a specific location A B pn S 0 00 56 0 02 29 i aii S e C D E F Controls for recorded meetings A Play button B Progress marker C Selection markers surrounding selection D Cut E Undo F Volume control 5 Use the selection markers to specify the areas of the recording you want to remove and click the Cut button 6 Optional At the left of the meeting window click the triangle to show the Events Index pane where you can Navigate to specific events in recordi
306. nly or to anyone If the former you select Send Invitations select a group to invite for example hosts only and edit the text that appears in the email message You have the option of including a Microsoft Outlook calendar appointment If the latter you click Send E Mail Invitations which open your email application and add invitees to the distribution list of your email message Note Adobe Connect is unable to send a meeting invite for a meeting where the character count for the content to send to the email client is more than 1000 characters The issue is related to HTML tag mailto as browsers cannot launch an email client when the content exceeds 1000 characters More Help topics Edit meeting information on page 28 Viewing data about meetings with the dashboard on page 31 Meeting room templates and layouts A template is simply a meeting room that has already been designed It can contain one or several layouts with different display panels or pods configurations and content Layouts can be optimized for a specific task such as presenting slides or collaborating with peers Leverage existing layouts and content to reduce repetitive customization each time you create a meeting Create your own templates or use the default templates included in Adobe Connect To help you quickly create a meeting room Adobe Connect offers three built in templates Default Meeting Default Training and Default Events When creating a m
307. nt on page 133 e Change an existing event on page 138 Reports e Generating reports in Adobe Connect Central on page 251 e Viewing data about meetings on page 31 Administration e View and edit account information on page 207 e Edit account notification settings on page 209 e Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 e Configure audio providers for universal voice on page 221 e Configure video telephony devices on page 226 e Allocate meeting minutes to cost centers on page 213 e Creating administrators on page 205 e Creating and importing users and groups on page 228 e Setting permissions for library files and folders on page 241 e Managing users and groups on page 236 e Generating reports in Adobe Connect Central on page 251 Last updated 8 28 2015 220 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Administering Adobe Connect Configure audio providers for universal voice About universal voice audio providers Audio providers are companies that provide audio conferencing services that work with Adobe Connect Administrators configure the audio providers that everyone on an account can use Hosts configure providers for a specific use such as a meeting Both account administrators and hosts can configure an audio provider for universal voice The configuration for a universal voice audio provider includes the details required for hosts and partici
308. nt or Whiteboard You can also reshare Recently Shared items Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting Using My Screen option hosts and presenters can choose to share your entire Desktop the open Applications or the open Windows Using Document option hosts and presenters can choose to share whiteboards previously uploaded files content from the Content Library and content shared with them Select Document to Share Share History Whiteboards E talkingstick_cp9_9 122 swf SWF Uploaded Files E video mp4 MP4 i testflv FLV dai 25slides ppt Presentation My Content Shared Content Screen Shot 2012 08 03 at 6 18 18 PM png Image a l StarRating swt SWF Only supported documents are listed above Browse My Computer Cancel Options to share a document in the Share pod Display in Full Screen mode To display the Share pod at full screen size click Full Screen in the upper right corner of the pod Click the button again to return to normal display size Note When you enable full screen mode use Alt Tab to go to the window that you want to share Hide the title bar of the Share pod To hide the title bar of a Share pod hosts and presenters can click the menu icon and select Hide Title Bar Note To access the menu icon hover pointer at the top of the Share pod and the title bar is displayed Hiding the title bar removes it for all the attendees and the
309. nt to cancel from the list of events and click Cancel 3 Click the Send Email link to send the cancelation email to participants Managing events View information about an event You can view various types of information about an event from the Adobe Connect Central application Administrators event hosts and a user with permissions to manage an Event library folder can view event information Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 151 Adobe Connect Events More Help topics Change an existing event on page 138 Add and manage event participants on page 144 View a participants list 1 In Adobe Connect Central click the Event Management tab 2 Navigate to the folder that contains the desired event and select it 3 Inthe Event Information page click the Participant Management link The names of registered participants and groups appear View an uploaded content list You can view a list of content that is uploaded to Adobe Connect Server An administrator an event host or a user with permissions to manage a specific Event library folder can view the content list 1 In Adobe Connect Central click the Event Management tab 2 Navigate to the folder that contains the desired event and select it 3 Click the Select Content link A list of all uploaded content appears Viewing data about events The Event Dashboard provides a graphical representation of statistical data related to your events To view the
310. ntation but not the quiz When the second case happens resume data is sent to Adobe Connect and if the user is permitted another server side course defined attempt the user can open the presentation again and continue working on the first client side attempt although it is the second server side attempt To prevent possible status and score discrepancies Adobe recommends setting the client side maximum retry attempts to 1 In both Adobe Presenter and Adobe Captivate the default setting is 1 A client side setting of 1 does not mean that the user has only one chance to complete or pass the course the course level setting governs the maximum number of retries You can run Adobe Presenter Adobe Captivate PDF and third party SCORM content that has been defined as a Training Course from a Training Library or Catalog URL in a web browser All listed course items are objects within the Content library with existing permissions course level tracking and information pages You can access courses from the library and catalog URL Edit courses If you are an administrator or a user with permission to manage a specific Training library folder you can manage courses More Help topics About changes to course content on page 82 About notifications and reminders on page 81 About review modes on page 82 Working with content in the Content library on page 193 Edit course information You can edit course information
311. ntent content used determines the maximum score Note For content that includes multiple scored quizzes the max possible score for the overall content is not automatically detected when the content is added to a course For example a presentation containing two quizzes one with a maximum score of 50 and a second with a maximum score of 40 reports the max score of the last quiz taken 40 For a more accurate total score consider creating one quiz and distributing the questions throughout the presentation instead of using multiple quizzes For example create a quiz with ten questions In the presentation show four content slides quiz questions 1 5 eight more content slides and then questions 6 10 6 By default the Update Information for Any Items Linked To This Item option is selected Keep this selected if you think you will link any items to the course 7 Click Save Changing the course title or course summary does not change the information on a presentation summary slide This slide uses the information specified at the time the presentation was originally published To change this information republish the content and then reselect the content that the course uses Change or update course content You can change or update the content in a course If you want to update the content first publish the updated file to the Content library 1 Click the Training tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Navigate to the c
312. nternet or distribute it on a CD You can download the presentation PPT source files or output files To deploy a presentation download the output files and extract them Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 196 Managing content 6 Save the file to your disk More Help topics View content on page 197 View data about all content on page 199 Download presentation source files from the Content library Downloading source files can be helpful if you no longer have your source files for an Adobe Presenter presentation It is critical that you do not overwrite the PPT filename extension with a PPC extension if you do the file can become unusable Note The only source files available for download are files that have been uploaded For example Adobe Presenter and Adobe Captivate give users the option to upload or not upload source files If the option to upload source files is not selected those files are not available for download later 1 Click the Content tab Navigate to the presentation and click its name Click the Download Content link on the navigation bar In Download source files click a file Save the file to your disk Oo uu FSF W N Optional In Download output files click the zip file and save it to your disk More Help topics View content on page 197 View data about all content on page 199 Creating custom URLs When you add a piece of content a new meeting a new c
313. ntral When you are setting up the event with the Event wizard you must specify the content meeting course curriculum virtual classroom or seminar on which to base your event The following list shows several examples e Tocreate a training event using a course or curriculum the course or curriculum must exist in the Training library To present content as an event store the content in the Content library To use a meeting or a seminar as an event the meeting or seminar must exist in the Meetings or Seminar library e To use a virtual classroom as an event the virtual classroom must exist in the Training library 3 Establish event permissions Permissions are important because they determine who can participate in view and manage events Attendance permissions determine the roles and functions of attendees An Event Manager assigns attendee roles when setting up the event in the Participant Management tab Attendees can have the following roles and permissions Invited People who are sent an invitation to the event and are invited to register for the event Denied A person who has registered but is not given access to the event by the host Pending Approval A person whose registration has not been approved by the Event Manager Participant A person who can attend the event as a guest or a registered user from your organization They have limited permissions Presenter A person who shows content to attendees Presenters are a
314. nversion queue on page 227 Make recordings offline in MP4 or FLV format Adobe Connect 9 5 In Adobe Connect 9 5 you can convert a recording to an offline copy in MP4 or FLV format This conversion happens on your local system using the Adobe Connect add in On Mac only one instance of add in can be launched at a time so you cannot attend a meeting while creating an offline recording On Windows multiple instances of the add in can be launched simultaneously so you can attend a meeting while converting one or more recordings offline Note The offline recording does not contain audio if any from the shared HTML content Adobe Connect 9 5 onwards onwards HTML5 content created using Adobe Captivate 9 and Adobe Presenter 11 is supported in Virtual Classrooms and its recordings 1 Login to Adobe Connect Central and locate the recording that you want to convert to MP4 2 Against the recording click Actions to open the pop up menu and click Make Offline The recording is opened in the add in along with a pop up dialog 3 Inthe Offline Recording dialog select MP4 or FLV as an output option Also select the quality using either the slider or by customizing the settings of the output by selecting Advanced Options Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 183 Audio and video conferencing Offline Recording Offline recording settings Please select a preset for making the recording offline You can also fine tune individual settings
315. ny intervention required by the user Similarly Adobe Connect automatically downloads the required components when a user attempts to view for the first time a VC recording with HTML content shared in it The Virtual Classroom email notification now includes instructions and the add in download link for attendees to prepare for the session in advance You can modify these email notifications and the instructions as required Reporting related enhancements Adobe Connect 9 5 offers two new reports that allow Administrators to understand the usage of their Adobe Connect accounts These reports are part of the System Usage reports in the Reports tab You can download either report in CSV format for further analysis The Meeting Sessions Usage report provides a summary of Meeting Seminar or Virtual Classroom sessions that happened over a user defined period and provides details per session such as start and end time duration session type total and peak participants and so on The Meeting Usage report provides a summary of meeting activity over a period For each date it provides Peak Concurrent Meeting users and Total User Minutes The report can be downloaded in a CSV format Last updated 8 28 2015 Chapter 2 Adobe Connect Meeting Adobe Connect popular How To topics How To topics for Hosts and Presenters e Create and use audio profiles on page 166 e Create meetings on page 14 e Start meetings on page 19 e St
316. o hosts When participants choose to opt out Adobe Connect excludes engagement index and private chat message count from the meeting reports See also Opt out from tracking on page 156 Configure Engagement Tracking on page 218 The Rules of Engagement Monitoring individual engagement The engagement score works best as an aggregate metric for medium to large meetings However there are scenarios like training sessions where the trainer may want to monitor the engagement of specific participants Last updated 8 28 2015 32 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 33 Adobe Connect Meeting Adobe Connect provides an option in the Attendees pod called Show Individual Engagement that enables meeting hosts to see individual engagement The individual engagement is shown against the name of the individuals in three different levels Green high engagement Yellow average engagement and Red low engagement Meeting reports The Reports feature of Adobe Connect Central lets you create reports that show you a given meeting from different perspectives To use this feature navigate to the Meeting Information page of an individual meeting and then click the Reports link This displays links that let you define the following meeting information Summary The first report type that appears when you access the Reports feature The Summary displays aggregate meeting information which includes e Name e URL for viewing e Unique Sessions a
317. oadcast by doing any of the following e To enable audio for all participants choose Audio gt Microphone Rights For Participants icon displays for all participants in the Attendees pod e Toenable audio for specific participants select one or more in the Attendees pod Then choose any of the following from the pop up menu Enable Audio Make Host or Make Presenter icon displays next to the participant in the Attendees pod Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 172 Audio and video conferencing Using the same pop up menu hosts can later disable audio for specific attendees reducing background noise Allow only one speaker to use the microphone at a time Hosts can avoid overlapping conversations by doing the following Choose Audio gt Enable Single Speaker Mode An asterisk appears next to the microphone button in the main menu bar When one speaker clicks the button it s disabled for other users until the current speaker clicks the button again This option is available only when using VoIP for audio and the option is not available when using a combination of VoIP and telephony for audio Enable Lecture Mode MeetingOne only In MeetingOne audio conferences you can enable Lecture mode In the Lecture Mode only the MeetingOne host and Adobe Connect hosts and presenters can speak All other attendees in the meeting are unable to transmit audio as they are muted or their microphone rights are suspended Choose
318. obe Connect home page e Send an email message containing a link to the Training Catalog e Place a link to the Training Catalog on your web portal Note A link within an email message or on a web portal can also point directly to a course within the Training Catalog Approving training enrollee If you selected the require approval option when you added courses curriculums or virtual classrooms to the Training Catalog manage and approve learners when they want to view items in the catalog Requiring approval enables you and other training managers to stagger approvals and limit the number of learners that can access a specific course curriculum or virtual classroom at the same time 1 Do one of the following e Ifyou selected the option to be notified by email when learners request approval for a course curriculum or virtual classroom in the Training Catalog click the link in the email message e Ifyou did not select the option notify by email click the Training tab navigate to the course curriculum or virtual classroom for which you want to approve learners and click the course curriculum or virtual classroom 2 Click Manage Enrollees 3 Inthe Current Enrollees For list select an individual with the status of Pending Approval 4 Click Permission and select Enrolled You also have the option to change a learner s permissions to Denied or Pending Approval 5 Inthe dialog box that appears select Yes if you want to notif
319. of people invited number of people who attended and the greatest number of people who entered the classroom at any one time Peak Users Select another report type to obtain different information The By Attendees report lists the name and email address of each virtual classroom participant as well as the time they entered the classroom and the time they left it The By Course report lists all courses embedded in the virtual classroom Click on the different embedded courses to view a list of the learners that have taken the course If courses have been updated over time and there are multiple versions learners have viewed the reports show which version each learner viewed The By Sessions report lists the start and end time of each session the session number and the number of attendees Clicking the session number displays the participant list for this session including participant name and entry and exist times for each participant Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 103 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars e The By Questions report lists each poll by session number number and question You can drill down to two separate views by clicking the appropriate link under the Report column View answer distribution displays a pie chart in which each answer is color coded with a unique color View user responses provides an answer key that lists each answer for this poll and its corresponding answer number these numbers
320. omote you to a presenter or host If users have a dual monitor setup upon clicking Share My Screen users get an option to share either of the two monitors However only one screen can be shared at a time When you share anything on your computer screen actions you take in the shared region are visible to all participants in the meeting Participants follow the progress of your cursor as you move it across your screen When starting a screen share the hosts and the presenters can enforce their settings for the participants The Share pod can be opened in full screen mode for all attendees for a better viewing experience Hosts can show their cursors without sharing their screens Choose Meeting gt Preferences and select a Host Cursors option The region or regions that you share must be visible on your desktop to be visible in the Share pod to other participants Overlapping windows on the desktop appear as a blue crosshatched pattern in the Share pod If you are sharing an application and showing the native cursor of the application you can enable the Show Application Cursor option in the Screen Share tab in the Preferences dialog More Help topics Share screen in Compact mode using the MiniControl on page 37 Sharing a computer screen document or whiteboard on page 33 Share a whiteboard on page 45 Share a document on page 41 Specify applications to share or block on page 216 Work with pods on page
321. on description The actual question from the question slide For a multiple choice question each possible choice is listed on its own line Total pages For a PDF the total number of pages in the file Total slides For a presentation the total number of slides in the file Total views The total number of times this content was viewed Unique views The number of uniquely identified viewers who accessed this content Using virtual classroom reports Virtual classroom reports provide details about how virtual classrooms are being used over time Use the Virtual Classroom Report to see the names enrollment dates and completion status for learners in the classroom Use the Virtual Classroom Session Attendance Report to view data about a specific session within a virtual classroom You can see details such as session duration total number of attendees attendee names and the times attendees entered and exited The information in this report helps you determine if the correct people attended a session and how long they remained in the room You can also compare different sessions For example suppose that the same training course is offered in the same virtual classroom at two different times By running a session report for each time you can determine which one had higher attendance Create virtual classroom reports 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central and click Reports 2 Click Virtual Classroom 3 From the menu select a virtual classroom repor
322. on page 113 View or change an attendee s role A host can change the role of any attendee in the Attendees pod promoting and demoting attendees as necessary More Help topics Meeting roles and permissions on page 6 Invite attendees and grant or deny access on page 20 Work with pods on page 21 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 68 Adobe Connect Meeting About attendee names Adobe Connect users who logged in with a password appear with their full name in the Attendees pod as it is registered in Adobe Connect Central If an attendee logs in to a meeting as a guest the name in the Attendees pod is the name the attendee entered at login Within a role group hosts presenters and participants attendee names are organized alphabetically Attendees pod displays the telephone number of the participants who dial in or dial out using a telephone Meeting Hosts can mask the phone numbers of the participants to respect the privacy of the participants The option is available in the in meeting preferences dialog in the Attendee Pod section The option is persistent for a meeting room Note The option for Hosts to mask the phone numbers is enabled only if masking is not enabled cluster wide from telephony capabilities on a cluster Customize attendee names As a meeting host you can customize the display name of attendees in the Attendees pod You can include custom information in display names and sort a
323. on the item 6 Enter the user s score in the Score box For items without an associated pass or fail score you can enter 0 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 108 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars 7 Optional To change the Max Possible Score navigate to the course information page and change the score there 8 Click Save The updated status appears on the Users report More Help topics Export curriculum reports on page 110 View a curriculum report by item You can view a curriculum report by item by selecting the item and selecting the type of report you want to view You can filter the report by summary users slides pages questions or answers 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum go to the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central and browse to the curriculum Click the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page 2 Click the Reports link toward the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 3 Click By Item A list appears of all items in the curriculum The Reports column indicates the type of report that you can generate for each item 4 Click the link for the type of report that you want to view The steps for viewing downloading and setting report filters for each item are identical to the procedures for viewing reports in each library External training however is an exception because it does not appear in an Adobe Connect library Item Type Repo
324. or courses within curriculums You cannot however override the status of a user for a curriculum as a whole Overrides are in general designed to be used when a situation occurs that may have been out of the user s control For example an error in the training content that caused a user to fail a course Overrides are also useful when you want to manually set a status for external training sessions such as live workshops attendance at a field trip or visiting a website The Status field updates each time user status changes for items that Adobe Connect Central tracks If the user status changes for an external training you can manually change the status 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum go to the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central and browse to the curriculum Click the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page 2 Click the Reports link toward the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 3 Click By Users 4 Inthe Name column click the name of the enrollee whose status you want to change A list of items assigned to the enrollee appears The status column indicates the status for each item 5 To change the status of an item click Override and use the Status pop up menu to select one of the following Passed The user has passed the item Failed The user has failed the item Complete The user has successfully completed the item In Progress The user has clicked at least one time
325. ormat is the Adobe Connect meeting add in If you do not have the latest add in download it from the Downloads and Updates page In Adobe Connect 9 4 in the Recordings tab of an individual meeting besides the Edit Make offline and View Original options there is an added option Make MP4 which takes some time depending on the server busyness Conversion to MP4 format is a server side activity and when you click Make MP4 the recording gets queued for server side generation of MP4 In Adobe Connect 9 4 the prerequisites to converting recordings into MP4 format are e Adobe Connect hosted account e Purchase the license to create MP4 recordings e Enable the Make MP4 option to be visible in the Recordings tab Adobe Connect administrators can do so from Compliance and Control settings Add user in the Meeting Hosts group or Seminar Administrators group for a seminar User must have access to a meeting a virtual classroom or a seminar If you are not the owners of a meeting take access to the meeting and its recordings Note Resolution of a recording is 1024 x 768 irrespective of the webcam resolution or the size of the meeting window Post conversion the MP4 recordings is uploaded back into the meeting in the Recordings tab Meeting Hosts and Seminar Administrators can access it using the URL or download it for offline usage More Help topics Customize compliance and control settings on page 214 Access MP4 co
326. ormation about a meeting on page 25 Meeting reports on page 33 Allocate meeting minutes to cost centers on page 213 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 29 Adobe Connect Meeting Options in the Edit Information page Name A required field that appears in the meeting list the meeting login page and in reports Summary A meeting description that appears on the Meeting Information page and is included in meeting invitations by default Summary length is limited to 4000 characters Start time The month day year and time that the meeting starts Note Some Adobe Connect pricing models ignore meeting start dates and allow attendees to enter meetings before the designated start date Depending on the meeting pricing model if the start date changes to a future date users may enter the meeting room after you create the meeting When you are logged in to a meeting room you can stop participants from entering the room between meetings Duration The meeting length in hours and minutes Language The primary language used in the meeting room Note If you change the meeting language on the Edit Information page the names of the pods in the meeting room remain in the original language It is best to set the language when creating a meeting and keep the language the same Access Use the following options e Only registered users may enter the room guest access is blocked This option allows registered users and parti
327. orner of the Share pod click the menu icon and choose Share gt Document 2 Select one of the following Whiteboards Displays whiteboards created for the current meeting Uploaded Files Displays content uploaded for the current meeting Click Browse My Computer to upload content for the current meeting The document is added to the Uploaded Content folder for the meeting in Adobe Connect Central An administrator can move the document to the Shared Content folder to make the document available for other meetings My Content Displays content in your user folder in Adobe Connect Central Shared Content Displays content in Adobe Connect Central that is available to all account holders with the appropriate permissions Share History Displays content in other user folders in Adobe Connect Central To view the content in another user s folder you must have View permission from that user 3 Select the document that you want to share and click Open The selected document appears in the Share pod The document name appears in the title bar of the pod Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 43 Adobe Connect Meeting Turn off display synchronization for documents By default Adobe Connect synchronizes display of documents so that attendees see the frame that the presenter sees A host or presenter can use the Sync button to turn off synchronization This functionality lets attendees go through presentations or PDF documents at thei
328. ort answer and yes no questions You can also change the order of questions and delete questions at any time Event Administrators can introduce a join button in the registration confirmation email Instead of the long personalized link to join an event the registrant sees only the Join button 6 Select event participants For an event limited to registered guests and accepted users you can select users and groups to be participants or presenters in your event These users are able to log in to the event directly Uninvited users who have the URL to the event meeting room can attempt to log in as guests As a host you can grant admission to guests on an individual basis 7 E mail options The penultimate step in the Event wizard is to send participants e mail invitations containing the date time duration and URL of the event You can make your event emails more appealing and eye catching by using rich HTML based emails You can design different templates for different types of emails For example an event invitation can contain information about the date time duration and URL of the event You can send invitations as you create the event Alternatively you can create and send the invitations at a later time Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 135 Adobe Connect Events Define triggers to send various notifications to users such as event reminders and registration approval notifications You can either set a specific date
329. orts are shared because a curriculum is only a link to a course 1 Click the Training tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Navigate to a course 3 Inthe course list click the name of the course 4 Click the Reports link 5 To generate a report click any of the following links e Summary shows you course information name ID open date close date and URL and course status enrolled users users completed users passed and users failed e By Slides Pages shows a bar graph that lists each slide in the course and the number of times it has been viewed A table shows the last time each slide was viewed e By Users shows the users who have accessed the course their status In Progress Complete Passed or Failed score date taken user s most recent attempt time taken time of most recent attempt how many times the user took the course the course version and the certificate number if applicable Click the name of a user to view a bar graph and a table that shows each question and whether the user answered it correctly or incorrectly as well as the score for the question You can also click the View Answers link for each question which displays the answer distribution Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 105 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars e By Questions shows a table that lists question numbers questions the number of times the question has been answered correctly the number of times the
330. otifications show how many raised their hand and the current attendee s position in the queue For example 4 10 indicates that the attendee was the fourth of ten attendees to raise their hand In the Attendees pod select one or more attendees and choose Enable Audio from the hover menu To the right of the attendee names the raised hand icon amp is replaced with the microphone icon The attendees receive a notification that they can click Speak Now If the attendee want to share their screen hover over their name in the Attendees pod and select Request Screen Share When attendees are finished speaking hover over their names in the Attendees pod and select Disable Audio ee This practice reduces background noise More Help topics View and change attendee status on page 70 Conducting training with Adobe Connect on page 110 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 115 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Attending virtual classroom training Attending a virtual classroom session gives you the opportunity to learn new information and participate interactively in the classroom experience 1 Click the virtual classroom URL link sent to you by e mail or IM from the classroom host 2 Enter your login information 3 Participate in the virtual classroom Here are some ideas If attendees are using the Chat pod to introduce themselves add your name and perhaps location to the conversation e The Cours
331. ottom of the list If necessary click Search and enter the name of the user in the Search text box to locate the name in the list 4 Inthe Login and Password area you can use these options e To send a link to the user so that they can reset their password click Send a link to reset this user s password A message appears informing you that the e mail was sent Click OK to return to the User Information page Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 237 Administering Adobe Connect e To set a temporary password for this user that you can provide directly for example by telephone click the Set temporary password for this user The temporary password page appears with a system generated password for this user Click Save to return to the User Information page Q A user login is suspended after five consecutive failed login attempts occur within 15 minutes Using these options Administrators can help blocked users to reset their password and access their account 5 Click the Edit Information link 6 Edit any of the fields that you want to change 7 Click Save Unblock suspended user accounts A user login is suspended after five consecutive failed login attempts occur within 15 minutes When an account gets suspended the account owner gets an email notification Users can gain access to their suspended accounts either on their own or with the help of an Administrator ADOBE CONNECT Login Suspended To protect you
332. our attendees and invitees If you selected or customized questions to help identify potential participants you can also view the responses to questions More Help topics View information about an event on page 150 Best practices for events on page 126 Notify users of a change If you modify an existing event for example by setting a new start time you can easily notify users by e mail 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Navigate to the desired folder 3 Click the name of the event you want to change 4 Open the E mail Options page and select Show Reminder When Updates Need To Be Sent Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 139 Adobe Connect Events 5 Click Save 6 Open the Event Information page and scroll to the Status field 7 Click Edit Send Notifications make any necessary changes and click Send Change event information You can edit the text on the Event Information page for event participants If you select the e mail option Notify users when event has been updated any invitee whom you have previously notified about the event automatically receives updated information Note If you sent prior invitations without selecting the Notify users when event has been updated option do so before changing the profile information Selecting the option ensures that potential attendees are aware of your changes 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Centra
333. ourse or curriculum a new seminar or a new event you can create a custom URL for the content This URL is unique across the entire Adobe Connect account and identifies the content Title Team Demo a http example acrobat com domo Leave this field blank for a system generated URL or include a unique URL path For exe productdemo will result in http connectsupport beta acrobat com productdemo 1 Summary Demonstration of new training tools max length 1000 characters Adding a custom URL A Uneditable portion of URL set by your administrator B Customizable portion of URL A custom URL can be used with one piece of content at a time For example if you assign the custom URL yourname to a piece of content you cannot assign that URL to another piece of content or to a meeting nor can any other user who shares your account assign that URL to anything If you delete the content that uses the custom URL the custom URL becomes available for reuse Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 197 Managing content If another user is currently using the custom URL you receive an error message when you enter the URL If you want to you can check with your administrator to see who is using the URL Custom URL rules e You cannot edit a custom URL after you create it e You cannot use digits 0 9 at the beginning of a custom URL e After the first character the other characters can be alpha numeric an
334. ourse whose content you want to change In the course list click the name of the course to select it 3 Click the Select Content link in the navigation bar 4 Navigate to the folder that contains the content that you want to use for the course 5 Select the button next to the content that you want to use for the course You can select new content or an updated version of the existing content Click Save 7 A warning message is displayed To update the content click Yes Update My Content Add or remove course enrollee If you add enrollee to a course notify the new enrollee You can also set up reminders for them If you remove enrollee they do not receive notification and are no longer able to access the course 1 Click the Training tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window Navigate to the course In the list click the name of the course A W N To modify enrollment one at a time click the Manage Enrollees link in the navigation bar Do one of the following e Select enrollee in the Available Users and Groups list and click Add Press Control click or Shift click to select multiple users or groups To expand a group to select individual members double click the group name Then select individual users e Select enrollee in the Current Enrollees list and click Remove Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars 5 To add enrollee in bulk upload the names in a TXT o
335. out an individual meeting room over time and across sessions You can obtain information including total unique number of attendees number of unique sessions and average duration of a meeting This information can help you determine if meeting room activity is low Conversely if the report shows that a meeting room is busy you could create more meeting rooms to better manage the workload Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 261 Administering Adobe Connect The Individual Meeting Session Report enables you to view information about a specific session within a meeting room You see details such as total number of attendees total number of guests and all attendee names By comparing planned duration to actual session duration you determine if a meeting ended sooner or later than planned The information in this report also helps you determine if the correct people attended a specific meeting and how long they stayed in the room Create meeting reports 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central and click Reports 2 Click Meeting 3 From the menu select a meeting report type Meeting Room Summary Report or Individual Meeting Session Report Select a meeting from the library and click Next Click Specify Report Filters Optionally enter a date range and or select a specific User Group Click Add Or Remove Report Fields Select and deselect the fields to display in the report N OO WwW A Click Create Report Read meeting reports T
336. out how to create custom fields see Customize user profile fields on page 229 Analyze a sample report The following steps were taken to create the sample report 1 Click the Reports tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window Click Curriculum Navigate to a specific curriculum select the curriculum and click Next On the left click Specify Report Filters Select Filter Using A Date Range and enter dates Select Filter By User Groups and select a group On the left select Add or Remove Report Fields Select additional fields as desired oO ON OAU BP W NY On the left select Options 10 Under Choose Report Options select Curriculum Report 11 Click Create Report Linrtriailign Bepeart iia B i ABC Curriculum Hunia Enrold Humber Complete Humber in Orgy sg Humhbar pot Started C Date Ronge 09 01 2008 10 01 2008 D Group Filler Alphabet Group E j New a milit Qury O Save Report m priat G Gowntosd Report ast Name First Nana Status Caricato Version Last Access lph Complies HLH jil maytat S09 PM Alphabet Groin In Pregress Ai j G10 510 PM WGA abet Grodi Chala In Progress nia i CA Laratos 5 11 PM Alphabet Groiip In Progress nya I LO L2 2006 12 75 PM Alphabet Group Complete 30210556 i Cayie2008 57140 Alphabet Group F Foxtrot Compete Soopers io t ToT L006 5 05 PM Alphabet Group Goi In Progress nia Day 1Sr2006 5 24 FM Alphabet arip Hotel Complete PU Pe I Dall Lya Si PM Aha bet oriai imiia Ir
337. p only exists if the Events feature is part of the account Administrators assign users and groups to the appropriate Built in groups Members of a Built in group can create new instances of the function associated with that library For example if you are a meeting host you can create new meetings Members of a Built in group cannot access the Shared folder directory of the library of the group unless you assign them Manage permissions You can also assign Manage permissions for a folder in the Shared folder directory to other users who are not part of that Built in group Although they can manage folders they cannot create anything in that library because they are not part of that Built in group The following table summarizes the permissions each Built in group has for each library Built in group Content library Training library Meetings library Seminar library Events library Additional permissions Administrator Everything but Manage Manage Manage Manage Manage users Publish groups and user accounts view content folders for all users Leamer None o None o None None o None None a a None None None None personal folder Virtual Classroom Publish Manage Manage None None Manage None Manager personal folder Meeting Host Publish Manage None Manage None None None personal folder Event Event Manager None None None None Manage None o Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 245 Administering Ado
338. pants to join an audio conference They include the telephone numbers and steps required to dial into the audio conference The configuration also specifies the host defined options For example administrators configure the tones and pauses for dialing into a meeting Hosts provide the meeting ID and any passwords that participants use to join the audio conference Once you configure a universal voice audio provider meeting hosts can create audio profiles that map to the provider Audio profiles contain the audio conference settings used to start an audio conference Universal voice audio providers include these types e Integrated telephony providers that have been enabled for universal voice e User configured by a meeting host or account administrator For more information about Adobe Connect audio providers see Audio conferencing options on page 165 Adobe Connect accepts either a free phone numbers originating in the United Kingdom of the format 0800 or 0808 or an international free phone numbers of the format 00800 View audio providers All available audio providers for a specific account appear in the Provider Information window Each audio provider is configured with descriptive information and a dialing sequence for connecting to an audio conference You can view the information associated with any audio provider on the account Only enabled providers can be edited Note Administrators limited administrators and hosts can ac
339. participant s phone number immediately The attendee is called on the phone and the Call in Progress icon is displayed to the right of the attendee s name Call out to a participant logged in to Adobe Connect 1 In the Attendees pod select the name of the participant to add to the audio conference 2 From the pod menu click Attendee Options gt Call Selected User Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 173 Audio and video conferencing The Call Telephone User dialog box appears You can enter an appropriate phone number in the box 3 Click Call Merge two listings for the same caller in a conference call If attendees dial into an audio conference without a token they appear twice in the Attendees list The attendees appear once with their name and for the second time with their masked phone number Hosts can merge the listings into one 1 Inthe Attendees pod do one of the following Drag a number and drop it on the name of the participant e Select a participant name and the number and choose Merge from the menu Select a participant name and the number and from the pod menu select Merge Users 2 Click the confirmation button To hide this button in the future check Don t Ask Again Note For audio conference features to function in your meeting or training session enable the conference adapter Stop or pause audio broadcast You can either stop or pause audio broadcast in an Adobe Connect session
340. period Whereas you can schedule multiple events using a single regular seminar The license you purchase is either for small seminars run as a regular meetings or for large seminar run as large meetings In Adobe Connect 9 4 when scheduling a Seminar Session using a Seminar Room you specify the number of attendees Adobe Connect 9 5 onwards a seminar session is created as large or small according to your license You do not have to select the type Seminar Room and Seminar Session In Adobe Connect a seminar license is available in the tab Seminars gt Shared Seminars Each license that you purchase appears as a folder in the Shared Seminars tab To schedule a seminar you create an instance of a Shared Seminar basing it on a seminar room Such different instances of Shared Seminars are called Seminar Sessions Each session is a stand alone webinar that participants attend If you avail Named Webinar license a Users Seminars tab and My Seminars tab is available that allows you to manage your webinars Various webinars that you conduct are individual instances of the available Shared Seminars These instances are called Seminar Sessions and are available in the tab Seminars gt Seminar Sessions More Help topics About meetings on page 5 Record a meeting on page 179 Last updated 8 28 2015 116 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 117 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Pre seminar tasks Careful pre seminar planning helps
341. permissions precedence If a user belongs to one or more groups it is possible that multiple permissions apply to a single file or folder In such a case permissions are resolved as follows higher numbered levels take precedence Level1 Ifthe user has View Publish or Manage permissions through group acquired permissions the permission granting the greatest access to features applies These three group permissions are additive Level 2 Ifthe user has any Denied permission through group acquired permissions all group acquired View Publish or Manage permissions are removed and the user is not allowed access Level 3 Ifthe user has View Publish or Manage permissions through user specific permissions these permissions are additive to the corresponding group acquired permissions In addition these permissions override any group acquired Denied permission Level 4 If the user is assigned the Denied permission setting through user specific permissions the user is denied access regardless of any group acquired permissions Level5 Ifthe user is a member of the Administrator group the administrator permission applies regardless of any other individual or group setting Level6 If there are no permissions applied by either user or group and none is inherited from a parent folder the user cannot access or perform any actions on the folder or file The following table illustrates the way that group and user permissions apply Group G1 p
342. question has been answered incorrectly the percentage of times the question has been answered correctly and the question score e By Answers shows a table that lists the maximum score the average score the high score and the low score for the quiz For each question the table also shows the question number the question itself and the answer distribution that is how each question was answered if at all Click the View Answers link to view a pie chart with a table that provides the answer key and answer distribution The answer key lists all of the possible answers for the question and their corresponding answer number or letter the answer distribution lists all of the answers selected for this question flags the correct answer and shows the number of users who selected each answer as well as what percent of the total each number of users represents Finally it totals the users by number of users and percent of users The Hide Answer Distribution Show Answer Distribution button is a toggle that lets you hide the distribution of answers for each question then show them again More Help topics View and manage curriculum reports on page 105 About Adobe Connect Central reports on page 251 Downloading and printing course reports Except for the Summary report you can export all course reports to a comma separated values CSV file by clicking Download Report Data under the report types links The reports that are downloaded
343. r a CSV format using the following steps a Create a CSV ora TXT file with the list of email IDs of users who already have an Adobe Connect account Set the title of the first column containing the email IDs of users as login Click Import Enrollees and upload the CSV or TXT file Upon successful import the role of each enrollee is Participant Change the roles of various enrollees using the user interface if necessary b Optionally Select the checkbox Send Email Notifications to user enrolled on import to send email notifications Note Duplicate entries in the CSV or TXT file are successfully imported at the first instance The duplicate instances are ignored and reported after the import Change settings for course notifications or reminders Notifications and reminders help you communicate with course enrollee You can change the settings of pending notifications and reminders at any time 1 Click the Training tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window Navigate to the course In the course list click the name of the course Click the Notifications link in the navigation bar Click Pending Notifications Oo uu A A W N Under Subject click the name of the notification or reminder you want to change Notifications appear in the subject list with the notification icon 9 and reminders appear with the reminder icon N Click Edit at the bottom of the page 8 Make changes such as editing the timing recipient
344. r account your Login has been temporarily suspended for the next 5 minutes due to too many incorrect Login attempts In case you need to access your account immediately please reset your password Username Password Forgot vour password Login Remember username User account suspension message e The email notification contains the contact information of Account administrator Account administrators can reset the account password to a temporary password e Account owners can reset their password on their own by clicking forgot password and using the link in the resulting email e Account owners can also use the reset link in the email notification of suspension to reset the password Assign a manager to a user 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Users And Groups 3 Select the name of the user and click Information at the bottom of the list If necessary click Search and enter the name of the user in the Search text box to locate the name in the list 4 Click the Select Manager link 5 Inthe Possible Managers list select the manager to whom you want to assign this user To search for a name in the list click Search at the bottom of the window and enter the name Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 238 Administering Adobe Connect 6 Click the Set Manager button To remove this manager from list select the name and click Remove Manager to replace the m
345. r own pace Note The Sync button appears only when you have multi frame content loaded in the Share pod With content loaded in the Share pod click the Sync button in the lower right corner to disable synchronization Controls for presentation playback appear at the bottom of the Share pod Sharea presentation For hosts or presenters who share a presentation in the Share pod special controls are available for navigating and displaying the presentation A presentation layout has the following areas Presentation The main part of the window which displays the presentation slides Presentation sidebar Area on the right of the browser window that shows the name of the presentation the presenter information Outline Thumb Notes and Search tabs If you cannot see the sidebar click Show Sidebar LE to the lower left of the presentation Presentation control bar A bar at the bottom of the presentation that gives you control over the presentation playback audio attachments and screen size The bar is visible to hosts only unless a host chooses to display it to participants To see all presentation toolbar options load the presentation file to the Content library from Adobe Presenter If you load the PowerPoint PPT or PPTX file directly into the Share pod from your computer not all presentation toolbar options are visible Click Sync in the lower right corner of the presentation Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharin
346. r that contains the meeting 3 Click the meeting name in the list 4 Inthe Meeting Information page click the Invitations link on the navigation bar 5 From the To menu select the group to invite All Hosts Presenters And Participants Hosts Only Presenters Only or Participants Only e Edit the subject and the message body as appropriate 7 Toattach an Outlook calendar event to the email select the check box next to Attach Microsoft Outlook Calendar Event iCal To E mail Message Otherwise clear the check box 8 Click Send Send invitations to an unrestricted meeting 1 Click the Meetings tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page 2 If necessary navigate to the folder that contains the meeting 3 Click the meeting name in the list 4 Inthe Meeting Information page click the Invitations link on the navigation bar Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 31 Adobe Connect Meeting 5 Do either of the following as appropriate e Click Send E Mail Invitations to automatically display a new blank message in your email application e Manually create an email message then copy and paste the meeting URL shown in the meeting details into the message 6 Type the email addresses of the invitees or add them from your address book 7 Edit or type as appropriate the email subject and message 8 Send the email invitation Viewing data about meetings Viewing data about meetings with the dashboard T
347. r the Adobe Connect Meeting room and start the audio conference 3 Usea telephone to dial into the meeting More Help topics Audio conferencing options on page 165 Define a dialing sequence on page 224 Join audio conference on page 171 Enable audio in meetings Start meeting audio Audio for a meeting is not enabled by default Meeting hosts can configure an audio conference to auto start when the meeting is first launched Depending on the configuration the audio conference starts with or without prompting the user If these settings are changed during a meeting the changes are effective from the next launch of the meeting To start an audio conference and set its preferences do the following 1 Navigate to the Meeting Information page for a specific meeting 2 Click Enter Meeting Room 3 From the Audio menu choose one of the following Microphone Rights for Participants This option appears if there is no audio profile attached to the meeting Choose this option to enable audio conference using VoIP Start Meeting Audio This option appears if an audio profile is attached to the meeting 4 Specify how you want the attendees to join the meeting s audio conference You can specify one or more of the following The availability of the options depends on the meeting s audio and system configuration To access the various audio conference preferences click Audio gt Audio Conference Settings For more informa
348. r the enrollee to take 5 When you finish specifying test out items click Save Edit completion requirements You can designate an item as required which specifies that an enrollee must successfully complete the item to complete the curriculum By default all items are required but you can set individual items as optional or required without impacting other items 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum that you want to modify click the Training tab and browse to the curriculum Select the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page 2 Inthe Completion Requirements area click Edit 3 For each item that you want to specify as required select Required from the pop up menu 4 When you finish specifying required items click Save Manage curriculum enrollee Adobe Connect Central allows you to view and add enrollee to a curriculum as well as set access permissions for enrollee More Help topics About notifications and reminders on page 81 Edit curriculums on page 92 View and add enrollee to a curriculum 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum go to the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central and browse to the curriculum 2 Click the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 97 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars b To modify enrollment one at a time click the Manage Enrol
349. raining tab in Adobe Connect Central and browse to the curriculum Click the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page 2 Click the Reports link toward the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 3 Click By Item A list appears of all items in the curriculum The Reports column indicates the type of report that you can generate for each item 4 Inthe Names column find the external training item and in the Reports column click By Users to view the following information for each enrollee Name The name of the enrollee Click an individual name to obtain details about the enrollee such as status cumulative score and number of attempts made to complete external training item Status Where the user stands in terms of completing the item Score The score the user received for the external training Date Taken and Time Taken The date and time when the enrollee took the item Attempts The number of times the user tried to access the external training Certificate A system generated number that proves the user completed the external training and provides the user with a unique ID Version The specific version of the external training item taken by the user Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 110 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Export curriculum reports You can export curriculum By Item reports to an Excel file by clicking the Download Report Data button on the Reports page The reports that are downloaded
350. rators have lesser administrative privileges Administrators can set permissions for limited administrators The first administrator is created when Adobe Connect is installed or when the account is created The administrator can then create additional administrators and limited administrators For example an administrator can create limited administrator accounts for Help Desk employees who support Adobe Connect users Create an administrator 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central 2 Click Administration gt Users and Groups 3 Select a user and click Information 4 Click Edit Group Membership 5 Select the Administrators group and click Add Create a limited administrator 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central 2 Click Administration gt Users and Groups 3 Select a user and click Information 4 Click Edit Group Membership 5 Select the Administrators Limited group and click Add Set permissions for the limited administrators group 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central 2 Click Administration gt Users and Groups Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 206 Administering Adobe Connect 3 Select Administrators Limited and click Information 4 Click Edit Limited Administrator Permissions 5 Select the check boxes beside the permissions you want to grant in the following sections and click Save Users and Groups Checking View User Data lets limited administrators view information about users and groups in the Administrator
351. rators only Event Administrators only Any combination of two or more memberships not including Meeting Hosts group Administrators Administrators Limited or both Any role along with one or more of the administrator roles Applicable tab depending on the role Administrators Administrators Limited and Event Administrator When a user is taken to a new system generated Meeting room the user can either enter a more meaningful name and URL for the Meeting room Alternatively the user can continue with the system generated name and the URL Also the user can click More Settings in the left pane to launch Adobe Connect Central and configure the meeting room For example if the user as a meeting host wants to associate an audio profile with the meeting room Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 23 Adobe Connect Meeting Start your Adobe Connect Meeting Set up your Meeting Room in quick steps Your Meeting Room is unique and persistent which you can re use for running your Meetings Choose a Name for your Meeting Room Amit Srivastava s Meeting Choose a URL for your Meeting http heisenberg corp adobe com amsrivas amsrivas First time meeting user is taken to a system generated meeting room with an option to rename it Note In a new user account if a meeting is created in the My Meetings folder the new user is taken to My Meetings folder instead of a system generated meeting room More Help
352. reate a link to a forced recording Links point to the latest version of the recording If any editing is done to the recording either directly or through any link the edits are reflected in all the links to that recording 1 In Adobe Connect Central administrators can click Content gt Forced Recordings to view all the forced recordings in an account Select the checkbox for the meeting you want to link Click Create Link Navigate to the Content folder where you want to add the link Click Create Link U A WU N Delete forced recordings Only administrators can delete forced recordings 1 In Adobe Connect Central click on Content gt Forced Recordings to view all the forced recordings in an account 2 Select the checkbox for the meeting you want to delete 3 Click Delete Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 218 Administering Adobe Connect Configure Engagement Tracking Engagement is tracked via Engagement Dashboard in seminars meetings virtual classrooms and events When configured participants can opt out from engagement tracking When participants choose to opt out Adobe Connect excludes engagement index and private chat message count when reporting event meeting information to event hosts Account Administrators control various settings for opt out for Engagement Tracking and provide Event Administrators with limited control over opt out 1 Access Administration gt Compliance and Control gt Engage
353. reloaded content do a dry run before the event at the same time of day you intend to conduct the event network traffic differs by time of day Use the exact hardware and network connections you plan to use for the real event More Help topics Events overview on page 124 Creating an event on page 133 Creating and editing events Create and modify templates and the Event Catalog Adobe Connect event pages Event Catalog and emails are created using pre defined templates Before you can create an event page create a template to address your requirements Multiple templates can be designed stocked and shared in advance to address the varied needs of an organization Create templates You get more flexibility in designing pages catalogs and emails for events if you use templates to create them Before you create an event you can create a template to capture requirements for that event that are generic and applicable to other events You can design and stock multiple templates in advance to address the varied needs of your organization You can use pre defined templates and modify them further if you so wish for event pages event catalogs and emails You can create customized event page templates including a landing page a speaker information page a registration page and a login page While two event page templates are included Event Managers and Event Administrators can create any number of custom br
354. rest of the videos appear as smaller feeds within a filmstrip Hosts Presenters and participants with enhanced video rights can set a video feed as the primary video from among all the video feeds Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 177 Audio and video conferencing In Full Screen mode the Title bar is not visible and only the video feeds are displayed Hover the pointer at the upper edge of the full screen video to access the menu options and the Exit Full Screen button tides m wep BL HEH Pi A 2 tn s e 3 r J T A a i F isa IE Grias ma hiies is Filmstrip mode allows participants to a on one ae When a meeting host switches to Filmstrip layout the Host s video is the main video A host can mark any video as the main video If any feed is hidden from the strip a scroll icon is available at the end Any user can scroll the strip on either sides to see other available feeds Scrolling the feed does not impact the display of other users Aspect ratio on Windows Aspect ratio on Mac User defined Widescreen 16 9 with pillar boxing User defined Widescreen displayed in 4 3 ratio gt When using Filmstrip mode Adobe Connect typically consumes less bandwidth and processor as compared to the Grid Mode This provides a better meeting experience for all the attendees Share your video 1 Click the Start My Webcam button in the main menu bar or Video pod In the Video pod a preview image appears
355. riculum you can add more content as necessary Content added to a curriculum is now automatically converted to a course so it can be tracked accurately The new course is added to the automatically created curriculum resource folder Any further content you add to the curriculum is also automatically converted and placed into the resource folder This folder is in the same location as the curriculum and has the same name as the curriculum with Resources appended to the end If you add courses that you have already created to a curriculum those courses are not placed in the resources folder 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum that you want to modify click the Training tab and browse to the curriculum Select the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page Click Add Item Click Add Content If necessary browse to the folder that contains the content Select the check box for the content that you want to add to the curriculum and click Add Click Add again O uu FSF WU N Add a course virtual classroom or meeting to a curriculum Any courses available in your Training library are available for you to include in a curriculum 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum you want to modify click the Training tab and browse to the curriculum Select the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page 2 Click Add Item 3 Do one of the following e Clic
356. riculum can affect learner transcripts As a best practice do not change curriculums once you have enrolled learners If you do add or remove items tell learners about the changes to the curriculum and ask them to log in to the curriculum to update their status More Help topics Creating a curriculum on page 86 About changes to course content on page 82 Change the user status field in a curriculum report on page 107 Add a folder to a curriculum After you create a curriculum you can group items in folders to organize your items For example you can group a set of items in a Beginner Topics folder and another set in an Intermediate Topics folder New folders are always added at the root level Folders cannot be nested in other folders Note You add items to a curriculum folder rather than move items already in your curriculum into a folder 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum that you want to modify click the Training tab and browse to the curriculum Select the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page Click Add Item Click New Folder On the New Folder page enter a name for the folder in the Folder Name box and click Save U A WU N In the curriculum list you can select the folder that you created and add items to it Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 91 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Add content to a curriculum After you create a cur
357. rimary difference between notifications and reminders however is that the Reminders page lets you send the messages at specified intervals The message can go to all enrollee or to a subset of enrollee Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout of virtual classrooms and what you can do in virtual classrooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 1 From the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central navigate to the virtual classroom you want to edit 2 Inthe Name column click a virtual classroom 3 Click Notifications 4 Click on a notification or reminder in the list Notifications appear in the subject list with the notification icon 5 and reminders appear with the reminder icon Click Edit VI 6 Edit the notification or reminder as required For example e Change the timing option For reminders you can set a recurrence option to automatically send out multiple reminders Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Change the recipients If you enter email addresses use commas to separate the addresses Edit the email subject and message text To edit using run time fields copy the field name from the Run Time Fields list and paste it into the message subject or body Do not change the run time field text in curly brackets
358. ring your screen A host or presenter clicks Request Control on the Share pod title bar You see a request message in the upper right corner of the meeting room window Do one of the following Click Accept to grant control of your screen Click Decline to deny control of your screen Last updated 8 28 2015 40 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 41 Adobe Connect Meeting Request control of a shared screen Hosts and presenters can request control of the screen They can take control once they receive the necessary permissions Click the Request Control button on the Share pod title bar If the request is accepted a message informs you that you have been granted control of the screen The Request Control button becomes a Release Control button You can now take control of the shared screen Release control of a shared screen Click Release Control on the Share pod control strip to return control of the shared screen to the original Host or Presenter Change the view of a shared screen If another presenter is sharing a screen with you you can scale the screen to fit entirely within the Share pod In addition you can zoom in for a clearer image In the upper right corner of the Share pod choose Change View and then select either Scale To Fit or Zoom In Preview your shared screen When sharing an application window or desktop on your computer you can see a preview that shows what participants see in their Share pod In the upper
359. rly and has sufficient resources to manage the volume of learners scheduled to enroll in the curriculum Minimize changes to your courses and curriculums after you have made them available to learners Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout of virtual classrooms and what you can do in virtual classrooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics Creating a course on page 78 Creating a curriculum on page 86 About changes to course content on page 82 Adding and deleting items from a curriculum on page 89 Creating training courses Creating a course A course is content for a set of enrolled learners that also includes usage tracking for each learner For example a course could be a stand alone presentation offered as part of a curriculum or shown in a virtual classroom Note The material on courses applies only to accounts that include the Adobe Connect Training application In creating a course your workflow involves the following tasks Last updated 8 28 2015 78 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 79 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars 1 Create content and add to Content library A course is based on existing content so ensure that you have content such as presentations PDF files or image files stored in your Content library
360. rner has not opened the course Not Started has opened but not completed the course In Progress or has finished the course Complete Version If multiple versions of the course were uploaded this column states which version the learner used Using curriculum reports Curriculum reports show how learners use a curriculum and the courses and virtual classrooms in the curriculum The curriculum report lists summary information such as how many learners are enrolled and how many are in progress The report also shows information about learners enrolled in the curriculum including their name status and the last time they accessed the curriculum The curriculum objects report lists information by learning objects usually a course or a virtual classroom You can see data such as the name of the learning object the average learner score for the object and if prerequisites are set Viewing curriculum object data can help you analyze how learners are using specific objects within a curriculum Create curriculum reports 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central and click Reports 2 Click Curriculum Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 256 Administering Adobe Connect Select a curriculum from the Training library and click Next Click Specify Report Filters Optional Enter a date range and or select a specific User Group Click Add Or Remove Report Fields Select and deselect the fields to display in the report Oo uu FSF W
361. rs access the Administration gt Account gt Edit Information tab to edit the default language time zone and Event user policy for accounts Limited administrators can also edit the primary contact information for accounts Checking Receive Notifications about Account Capacity and Expiration lets limited administrators access the Administration gt Account gt Notifications tab See Edit account notification settings on page 209 Customization Lets limited administrators access the Administration gt Customization tab if the customization feature is enabled for their account See Customize the branding of an account on page 210 Reports Checking View disk usage and reports lets limited administrators view reports in the following sections of Adobe Connect Central e Administration gt Account gt Disk Usage e Administration gt Account gt Reports e Administration gt Administration Dashboard Checking View System Usage Reports lets limited administrators view System Usage reports in the Reports wizard click the Reports tab in Adobe Connect Central See Generating reports in Adobe Connect Central on page 251 Compliance and Control Lets limited administrators access the Administration gt Compliance and Control tab to ensure that the account adheres to government standards for privacy communication and archiving See Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 Permissions Lets limited adminis
362. rs field is irrelevant when using the named organizer model The reason is that Adobe Connect limits the number of organizers using the Concurrent Users Per Meeting field The number is typically set to 100 users Edit account notification settings Adobe Connect notifies the account administrator and optionally additional users when an account license is about to expire Adobe Connect also notifies the administrator when an account approaches its various capacities 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central 2 Click the Administration tab 3 With Account selected click Notifications and choose the desired settings Configure multiple product notifications To notify users about frequent updates administrators send multiple system maintenance notifications and account based product notifications simultaneously For example an administrator may want to send a breakfix notification to all users in addition to the regular account based Adobe Connect upgrade notifications User accounts are preconfigured to receive maintenance notifications You can configure specific user accounts to receive product based notifications following these steps 1 Choose Administration gt Account gt Notifications 2 Under Product Notification Settings select the start date and end date for the notifications 3 In the message box type the notification message and click Save When the user opens a meeting the product notification message is displayed in the Noti
363. rse Information Prerequisites area click Edit to create a specific learning path Note Depending on your license and your permissions all the tabs displayed in the top row in Adobe Connect Central may not be visible 4 The Select Prerequisite area lists the items in the curriculum Use the Options pop up menu next to an item to specify the type of prerequisite Suggested Indicates that the prerequisite is optional Users receive a message requesting that they take the prerequisite before taking the selected item Required Indicates that the prerequisite must be completed successfully not just completed before taking the selected item Do not assign Required status to external content Adobe Connect cannot verify completion of external content such as a website URL Hidden Indicates that the selected item appears on the enrollment page only after the user completes the prerequisite 5 When you finish selecting prerequisites click Save Assign test outs for an item You can design the curriculum so that enrollee are not required to take an item if they pass a related test out item Folders cannot be configured as test out items or linked as selected items Always use a specific course or meeting not a folder as a test out or selected item for any other learning object Here are tips for creating test outs e Carefully choose between the Optional Blocked and Hidden options Your learners could have a different path and learning exp
364. rt Type Course Summary By Users By Slides Pages By Questions By Answers Meeting Summary By Attendees By Sessions By Questions External Training Summary By Users More Help topics Export curriculum reports on page 110 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 109 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars View a summary report for external training Before generating a summary report for external training update the user status or score for users who have completed the training 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum go to the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central and browse to the curriculum Click the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page 2 Click the Reports link toward the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 3 Click By Item A list appears of all items in the curriculum The Reports column indicates the type of report that you can generate for each item 4 Inthe Names column find the external training item and in the Reports column click Summary More Help topics Export curriculum reports on page 110 Change the user status field in a curriculum report on page 107 View an external training curriculum report by users Before generating a report for external training by users update the user status or score for users who have completed the training 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum go to the T
365. rts After you create a report use the Report wizard to do any of the following e Click New or Cancel to return to the home page of the Report wizard e Click Edit Query or Previous to change filter and field settings e Click Save Report and give the report a descriptive name so you can access it from the Saved Queries module e Click Print to print the report e Click Download Report to save the report as a CSV file Accessing reports Your access to reports is based on the groups to which you belong Built in group Report module permissions Administrator All Limited Administrator System Usage Saved Queries However administrators can remove access See Creating administrators on page 205 Authors Content Saved Queries Creating custom fields in reports Adobe Connect offers you the flexibility to customize reports Through customization you create reports that show you just the information you want to see You can eliminate columns of information you don t require and add columns that give you data you need Refining reports makes your reports smaller in size and more useful Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 253 Administering Adobe Connect When you customize a user profile the top 20 fields appear and you can assign custom field priority It is important to prioritize custom fields in order of importance reports include only the top ten fields including the e mail custom field For details ab
366. s on page 98 View virtual classroom reports on page 102 Associate an audio profile with a meeting on page 168 Edit virtual classroom and telephony info 1 From the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central navigate to the virtual classroom you want to edit 2 Inthe Name column click a virtual classroom 3 In the navigation bar click Edit Information 4 Edit the virtual classroom information and audio conference settings as required 5 Click Save Edit virtual classroom courses 1 From the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central navigate to the virtual classroom you want to edit 2 Inthe Name column click a virtual classroom 3 Click Manage Courses Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Note If a template used to create a new virtual classroom contains any courses then the new virtual classroom also contains the same courses Some courses are then pre populated 4 Add or delete courses as required including courses created in Adobe Captivate 5 Click Save Note Virtual classrooms do not support courses based on third party SCORM content Edit virtual classroom enrollee 1 From the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central navigate to the virtual classroom you want to edit 2 Inthe Name column click a virtual classroom 3 To modify enrollment one at a time click the Manage Enrollees link in the navigation bar Do one of the following e Select an enrollee or enrol
367. s e Whiteboard overlay contents e Poll state Prepare Open Close questions answers and broadcast results e Questions and answers Chat pod link and status Open Answered All e Text in Notes pod e Video settings e Room on hold Yes No e Value for guest entry e Messages displayed to users when a meeting is on hold or ended e Room background screen resolution and bandwidth e Presenter Only area status e Contact invitees description Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 17 Adobe Connect Meeting All the settings of and changes to the breakout rooms Also these settings are carried forward when the template is used to create a meeting Certain information is not saved to the template Audio conference settings Audio Setup wizard settings and the content of a Chat pod are not saved to a template Apply a template to a new meeting 1 On the Adobe Connect Central home page in the Create New menu bar click Meeting 2 On the Enter Meeting Information page next to Select Template click the menu and make a selection The Shared Templates Default Meeting Template is the default Convert a meeting room to a template If you are a host you can create a meeting room template To add a meeting room to the Shared Template folder you must have manager permissions for the folder By default you have full control over meetings and templates in your user meeting folder 1 From the Meetings tab in Adobe Connect C
368. s or message text If you enter email addresses use commas to separate the addresses To edit the email subject and message using a run time field copy the field name from the Run Time Fields list and paste it into the message subject or body Do not change the run time field text in curly brackets 9 Click Send to apply the changes Delete a course Before you delete a course be aware of the effect of this action e The course is removed from the Training library Enrollees can no longer access the course e Reports for the course are no longer available To prevent access to the course while retaining reporting information set the course close date and do not delete the course e No more course reminders are sent and delayed course notifications are not sent e The content used by the course remains in the Content library e The course is removed from the item list of any curriculum in which it is included This affects the curriculum reports Be careful when deleting courses that are included in curriculums 1 Click the Training tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window Navigate to the course Select the check box to the left of the course that you want to delete Click the Delete button U A WU N On the confirmation page click Delete Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 86 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Creating training curriculums About curriculums A curriculum can include cour
369. s and Groups Training tab e Training dashboard e Can see reports inside specific training e Reports tab with permissions to Content Course Curriculum Virtual Classrooms Learner and Saved Queries sections All Event Manager permissions e My Events tab with manage permissions e Shared Events with manage permissions e Event dashboard e Can see reports inside specific event e Can view Event Catalog Can edit Event Catalog if also a member of Event Administrators group e Ability to create his own event and email templates Cannot edit shared templates unless also a member of Event Administrators group Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 247 Administering Adobe Connect e Ability to see available Event tags when creating or editing Events Cannot apply Featured Event tag unless also a member of Event Administrators group e Ability to see available email aliases when customizing event email triggers and selecting Reply To option e Ability to see available Campaign IDs when creating or edition events Event Managers group If you assign a user to this group Adobe Connect creates a folder for this user in the User folder of the Event library An Event Manager can perform the following actions e Manage events in the shared folders if they are hosting the event and have manage permissions for the folder that contains an event e Manage their own Event library user folder performing all file management functions and
370. s easier to use a URL you create 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central 2 Click Training gt Training Catalog gt Edit Information 3 Enter a name for the top level folder 4 Enter a custom URL All bookmarks to content in the Training Catalog use the custom URL If you change the custom URL existing bookmarks break 5 Optional Enter a description for the folder in the Summary field Create a folder structure and set permissions 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central 2 Click Training gt Training Catalog Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 219 Administering Adobe Connect 3 If you want Training Managers to create their own folders and set permissions for those folders while in the root folder click Set Permissions 4 Select Training Managers and click Add to give them permissions to the root folder 5 Ifyou want to create a folder structure while in the root folder click New Folder and give the folder a name and optionally a description 6 Click Set Permissions to set permissions for the new folder 7 Select any groups or users you want to have permission and click Add 8 You can repeat these steps to create any folder and permissions structure you desire Make local help and support pages available Using the in product help links the on premise users can access help and documentation local to their environment instead of being directed to adobe com Adobe Connect administrators and the organization s IT
371. s for different breakout rooms For example different breakout rooms may contain different content or attendee exercises In this case create separate layouts for the breakout rooms and ensure that the desired layout is active when you click Start Breakouts You can create a breakout room during the Preparing mode while a meeting is in progress without disturbing the layout of the participants When a breakout session is started the layout created in the Preparing mode is used If you want different content in each breakout room but do not require different layouts prepare the rooms before attendees join the meeting or training session First configure the number of breakout rooms required Then click Start Breakouts and move yourself from room to room loading the required content into each Share pod Then end the breakouts When attendees join and you click Start Breakouts again the content is ready If necessary you can also alter the layout and content of breakout rooms during a meeting Creating and managing breakout rooms Define breakout rooms and assign members While in a meeting or training session hosts can create breakout rooms and send attendees into the rooms 1 In the Attendees pod click the Breakout Room View button nn Note Only the host sees the Breakout Room View of the Attendees pod 2 Inthe Attendees pod three breakout rooms are available by default Click the Create A New Breakout button until you have the nu
372. s option selected because it allows you to control who has access to the event e Change the option for the event to be visible in the Event Catalog e Change the option to allow participants to directly join a live event after registering e Modify speaker details and associate tags to the event e Enable or disable Engagement Tracking for participants by checking or unchecking the checkbox Enable opt out for participants This option may or may not be made available by your Account Administrator Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 140 Adobe Connect Events 6 Save your changes in one of two ways e Click Save e Click Save and Rebuild Change registration questions You can change any registration question except the required questions first name last name e mail and password which the system uses to validate a user 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Navigate to the desired folder 3 Click the event you want to change 4 Click Registration Questions 5 Modify the registration questions To add a question to the registration page select the check box to the left of the question and click Save e To remove a question from the registration page deselect the check box to the left of the question and click Save 6 To modify delete or add custom questions click Customize To change the order of questions in the list select the check box to the left of the question and clic
373. s when accessing the Meetings tab Users can manage their own user folders including setting permissions that give other users access privileges to the folders Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 243 Administering Adobe Connect Shared Meetings User Mee Shared Meetings User Meetings Shared Meetings UserMeetinc6 My Meetings a Shared Meetings E User Meetings a User Meetings gt E user example com Meeting List Edit Informatior Meeting List Edit Information Set Meeting List Edit Information Set Permissions New Meeting New Folder New Meeting New Folder D New Meeting New Folder Delete Up On F dawn example com m My Templates j Shared Templates m H smith example com M aj Team Demo F lad example com O Qebdecetecm g Training Level 1 M H n0da example com A B C Shared Meetings User Meetings My Meetings Meeting Dashboard E User Meetings gt E user example com Printable Version This collection of reports provides you with insight into your Connect Pro Meeting activity Click on a specific meeting to view its associated reports Most Active Meetings Over Last 30 Days f E 0 D 4 Training Level 2 Training Level 1 Team Demo Training Level 3 g SUUISSES JO JaqQWNN N Most Participant Meetings Over Last 30 Days Libraries A Shared B User C My items D Dashboard Seminar library folders have a different structure In the Seminar library th
374. sage Summary report lists how many burst packs minutes your organization is using Organizations purchase burst pack minutes when they require more minutes in a particular time period The report also shows the number of active rooms and the peak number of users Use this report to control usage and costs of Adobe Connect The Mobile Usage report provides details about users accessing Adobe Connect from smartphone and tablets The two mobile related reports that are available are Mobile System Usage Report and Mobile Device Information Report These reports show the device types the total number of unique users who have connected to sessions with a mobile device the total number of minutes spent connected from a mobile device and the peak concurrent value of total number of mobile users It is possible to distinguish between meeting seminar and virtual classroom mobile minutes Also filters can be applied for date ranges so that the administrators are able to see some trends over time Create system usage reports 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central and click Reports 2 Click System Usage 3 From the menu select a usage report type from Meeting Sessions Usage Meeting Usage Individual Usage Group Usage Cost Center Usage Consolidated Cost Center Usage Full System Usage Burst Pack Usage Mobile Usage Meeting Sessions or Meeting Usage 4 Select an individual group or cost center and click Next 5 Click Specify Report Filters Optional
375. se setbngs mgh regure that you refesh your browser eindor or clear your boreser cache to be wisbie mrecately Tsi hoga fenet Ta Ce tut Customize Banner settings A Banner logo B Navigation text C Selection highlights D Table header Click the Administration tab Click Customization In the list to the right of the color grid click the item whose color you want to change Do one of the following Click a color in the grid Enter a color code such as 33CC66 into the text box To change the color swatch to the previous setting click Clear To restore all colors and the banner logo to the defaults click Reset To Default To select a banner logo click Browse below the Banner Logo heading and browse for the logo image JPEG PNG GIF or BMP file If you don t select a logo the Adobe Connect logo appears in the banner Click Apply to save your changes Your changes appear in 5 seconds to 10 seconds alternatively you can refresh the page Note After you select a banner logo the logo displays in the preview area When you click Apply to save your changes sometimes the banner preview area displays the old banner The new banner logo displays correctly for users To see the correct banner log out and back in to Adobe Connect Central and refresh the browser Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 212 Administering Adobe Connect Customize the login page Use the Customize Login link to customize the login page You c
376. senter Only area choose Meeting gt Enable Presenter Only Area The menu bar contains several menus A host sees the Meeting Layouts Pods Audio and Help menus A presenter or participant sees only the Meeting and Help menus Messages and warnings also appear in this corner A red circle in the menu bar indicates that the host is recording the meeting The Secure Sockets Lock indicates that the meeting is connected over a secure socket verifying the host server s identity Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout of meeting rooms and what you can do in meeting rooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 A Meeting In meeting options for the participants A Meeting Layouts Pods Audio Mibe In meeting options for the hosts and the participants Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting Connection status in a meeting room At the far right edge of the menu bar the colored bar indicates the connection status of the meeting room The connection status also conveys information about your meeting connection Connection Status Excellent Latency lt 1 msec 271 msec Up 0 088 kbit s Down 1 18 kbit s A sample connection status in the meeting room A connection made using RTMP or RTMPS is distinguished by showing a lock icon over a
377. sequence A folder cannot be set as a prerequisite Also do not set external training items as Required as Adobe Connect cannot automatically track external items Note Avoid creating redundant prerequisites they are confusing for learners and may cause performance issues on your Adobe Connect server 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum that you want to modify click the Training tab and browse to the curriculum Select the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 95 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars 2 Inthelist of curriculum items click the name of the item or folder that requires a prerequisite This procedure refers to this item as the selected item 3 Inthe Prerequisites area click Edit Home Content Trare yg Meetings Reports Administration Search A Uzer Traerwg E user Dexarnple com gt w New Hire curnculum Curriculum Information Training Catalog Settings Manage Enrolices Notifications Reports Add iter Name Course 1 ID HR101 Summary Welcoming new hires URL http exomple ocrobet com course 1 Max Attempts Unlimited Type Course Goto source Prerequisites CD Test Outs Edit co Training Catalog Settings edit List im Traeweg Catalog for learner sell ernrolimert False Enrolment Requires Curriculum Manager Approval False Notity Curnculim Manager s of Approval Requests by Emad False In the Cou
378. sers and people managed directly or indirectly 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum go to the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central and browse to the curriculum Click the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page 2 Click the Reports link Adobe Connect Central opens by default on the Summary report page In addition to the information that appears in the Curriculum Information area of the Curriculum Information page such as Curriculum Name Curriculum ID URL and open and close dates the report contains the following information Enrolled Users The number of users enrolled in the curriculum Users Completed The number of users that have accessed the curriculum and have successfully completed all required items This includes all users who have ever been enrolled in this curriculum whether they are enrolled currently or not Users In Progress The number of users who have accessed the curriculum and who did not successfully meet the completion requirements This includes all users who have ever been enrolled in this curriculum whether they are enrolled currently or not More Help topics Export curriculum reports on page 110 Change the user status field in a curriculum report on page 107 View a curriculum report by users You can view general report data about curriculum enrollee such as the date on which the user completed the curriculum Last updated 8 28 2015 U
379. sers And Groups 3 Select the name of the group and click Information at the bottom of the list If necessary click Search and enter the name of the group in the Search text box to locate the name in the list 4 Click the View Group Members button 5 Inthe Current Group Membership window select each user and group that you want to remove from this group as follows e To select multiple users or groups press Control click or Shift click e To search for a name in the list click Search at the bottom of the window and enter the name 6 Click Remove Delete a group If you are an administrator you can delete any group except a Built in group Deleting a group does not delete individual members of the group Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 241 Administering Adobe Connect Before deleting a group consider the impact on the permissions of the members and other groups If the group had permissions to access files or folders in a library the group members can no longer access those files or folders However the members can still access the files and folders if they belong to another group with permissions for those files or folders 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Users And Groups 3 Select the name of the group You can select multiple groups by pressing Control click or Shift click to delete more than one group simultaneously If necessary click Search and ent
380. ses presentations and meetings You can define prerequisites for a curriculum and you can design your program so that users can test out of certain curriculum items As users complete items in the curriculum you can track their progress and generate reports to ensure that the curriculum meets the learning objectives The key features of curriculums let you do the following e Organize items such as courses and presentations in logical groups that support a learning path e Define prerequisites and test outs for items allowing enrollee to bypass certain curriculum items if they pass the corresponding test out item e Specify completion requirements items required to successfully complete the curriculum e Send email notifications and reminders to users regarding the curriculum e Generate reports that include curriculum statistics e View a visual representation of report data using the Training Dashboard More Help topics Creating a course on page 78 Creating a curriculum A wizard guides you through the main steps of creating a curriculum such as entering curriculum information and selecting courses for the curriculum After you create a curriculum you can complete additional tasks such as adding enrollee and sending reminders In creating a curriculum your workflow involves the following tasks 1 Browse to a curriculum location You can create or browse to a folder in the Training library in which you want to p
381. shapes within the rectangle The selection rectangle has eight control points for resizing the selected shape or shapes Shift drag a corner control point to maintain the aspect ratio when you resize Select and drag a shape to move it To add a shape to the selection Shift click the shape Last updated 8 28 2015 5 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting Pen tool Mf Its width and alpha remain constant with stroke width except at a bend at the start and at the end The tool is sensitive towards the speed of the pointer movement te Penciltool Creates a free form line You can customize stroke color and stroke weight by using the color picker and stroke weight pop up menu Its width and alpha increase with the speed of the stroke The tool is sensitive towards the speed of the pointer movement Marker tool Its width and alpha decrease with the speed of the stroke Highlighter tool Creates a free form thick marker line You can customize stroke color and stroke weight by using the color picker and stroke weight Its alpha decreases with the speed of the stroke but the width increases Delete Selected i Deletes items selected with the Selection tool Text tool Creates a floating multiline text field You can customize fill color font face and font size by using the color picker font pop up menu and font size pop up menu Drag to create a text area where you can type Shapes tool Click and hold to choose from rectangles e
382. ss the virtual classroom When you format your notification you can use run time fields in the subject line and in the body of the message These fields are virtual classroom information variables that are automatically filled in for you when the email notification is sent You can change the virtual classroom notifications after the virtual classroom is created 5 Set up reminders Reminders are optional A virtual classroom reminder is an email message sent to either all or selected virtual classroom enrollee after you set up the virtual classroom You can use reminders for example to remind enrollee that they are scheduled to enter the virtual classroom or to notify specific individuals that they are required to enter the virtual classroom More Help topics Creating a course on page 78 Creating a curriculum on page 86 View virtual classroom information You can view information about a virtual classroom from the Virtual Classroom Information page This page appears when you click the virtual classroom name in the Training folder list From this page you can view or edit the information for a specific virtual classroom such as name summary URL access details and telephony information 1 Click the Training tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Navigate to the folder that contains the virtual classroom 3 Select the name of the virtual classroom Virtual classroom templates If you have the Meet
383. ssage field Select the option Reverse order of messages to allow the screen reader to read the messages in the reverse order that is from the latest to the first message Notes pod Focus defaults to the note letting you change the message Attendees pod Focus defaults to the selected users in the list or to the first user in the list if no users are selected Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting Start My Webcam Chat Everyone Attendees 1 EE a J gt Participants 0 O Chat pod is highlighted by a colored border e Once a pod is in focus you can use Tab to navigate inside the pod or press Ctrl F8 to access the Pod Option menu When the Adobe Connect client starts the default focus is set to the Message entry area of the visible Chat pod if one is available The Adobe Connect client may lose focus for example if you switch to another application and later regain the focus In this case the Meeting application defaults back to the Message entry area of the visible Chat pod Change the role of a participant from the Attendee pod 1 To bring a pod in the focus use Ctrl F6 keyboard shortcut 2 Keep pressing Ctrl F6 for the focus to cycle through the available pods a meeting room A colored border around a pod indicates that the pod is focused 3 Once Attendee pod is selected press Tab a few times to highlight the area listing the participants Last updated 8 28 2015 11
384. ssigned Presenter permissions Host The person who has full control of a meeting or seminar room used for an event The host has full Presenter and Manage permissions and can assign permissions to others Note The Presenter and Host roles are used for live events meetings and seminars only For all non live events only the Participant Invited and Denied roles are used Event library permissions define who can create events modify events and perform the tasks associated with the Event library files and folders such as adding and deleting files The file management permissions are Manage and Denied 4 Register and approve attendees Events require registration but don t always require approval By default an event does not require approval but you can change the setting when you create the event If you do not require approval anyone who registers is approved automatically In this case all registrants can attend the event providing you have a sufficient license As the event host you can always deny approval to anyone before the event occurs Requiring approval lets you control who attends the event You can also let a person directly enter a live meeting immediately after registering for the meeting Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 126 Adobe Connect Events More Help topics Best practices for events on page 126 Creating an event on page 133 In event tasks Much of the work involved in creati
385. status Status of the user For example if the user is not currently logged in to Adobe Connect their status is Inactive Peak concurrent meeting users Highest number of people in meeting rooms at the same time for the full system For example if the number is 100 100 people is the largest number of people that were in meeting rooms at the same time Highest number of users reached in room s where overage minutes have been used Start date Date and time when the meeting session tracked in the report started Storage consumption kb Current amount of space in KB used by the individual group or cost center In the Full system report storage consumption numbers are listed for the entire system and for meetings Total attendees Total number of attendees when unique attendees from each session are added If the same person attended two sessions they are counted twice in this total attendees number Total burst pack minutes In the Cost Center Usage report total burst pack minutes used by the entire cost center and for individual meetings billed to the cost center In the Burst Pack report the total number of burst pack minutes for the full system is listed Total host minutes hh mm ss Total number of minutes the individual group group member cost center or cost center member spent in meeting rooms as a predefined host Does not include host minutes when the user was temporarily promoted to the host role In the Full System
386. t In the Meeting Information page click the Recordings link on the navigation bar Select the check box to the left of any recording that you want to move Click Move To Folder on the navigation bar N OO WF FB W N Navigate to the folder in the Content library where you want to move the recording As you navigate the new destination appears in the upper right of the Adobe Connect Central window 8 Click Move Recordings when moved to content library can be tracked under the Reports for Number of Views and detailed Time In and Time Out of registered users Edit recording information 1 From the Adobe Connect Central home page click Meetings or Training Then click the meeting or classroom that includes the recording 2 Click the Recordings option 3 Click the name of the recording 4 Inthe Recording Information bar click Edit Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 188 Audio and video conferencing 5 Revise the title summary and language as desired 6 To update any items linked to the recording with the revised information select Update Information For Any Items Linked To This Item Delete a meeting recording Only an administrator or a user with permissions to manage that specific Meetings library folder can delete a meeting recording If you delete a meeting room you can retain the associated meeting recordings You are prompted to move all the recordings to your My Content section You can choose to no
387. t it shows only the slides that were viewed within the specified dates e To set filters for groups click the Add Remove Groups link and select the check box for the groups you want to track in your report The data on the report applies only to the members of a specific group that participated You can select more than one group and then deselect any group e To select team members managers only click either Show Data From People I Manage Directly or Show Data From People I Manage Directly And Indirectly To clear filters you have set click Reset on the Set Report Filters page 6 Click Save at the bottom of the Set Report Filters page The report page reappears with the filters you set above the display bar Download reports 1 Access the information page for example the Content Meeting or Course Information page for the file whose report you want to download Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 201 Managing content 2 On the information page click the Reports link above the Content Information title bar 3 Click a report type for example By Slides or By Questions Summary The Summary provides the content name the date that the content was last modified and the number of times this content was viewed By Users This report available for recordings of meetings and virtual classrooms is a report of registered users viewing a recording This report is similar to the Meeting By Attendees report and has the same colu
388. t Clear All Answers Breakout rooms Breakout rooms are subrooms that can be created within a meeting or training session They are useful for splitting a large group into smaller groups that can talk or collaborate Breakout rooms can be used in meetings and training sessions that have 200 or fewer people Hosts can create up to 20 breakout rooms for a single meeting or training session For example if you have 20 people in a session you could create 4 breakout rooms and move 5 attendees to each room In the breakout rooms the attendees can speak to each other depending on the audio configuration They can use the Chat pod collaborate on a whiteboard and share their screens The host can visit all of the breakout rooms to assist and answer questions Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 63 Adobe Connect Meeting When work in the breakout rooms is complete the host can end the breakout session and return attendees to the main room Hosts are able to share what happened in the breakout rooms with everyone If necessary the host can return attendees to their same breakout rooms If you use the room again you can also reuse the breakout room layout and content However the assignment of attendees to breakout rooms is not retained When an audio conference is in progress the number of breakout rooms cannot exceed the number supported by the audio provider If in any of the breakout rooms the number of users exceed the maximum numb
389. t move the recordings and delete them along with the meeting room You have selected the following item s to delete sal Amit s Meeting This item has other items linked to it If you delete this item then the links that point to this item will also be broken Please verify that this is what you want to do before proceeding To permanently delete the item s listed above click on the Delete button Deleting a folder will permanently delete all of the items within it and may break links that are associated with these items Move associated recordings if any to content folder Prompt to save recordings while deleting a meeting room 1 Click the Meetings tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page Navigate to the meeting that has recordings you want to delete Click the meeting name in the list In the Meeting Information page click the Recordings link on the navigation bar On the Recordings page select the check box to the left of any recording you want to delete Click Delete above the list N OO UW BP UV N Click Delete on the confirmation page Adobe Connect Webcast Adobe Connect Webcast is designed to support one to many and few to many communication with large dispersed audiences These events can be conducted for marketing programs internal and external communication initiatives and continuing education applications Each event can be customized based on the feature and branding requiremen
390. t notifications are enabled To prevent notifications from displaying while you are presenting disable them 1 Choose Meeting gt Preferences 2 Select Chat Pod from the list on the left 3 From the pop up menu choose either Disable or a time duration to display each notification Format chat text In the upper right corner of the Chat pod click the menu icon F and select any of the following Text Size Changes size in your view only My Chat Color Changes your text color in the view of all participants making your remarks stand out Show Timestamps For hosts only displays the date and time of chat entries Email the contents of a Chat pod Hosts and presenters can email a chat history for future reference In the upper right corner of the Chat pod click the menu icon and select Email Chat History Reverse the order of reading messages by a screen reader For users that use JAWS or some other accessibility tool they can read the messages in the reverse order by selecting Reverse order of messages Messages in the Chat pod are read starting from the latest to the first instead of the other way round Questions and answers in meetings You can use a Q amp A pod to answer questions posed by attendees When a presenter answers a question the question and answer appear as pairs in the Q amp A pod Hosts can give participants enhanced rights letting them answer questions as well See Assign enhanced participant righ
391. t on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum that you want to modify click the Training tab and browse to the curriculum Select the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page 2 Inthe list of items select the check box next to the items that you want to remove and then click Remove Item 3 Verify that you do want to remove the selected items and click Remove Send notifications or reminders to curriculum enrollee You can use the notifications feature to send an email message to enrollee A typical message tells enrollee that the curriculum is available provides details about the curriculum and includes a link to the curriculum The message can go to all enrollee or to a subset of enrollee such as those who have not completed the curriculum The reminders feature similar to the notification feature lets you send email messages to enrollee The primary difference between notifications and reminders however is that the Reminders page lets you send the messages at specified intervals The message can go to all enrollee or to a subset of enrollee Note For users who must adhere to compliance standards reminders can be set to annually For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum go to the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central and browse to the curriculum Click the curriculum name to open the Curricu
392. t rooms on the Share Settings page Select Never Record Any Meeting Off to disable the Meeting gt Record Meeting command in all meeting rooms In Adobe Connect 9 4 select Enable MP4 Encoder to make the Make MP4 option visible in the Actions pop up menu in the Recordings tab of meetings virtual classrooms and seminars Meeting and seminars hosts are able to trigger server side conversions of their recordings to MP4 format only if this option is selected Adobe Connect 9 5 onwards conversion of your recordings to FLV and MP4 formats is available as a client side feature Note In Adobe Connect 9 4 MP4 encoding of recorded meetings is a hosted only feature It is not available for on premise customers e Select Enable Chat Transcripts to log all chat messages on the server The transcripts contain the name of the room the name of the sender the name of the recipient the date and time and the message body for each chat message Transcripts are stored on the Adobe Connect server in the folder rootinstall content account id sco id version output for example C breeze content 7 21838 1 output The file name format and type is roomname_date_time xml Chat transcripts do not log text in the Note pod and chat communication in breakout rooms To record all text based conversation disable the Note pod and breakout rooms e Select Enable Compliance Notice and enter notice text to force all users to accept the terms of the notice before ent
393. t tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Navigate to the event and click its name 3 Do one of the following e Click the Edit Information link above the title bar e Click the Edit link inside the title bar Click Browse to find a new small banner image file for the event Select the image file and click Open Click Save O wu A Change the large banner associated with the event 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Navigate to the event and click its name 3 Do one of the following e Click the Edit Information link above the title bar e Click the Edit link inside the title bar Click Browse to find a new large banner image file for the event Select the image file and click Open Click Save Oo un Change the image of the speaker for the event 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Navigate to the event and click its name 3 Do one of the following e Click the Edit Information link above the title bar e Click the Edit link inside the title bar Click Browse to find a new speaker image file for the event Select the image file and click Open Click Save a wu A Last updated 8 28 2015 137 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 138 Adobe Connect Events Publish events When you publish an event the following events occur e All selected e mail message options become active For example if you selected the first option send e mail invitations the invitations are automatica
394. t type Virtual Classroom Courses Report or Virtual Classroom Session Attendance Report Select a virtual classroom from the Training library and click Next Click Specify Report Filters Optional Enter a date range and or select a specific User Group Click Add Or Remove Report Fields Select and deselect the fields to display in the report N OQ WwW A Click Create Report Read virtual classroom reports The table lists the specific information that appears in columns within virtual classroom reports All column headings do not appear in all virtual classroom reports Last updated 8 28 2015 259 gt C an 3 Z 5 G gt p JU O 5 W Qe m gt A Z m A o q 30 D A oF 260 Role as assigned on the manage enrollee page Does not show if role changed while in the virtual Assigned role classroom Email E mail address of the learner enrolled in the virtual classroom or the learner listed for the specific virtual classroom session selected First entry time First time the learner entered the virtual classroom First name First name of the learner enrolled in the virtual classroom Last access Date when the learner last entered the virtual classroom Last exit time The last time the learner exited the virtual classroom Learner may have entered and exited multiple times Changing status to stepped away does not count as an exit Only a lost connection or a voluntary closure of the
395. taller More Help topics Creating and arranging meetings on page 14 Starting and attending meetings on page 19 Edit meeting information on page 28 Creating training curriculums on page 86 Creating virtual classrooms on page 98 Last updated 8 28 2015 165 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 166 Audio and video conferencing Using integrated adaptors Include attendees in an audio conference call Hosts have several options for dialing out to include participants in an audio conference call You can dial out to a registered participant by using the telephone number stored in their profile or by entering a new telephone number To include an unregistered participant in the audio conference call only you can enter a new name and number to dial More Help topics Audio conferencing options on page 165 Creating and arranging meetings on page 14 Starting and attending meetings on page 19 Creating training curriculums on page 86 Creating virtual classrooms on page 98 About audio conference status After attendees connect to an audio conference status icons appear next to their names Note Status icons do not appear for user configured audio providers Attendee status On the phone Talking Dialing in progress On hold Muted Note Some audio conference providers do not support the On Hold feature More Help topics Audio conferencing options on page 1
396. te delete and edit courses and curriculums in various folders in the Training library is determined by the groups that a user belongs to and the individual permissions that are assigned to a user for specific files and folders The Training library has only two permissions Manage and Denied Members of the Administrator group can manage all files and folders in the Training library By default training managers have Manage permissions only for their individual folder in the User Training folder This means that training managers can add delete change or assign permissions only for their own folders All other Manage permissions are assigned on an individual or group basis by the administrator Training library permissions for Built in groups Adobe Connect recognizes six default permission groups called Built in groups You cannot change the permissions for these groups but you can extend them by assigning individuals or groups to more than one Built in group The Training module applies to the Training Managers group This group is associated with the Training library Each training manager has an individual folder in the User Training folder within the Training library in which they can create and administer their courses and curriculums Each training manager also has a content folder Your Adobe Connect administrator can also assign Manage permissions for specific Training library folders to users who are not training managers Only training m
397. te If you change the event start date to a future date participants and presenters can still enter the meeting room at any time 3 Select content Content for an event must exist before you create an event After you select a type of content you cannot change the content type You can however substitute different content of the same type For example if you create an event based on a seminar you can substitute a different seminar for the one you originally used when creating the event 4 Create registration You determine the questions that participants must answer on the registration form The information creates a guest profile for tracking the participant Four mandatory questions are preselected on the Create Registration form They include E mail address Password Retype password and Name You can select any of the other questions Note When an event is created for registration without Password Password Retype password are grayed out For events that include guests for example people who find your event listing on your organization s public website you may obtain the company name and URL for screening purposes For example if the applicant works for a competitor consider denying access Select the Enable Campaign Tracking option to report on registrations by campaign source 5 Customize registration You have a considerable flexibility in designing a registration page for an event including custom multiple choice sh
398. tendees or Video pod e Search for specific events type keywords into the search box and click Find All events that contain a match appear highlighted You can look for names of meeting participants text in all Notes pods text in all Chat pods and text on meeting slides More Help topics Edit a recorded meeting on page 181 Managing recorded meetings You can view all recordings made for a particular meeting change permissions rename or move a recording or view a content report for a recording Also a recorded meeting can be used as content for another meeting If a recording has been edited edits are preserved if the recording is moved to the Content library Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout of meeting rooms and what you can do in meeting rooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics Record a meeting on page 179 Working with content in the Content library on page 193 View a list of recorded meetings If you are an administrator or have Manage permissions for a meeting folder you can view the recordings that have been created from a meeting room 1 Click the Meetings tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page 2 If there is more than one meeting folder navigate to the folder that contains the meeting Last
399. the Attendee Status View of the Attendees pod For example ask a question and ask the attendees to respond by using the status options Agree or Disagree For more information see Communicate with training or meeting attendees on page 113 Hosts in the main meeting room can see the status changes of any user in a BOR Conduct a poll in breakout rooms Hosts can conduct separate polls in each individual breakout room by placing themselves in the rooms and opening Poll pods For general information about polling see Polling attendees on page 61 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 66 Adobe Connect Meeting Asking and answering questions in breakout rooms Attendees in breakout rooms can ask hosts a question at any time whether a host is in their breakout room or not e To verbally ask a host in the same breakout room a question use the audio provided VoIP or telephony To type a question for hosts in the same breakout room use the Chat pod menu to send a message to the host The host can then respond in the Chat pod to the attendee alone or everyone e To ask all hosts in the meeting a question type in the Send Message To Hosts box and then click the Send button The question appears to all meeting hosts in a small message box with the attendee s name Hosts can respond by entering the attendee s breakout room and using the Chat pod Chatting in breakout rooms If the Chat pod is available in
400. the breakout room use chat to communicate with others in your room only You cannot chat with attendees in different breakout rooms For general information about using the Chat pod see Chat in meetings on page 55 End a breakout session Only hosts can end a breakout session When breakout rooms are closed all attendees are returned to the main meeting room In the Breakout Room View m m of the Attendees pod click End Breakouts Attendees 3 Fle Main Meeting Breakout 1 X Breakout 2 x Breakout 3 x ap Dave M amp p Dawn L Share breakout room content in main room After ending a breakout session hosts can share the contents of a single breakout room with everyone in the main room 1 Inthe main room choose Pods gt Breakout Pods 2 Select a breakout room name and then select Chat Share or Whiteboard The selected content appears in a new floating pod The contents are view only and cannot be changed or edited Reopen closed breakout rooms After ending a breakout session you can return attendees to the breakout rooms again The configuration of rooms and assigned users remains in place for the entire meeting 1 In the Attendees pod click the Breakout Room View button os 2 Optional Make changes such as adding a room deleting a room or moving attendees into different rooms 3 Click Start Breakouts Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 67 Adobe Connect Meeting Remove breakout rooms
401. the curriculum go to the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central and browse to the curriculum Click the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page Click Manage Enrollees Select the enrollee or enrolled group in the Current Enrollees column and click Permissions Select one of the following permissions Denied prevents the enrollee from accessing the curriculum Enrolled allows the enrollee to access the curriculum Pending Approval enables to the enroll to access the curriculum after they are approved Remove enrollee from a curriculum You can remove an individual curriculum enrollee or a group of enrollee at any time 1 If you re not on the Curriculum Information page for the curriculum go to the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central and browse to the curriculum Click the curriculum name to open the Curriculum Information page Click Manage Enrollees Select the enrollee or enrolled group in the Current Enrollees column and click Remove Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 98 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Creating virtual classrooms About virtual classrooms Users with the Meeting and Training features installed can create virtual classrooms Users must be a meeting host and training manager to create a virtual classroom In Adobe Connect 9 4 a Virtual Classroom Manager has the same rights as those of a Meeting Host and a Training Manager and can create a virtual classroom The VC Manager can
402. the in meeting notifier in the top right corner of the meeting room a Engagement reporting to hosts Adobe Connect reports your engagement level during the meeting to the meeting hosts Learn more about information that will not be reported to the event hosts when you opt out Accept Opt Out In meeting notifier with the option to Opt Out of and a link to know more about engagement tracking Enter a scheduled event from Adobe Connect Central If you are an Adobe Connect user an event is created in the same Adobe Connect account as yours and you register for the event the link to join the event also appears in Adobe Connect Central To join such an event 1 Log in to Adobe Connect account On the Home tab click My Calendar 2 In the calendar navigate to the date of the event and click on the date 3 Under Details locate the event you want to enter and click Open If you have not registered yet or need approval you may need to log in enter your password and complete the registration form Last updated 8 28 2015 Chapter 5 Audio and video conferencing Audio in meetings Audio conferencing options Adobe Connect supports the following solutions for add ing audio to meetings and training sessions Contact your administrator to find out which audio conferencing options are available for your account Built in VoIP Adobe Connect broadcasts audio in meetings or training sessions using VoIP and the microphones on a
403. the meeting select Incoming Attendees Can Request Entry 3 Optional In the text box edit the message for incoming attendees Select Save Message to save the message for future use Block guests who lack registered Adobe Connect accounts In the menu bar select Meeting gt Manage Access and Entry gt Block Guest Access Work with pods Hosts can show and hide add delete rearrange and organize pods More than one instance of a pod except the Attendees Pod Q amp A Pod Video Pod and Engagement Dashboard can be displayed in a meeting at the same time Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout of meeting rooms and what you can do in meeting rooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics Share your screen on page 36 Share content in the Share pod on page 34 Show or hide a pod e To show a pod select it from the Pods menu For pods that can have multiple instances select the instance name from the submenu A check mark appears next to the name of pods that are currently visible in the meeting To hide a pod deselect it in the Pods menu Or click the menu icon in the upper right corner of the pod and choose Hide Adda pod 1 In the menu bar select Pods and select the name of a pod 2 From the pod submenu select New pod
404. the mouse over the pod a volume control appears for stream audio Video Telephony Pause Stream To display volume control hover the mouse over Video Telephony pod 5 Inthe upper right of the pod hosts can click Pause Stream or pod menu to access Close Stream Change Stream or Mute Audio options Enable participants to share webcam video By default only Hosts and Presenters can broadcast video However Hosts can enable participants to broadcast by doing any of the following e To enable video for all participants click the menu button M to the right of the webcam button and choose Enable Webcam for Participants e To enable video for specific participants select one or more in the Attendees pod Then choose any of the following from the pop up menu Enable Video Make Host or Make Presenter Share webcam video Hosts presenters and participants with enhanced rights can simultaneously share video from webcams connected to their computers You can select the webcam feed to broadcast if you have multiple webcams working If a user changes the selection or a connected webcam is unplugged the change happens in real time Also Adobe Connect remembers this setting irrespective of the Adobe Flash Player settings on the local machine About video layouts To display the video feeds in a meeting Filmstrip and Grid layouts are available In Filmstrip layout the main video occupies most of the Video pod area and the
405. ther people by e mail from within Adobe Connect Central Adobe Connect creates a unique version of the URL for each e mail recipient Compared to pasting the URL in an e mail using Adobe Connect Central has these advantages e You can request that Adobe Connect send you a return receipt when an e mail recipient clicks the web link You can track who viewed the contents because a unique URL was created for each recipient e Recipients can view the content without having to log in to Adobe Connect This is true even if the permissions for the content file in the Content library are not set for public viewing 1 Click the Content tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Navigate to the content file and click its name 3 Click E mail Link on the navigation bar 4 Enter the e mail addresses for all recipients in the To box on the E mail Link page If necessary separate multiple e mail addresses with commas to create a unique URL for each e mail recipient 5 Edit the Subject and Message Body text boxes as needed Note Do not delete the information in the curly brackets tracking url in the message body This placeholder is replaced with the content URL in the e mail message 6 Select Generate a Return Receipt When Content Is Viewed to receive an e mail notification when a recipient views the content file otherwise clear the check box 7 Click Send More Help topics Creating custom URLs on page 196 Upload
406. ting audio is already started Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 175 Audio and video conferencing 2 Do one of the following e Click Audio gt Audio Conference Settings e Click Meeting gt Preferences gt Audio Conference 3 Change the Audio Profile Settings from the pop up list Note You can also modify your audio profiles by clicking Manage Audio Profiles link 4 You can also modify other Audio Conference Settings Note The changes to audio conference take effect only after the meeting is relaunched Change Audio Conference Settings from within a meeting Hosts can change the various audio settings used in a meeting room from within the room 1 Click Audio gt Stop Meeting Audio if the meeting audio is already started 2 Click Meeting gt Preferences gt Audio Conference 3 You can set the default settings for audio conference e Select Using Microphone Computer Device for your audio e Select Allow participants to use Microphones to allow all the participants in the meeting to participate in the verbal discussion e Select Using Phone to use a telephone to attend the audio conference e If your audio profile permits using both microphone and a telephone simultaneously the option Broadcast Telephony audio is displayed and is selected by default If you use both options Broadcast Telephony audio option remains selected e Select Provide Dial in details to participants to display dial in options to parti
407. tion see Change Audio Conference Settings from within a meeting on page 175 Note If Universal Voice is configured you can select both options Participants can join the audio conference either using their computer s microphones or join the meeting using their phone Start broadcasting to enable participants to hear any telephone based audio through the computer speakers and broadcast their voices to telephone users using the microphone When you stop broadcasting VoIP users are audible to phone users but phone users are not audible to the meeting users 5 Click Start Once meeting audio has been started attendees join the audio conference Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 171 Audio and video conferencing Join audio conference After a host starts an audio conference depending on the settings for audio conference a notification window may appear to all attendees The following options are possible Dial in and dial out information is presented to attendees e The audio conference preset by the host starts e Additionally hosts see the dialog to start audio conference and to configure the Audio Conference settings in the Preferences After choosing the appropriate option if necessary attendees can then broadcast their voices via their telephones or computer microphones Join audio conference from in meeting Audio menu You can join an audio conference from the pop up menu items using the following steps
408. tion page answers e Registration complete e Campaign ID used with the registration form The following data in a course or a curriculum is captured e Interactions answered in courses question data e Overall tracking data like Score Status Time Location and Quiz data e Number of attempts Time spent consuming the content e Date and time when a course is undertaken e Curriculum ID if a course is launched from a curriculum Attending Adobe Connect Events Attending an Adobe Connect event is similar to attending an Adobe Connect meeting seminar or training session The main difference is that attendees must register before joining an event Registering for and joining events Adobe Connect events require registration though not all registrations require an approval You can register for and join an event in the following ways If an event host invites you by providing your email you receive an email containing links to the various Event Pages Register and login using these links If configured you can also register and join using your Facebook or Google login To allow for simplified event registration you can create events that do not require a password Non registered users can attend such events using just their email address Users who are already registered on your Adobe Connect server must enter their user name and password to attend an event To enable this feature select the Register Without Password option whe
409. to communicate with attendees or answer questions Hosts can allow private chat between attendees or they can turn off this feature For more information see Chat in meetings on page 55 e At the end of a session the host may take a poll Simply read the question and vote using the radio buttons 4 When the session is finished the host closes the virtual classroom More Help topics Communicate with training or meeting attendees on page 113 Self enrollment in training courses Training managers make training courses curriculums and other items available to registered users through the Training Catalog you can enroll yourself 1 From the Adobe Connect Home page click Training Catalog 2 Inthe course list select a course and click Enroll Your status for that course changes to Pending An e mail message is sent to you stating that you asked for course approval and a separate message is sent to the training manager asking for their approval 3 Ifthe training manager approves your request to enroll you receive an e mail message with your new status and a link to the course Your status changes from Pending to Enrolled When you are ready click the course link in the e mail message and take the course Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars More Help topics Withdraw your self enrollment on page 103 Communicate with training or meeting attendees on page 113
410. to export a PNG snapshot of a whiteboard In the Meeting Preferences in Whiteboard settings click Enable Participants to export checkbox e Click the menu icon select Export Snapshot gt Send Snapshot and provide an email address to send a PNG snapshot via email Upload and manage files using the File Share pod Hosts and presenters can upload files to share with meeting attendees either from their computers or from the Content library Unless a host changes a participant s status participants cannot upload files Participants who want to upload files can request a host to change their attendee role or to grant enhanced rights for the File Share pod Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout of meeting rooms and what you can do in meeting rooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 52 Adobe Connect Meeting More Help topics Working with content in the Content library on page 193 Share content in the Share pod on page 34 Upload a file 1 Ifyou do not have a File Share pod in your meeting room click Pods gt File Share gt Add New File Share 2 Inthe File Share pod click Upload File or choose that command from the pod menu 3 Navigate to the file and click Open Download a file Meeting attendees
411. to revoke this ability 1 Click Content Training Meetings or Event Management at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window Note No one can create a folder in the Seminars library Navigate to the location where you want to add the new folder Click New Folder on the menu bar above the folder list Enter the name of the new folder on the new page that appears Optional In Summary enter information about the new folder Oo uu A W N Click Save to create the folder More Help topics Delete a file or folder on page 192 Edit file or folder information on page 192 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 191 Managing content Open a folder 1 Click Content Training Meetings Seminar Room or Event Management at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click the name of the folder The folders and files within that folder appear The name of the selected directory appears in the navigation links at the top of the browser window More Help topics Delete a file or folder on page 192 Edit file or folder information on page 192 Move a file or folder You can move a folder or a file in a library When you move a folder all of the items within the folder also move to the new location You can move folders and files in the Content Training Meetings or Event Management libraries using the Move button You can move folders and files in these libraries and in the Seminar Rooms libraries
412. tral Home page locate the Create New menu bar and click Virtual Classroom 2 Virtual classroom information On the first page of the Virtual Classroom wizard you enter background details about the virtual classroom such as a name and summary Only the virtual classroom name and language are required all other fields are optional You can edit this information after the virtual classroom is created You can suspend a virtual classroom Suspending a virtual classroom prevents users from entering the classroom until the organizer lifts the suspension after preparing the classroom completely say by creating the room template Note By default the Update Information for Any Items Linked To This Item option is selected When creating a new virtual classroom you do not have any items linked to the virtual classroom yet but keep this item selected if you think you will link any items later 3 Enroll learners Only enrolled users can browse to the virtual classroom URL and log in to view the virtual classroom To enroll large numbers of users if you have the Event Management application present the virtual classroom as an event Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 99 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars You can add and delete learners as required after the virtual classroom is created Also you can enroll users in bulk 4 Set up notifications A virtual classroom notification is an email message telling enrollee how to acce
413. trators set permissions for content in the Content Training Meetings Seminars and Event Management libraries in Adobe Connect Central Within the library choose Set Permissions See Set permissions for content files and folders on page 249 6 Click Reset to Default to restore default limited administrator permissions Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 207 Administering Adobe Connect View and edit account information The Account Summary page appears when you click the Administration tab It describes the applications and products that are enabled for this account Most of the account information on the Account Summary page cannot be changed through Adobe Connect Central You can modify the following account settings in Adobe Connect Central e Default time zone e Default language e Event user policy if the Events feature is part of your account e Primary contact information The information that you modify here applies to the entire account To change your own user account profile information click My Profile gt Edit My Preferences in Adobe Connect Central View account information 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central 2 Click the Administration tab The Account Summary shows details about your account and its features Under the Features and Advanced Features headings you see information about your account The check mark by the application name means that it is enabled System Features Bandwidth per
414. try that adds the event to the recipient s Outlook Calendar You can also request responses from the participants Select the Request Response checkbox when customizing the email The option is selected by default Only Microsoft Outlook users on Windows can send back a response to the Event organizers When you customize an e mail form there are several fields in curly brackets in the Message Body area In general do not change any of the fields unless you have a specific reason The curly brackets contain variables that the system replaces with actual values that are specific to your event For example the event time field displays the start time you specified You may want to change the time to 15 minutes earlier to ensure that the actual event begins on time To change the time type the new time in the event time field Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 143 Adobe Connect Events Note You may want to add any of the extra run time fields to the e mail message Please note that user email is the e mail address of the Event Manager not invited attendees For the recipient s login ID in the event notification use the login field 1 Click the Event Management tab in Adobe Connect Central 2 Navigate to the desired folder 3 Click the event 4 Click the Email Options link at top of the Events tab Do any of the following e Select the check box to the left of the e mail messages you want to send e Deselect any e ma
415. ts on page 69 Here are some examples in which the Q amp A pod is helpful During a large meeting questions are added to a queue on the Q amp A pod while the speaker presents After completing the presentation the speaker reviews the messages applies a filter and begins answering the questions Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 58 Adobe Connect Meeting e A meeting moderator answers logistical questions but forwards technical inquiries to an engineer who is presenting A meeting moderator returns certain replies to the sender only Replies that are relevant to all attendees are sent to everyone in the meeting Show All Questions Assign TO Dawn L When do we break for lunch Dave M What is your personal opinion Presenter View of Q amp A pod John N When do we break for lunch John N When do we break for lunch Dawn L Right after the presentation Participant view of the Q amp A pod View the Q amp A pod as participants do By default hosts and presenters see the Q amp A pod with additional controls but you can quickly see questions with answers as participants do In the upper right corner of the Q amp A pod click either of the following L Presenter View displays additional filtering and assignment controls visible only to hosts and presenters amp Participant View displays the simple list of questions and answers that participants see and the ones receive
416. ts Adobe Connect events can be used with meetings seminars presentations or training An event generally involves many participants so it requires careful pre event planning and post event management About Adobe Connect Events Events overview An Event is a meeting seminar presentation course curriculum virtual classroom or recording moved to Content Library wrapped with pre event and post event management features Event management features include registration reminders and event tracking surveys and reports Consider creating an event in the following situations e You want participants to register You also want the option to screen participants for the event based on their registration information e You want to create branded event pages such as listing and description pages that publicize the event as well as branded registration and login pages e You want to customize the collected participant data for your reports Because this data is based on registration information it supplements the reports that relate to event content such as the responses to quiz questions in a course or polling questions for a meeting e You want people outside your organization to participate Events are often listed on public websites so many participants can find your event there and register at the site e You want to send automatically generated e mail messages such as invitations reminders registration confirmations and thank yo
417. ts do one of the following in the Available Users And Groups list To remove participants do one of the following in the Current Participants list e To select multiple users or groups Control click or Shift click To expand a group to select individual members double click the group name e To search for a name in the list click Search at the bottom of the window enter the name to display it in the list and then select it 5 Click Add or Remove as required If you expanded a group to select individual members you can double click Up One Level in the list to restore the original list 6 Optional If you added participants set permissions From the Set User Role menu at the bottom of the Current Participants list assign a permission type participant host or presenter for each user or group you added Change a seminar participant s role Seminar participants can be assigned the following roles presenter participant or host 1 Click the Seminars tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page 2 Navigate to the folder that contains the seminar and select the seminar name 3 Click Edit Participants 4 Inthe Current Participants list do one of the following e To select multiple users or groups Control click or Shift click e To search for a name in the list click the Search button at the bottom of the window enter the name to display it in the list and then select it Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE C
418. ts of the event host or sponsor Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 189 Audio and video conferencing The Adobe Connect Webcast interface provides access to the live event including audio or video streaming and presentation content Access to the webcast is typically provided through a registration URL Registered attendees have access to the live event and on demand replay which remains associated with the same URL as the live event Typical webcasts can include the following attendee features e Submit question box e Refer a friend hyperlinks e Additional content download options e Poll questions and surveys e Option to participate by conference call Audio and video communication is typically one way in Adobe Connect Webcast Hosts and moderators present audio or video content to the audience The question submission and polling features enable attendees to provide feedback on the event content These events also provide robust reporting capabilities to webcast hosts to indicate attendee engagement and whether any questions submitted during an event require follow up Each webcast can have a different appearance depending on the nature of the event and the customer s needs To access an Adobe Connect Webcast attendees must have Adobe Flash Player 13 0 or later a browser and Internet connectivity For more information see www adobe com go learn_on24_webcast_en Last updated 8 28 2015 190 Chapter 6 Managing
419. ts before you start the meeting However participants can log in to the meeting 15 minutes before the scheduled time of the meeting Smaller meetings can be run at any time without scheduling if a meeting room is created 1 Create an audio profile for audio conferences Use the My Audio Profiles window My Profile gt My Audio Profiles to configure an audio profile to use with an audio conference Audio profiles use the conference settings associated with the selected audio provider to start the audio conference See Create and use audio profiles on page 166 2 Start the Meeting wizard You have two options for starting the Meeting wizard To create the meeting in your individual My Meetings folder navigate to the Adobe Connect Central home page On this page locate the Create New menu bar and click Meeting To create your meeting in another folder for which you have Manage permission navigate to that folder in the Meetings library Then click the New Meeting button Home Content Training Meetings Reports Administrati Home Content Training Meetings Reports Administratic i Shared Meetings User Meetings My Meetings Meeting Create vor nemne J 4 CONTENT ea yuen User Meetings gt 9 user example com My Calendar Fa My Training g Training Meeting List Edit Information Set Permissions is i ees New Folder Delete Up One Level Training Catalog Lo Training Catalog Two options for starti
420. ts contain Aggregate User Data about sessions and invitees Reports for Seminar Rooms are available as an overall Summary and reports By Attendees By Sessions and By Questions You create specific seminar sessions using seminar rooms as base The reports for specific sessions are also available separately Access a session in Seminar Sessions tab of Seminars and click on Reports It shows reports about the attendees and poll related questions More Help topics Generating reports in Adobe Connect Central on page 251 Join a seminar from Adobe Connect Central If you are scheduled to attend a seminar the seminar name appears in the My Meetings list on the Home tab in the Adobe Connect Central window In addition if you have Outlook and have accepted the invitation to the seminar the seminar appears on your Outlook Calendar Seminars you create are listed under the Seminars tab You can determine if the seminar you are joining is already in progress by checking the date and time shown for the seminar If the date is in the past the seminar appears on your meeting list under expired meetings but you can still enter the room to view content 1 Click My Meetings 2 Next to the seminar you want to attend click Open Last updated 8 28 2015 124 Chapter 4 Adobe Connect Events Adobe Connect Events enables users to manage the full life cycle of large or small events including registration invitations reminders and repor
421. ts content while waiting for the meeting to begin From the Classroom layout present PowerPoint slides share your screen or share a whiteboard The Analysis layout enables you to collaborate with students provide files to download and links to browse and use a whiteboard for instruction Default Training template and Default Virtual Classroom Template are available in the Shared Training Templates folder latter being the default template for Virtual Classrooms Default Events template Used for meetings or seminars with a large audience It contains three layouts Lobby Presentation and Questions And Answers The Lobby layout is a place to play music exhibit a self running presentation or display other preliminary content Leave the Lobby layout open so that attendees can browse content while waiting for the meeting to begin From the Presentation layout you present PowerPoint slides share your screen or show a whiteboard The Questions And Answers layout facilitates an open Q amp A session with participants Information preserved in a template A meeting room converted to a template is a duplicate of the original room Layouts pods room information and most types of content are preserved in the template including the following e Layouts with name order and starting selected status e Pods with name size position and settings for full screen toggle e Pod content e Page number in PDF files and position of the seek bar in FLV file
422. ttend a meeting A host can choose to block access to a meeting and allow or disallow requests to enter a blocked meeting More Help topics View and modify a participant list on page 26 Invite attendees while a meeting is in progress Hosts can invite people to a meeting from the Adobe Connect Meeting room 1 Inthe menu bar select Meeting gt Manage Access And Entry gt Invite Participants 2 Inthe Invite Participants dialog box do one of the following e Click the Compose E mail button to open your default email application and send invitees an automatically generated email message with the meeting URL e Copy the meeting URL from the Invite Participants dialog box into an email or instant message and send the message to invitees Return to the meeting room and click Cancel to close the dialog box Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 21 Adobe Connect Meeting Allow participants to join without host permitting each entry You can set up a meeting room to automatically allow the participants in the meeting room without any intervention from the meeting hosts When creating a new meeting select Anyone who has the URL for the meeting can enter the room in the Access section For an existing meeting go to Edit Information and make the same selection Block incoming attendees 1 Inthe menu bar select Meeting gt Manage Access and Entry gt Block Incoming Attendees 2 To allow incoming attendees to request entry to
423. ttendees computer systems See Audio in meetings on page 165 Universal voice audio providers Universal voice audio providers enable Adobe Connect to broadcast all telephone based audio into an Adobe Connect meeting room over VoIP Both account administrators and hosts can configure audio conferencing providers for universal voice See Using universal voice on page 168 Integrated telephony adaptors without universal voice These adaptors which are extensions to Adobe Connect written in Java provide communication between Adobe Connect and specific audio conferencing providers Integrated adaptors have advanced call capabilities allowing hosts to control the audio conference from the meeting Adobe provides several integrated telephony adaptors for hosted installations For example MeetingOne Arkadin PGi and InterCall are integrated telephony adaptors Integrated adaptors in licensed installations can also be configured for universal voice See Using integrated adaptors on page 166 The following table compares the universal voice and integrated telephony solutions ee Universal Voice Audio Provider Integrated Telephony Adaptor Broadcast audio in Adobe Connect over VoIP Yes if enabled for universal voice Enhanced call control For example mute hold and Yes so on Record audio with Adobe Connect Meeting Yes if UV is available else No Yes Requires Flash Media Gateway bundled with the Yes No Adobe Connect ins
424. ttendees based on the customized display names To add custom information 1 In the upper right corner of the pod click the menu icon 2 From the pop up menu select Preferences 3 In the dialog box select Display Name on the left pane and then select Customize format 4 From the Available fields list select predefined custom fields for the display name and include them in the Displayed fields list The custom fields hold custom information for the attendees You can sort attendees based on the information in these fields To include additional custom fields see Add custom fields 5 Select a custom field in the Available fields list and then select a delimiter from the corresponding list at the bottom Note The custom changes to the display name attendees reflect immediately at all places on the Adobe Connect interface including Chat pods and polls To sort attendees based on their customized display names 1 In the Attendees pod click the menu icon in the upper right corner From the pop up menu select Preferences In the dialog box select Attendees Pod on the left pane From the Available fields list select custom fields to sort attendees and include them in the Sort by list U A WwW N Click Done to sort attendees based on the custom fields in the order they appear in the Sort by list To add custom fields Note You need administrator rights to modify custom fields Modifying custom fields impacts the entire account
425. u notes e You want to track individual campaigns such as e mail offers search engine campaigns or banner ad campaigns An event has three phases e Pre event tasks include determining the number of licenses available creating content establishing permissions and inviting registering and reminding event participants e In event activity requires the attendance of participants It requires presenters attendance for on demand events or when an event includes a meeting or seminar e Post event tasks include redirecting the participant s browser to a specific URL answering outstanding questions from participants and monitoring various event tracking activities through surveys and reports More Help topics Best practices for events on page 126 Creating an event on page 133 Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 125 Adobe Connect Events Pre event tasks Careful pre event planning and task maintenance can ensure that events run smoothly and that post event activities can be completed quickly 1 Determine how many licenses you have Before you set up an event determine how many licenses you have Based on your account license you can set the registration limit for a particular event while creating the event Check with your Adobe Connect Central administrator for licensing issues 2 Specify content for the event Before you create an event the content for the event must exist in Adobe Connect Ce
426. ublish the curriculum you must have permission to access the folder When you determine a location you click New Curriculum to open the New Curriculum wizard and create your curriculum in the selected location Home Content Training Meetings Reports Administration Shared Training User Training My Training Training Catalog Us A User Training gt Pa user example com Training List Edit Information Set Permissions New Curriculum New Course New Virtual Classroom New Folder Navigating the Training library A Determine a location B Create another folder or add a new curriculum Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 87 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars Note Depending on your license and your permissions all the tabs displayed in the top row in Adobe Connect Central may not be visible Note If you want to save your curriculum in your User Training folder you can bypass this procedure by simply clicking the New Curriculum link on the Adobe Connect Central Home page and following the steps to enter curriculum information 2 Enter curriculum information The first page of the New Curriculum wizard lets you enter details such as descriptive summary information and start and end dates about the curriculum You must enter the curriculum name but all other fields are optional The information that you enter in the wizard appears later on the Curriculum Information page as well as on the page that enroll
427. ude this audio conference with this meeting Audio profiles with preconfigured audio conference settings Select a profile to associate it with the meeting Adobe Connect uses the profile to connect to the meeting room and start the audio conference for you If you have created an audio profile it is the default audio conference option selected while creating a new Meeting If you have created multiple audio profiles associate a specific audio profile with a new meeting e Include other audio conference with this meeting Telephone numbers and other settings for calling into an audio conference when the audio provider has not been configured with a dialing sequence The settings are for display only for example in the meeting invitation and meeting room You must have an account with the provider Note If you did not add audio conference settings when you initially created the meeting you can add them during the meeting Ask all users to log out of the meeting while you add conference settings and then log back in to the meeting Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 30 Adobe Connect Meeting Update information for any items linked to this item Select this check box to update any items linked to the meeting with the revised meeting information Send meeting invitations for an existing meeting You can send invitations for a meeting if you are the host an administrator or have Manage permissions for this meeting s folder A meeting
428. ular Q amp A messages that are visible to all attendees To send a message to specific attendees or groups select Send message and then select appropriate attendees or groups to send the message Polling attendees Hosts and presenters can use the Poll pod to create questions or polls for participants and to view the results Only hosts and presenters control poll management and how polls appear to meeting participants Hosts can also cast votes Polls are useful during a meeting if you want instant feedback on what is being presented Polls can also be used at the end of a meeting to find out if participants felt the meeting content and presenters were high quality Note Adobe Connect administrators can change pod sharing and other settings to adhere to standards for governance These settings affect the layout of meeting rooms and what you can do in meeting rooms For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 More Help topics Work with pods on page 21 Chat in meetings on page 55 Assign enhanced participant rights on page 69 Create a poll 1 Ifthe Poll pod is not displayed click the Pods menu and select Poll gt Add New Poll 2 Inthe upper left of the pod choose Multiple Choice Multiple Answers or Short Answer 3 Enter a question into the Poll pod Then enter one or more answers if your choice is Multiple Choice or Multiple Answers If your choice is Short Answer
429. umber of unanswered questions This report does not include the count for the users who choose to opt out of analytics tracking Chat Total Chat messages 700 Public Chat messages 560 0 31 62 93 124 155 186 217 248 279 310 341 372 403 434 465 496 527 358 589 620 651 682 QRA Questions Answered 25 O42 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Chat and Q amp A Usage report File Download Activity If a file is made available for download during an event the count of participant downloads is indicated in this report For each resource downloaded displays the number of people who downloaded the resource Also displays the number of attendees for the event Sample File 1 95 Sample File 2 150 Sample File 3 Sample File 4 O 14 268 42 36 70 84 96 112 126 140 154 168 162 196 210 224 238 252 266 280 294 File Download Activity shows the resources downloaded during an event Poll Activity Similar to the Chat and Q amp A Usage reports above this report provides an at a glance view of poll activity namely the number of respondents to each poll question and poll attendance Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 161 Adobe Connect Events Poll i 150 Poll 2 Poll 3 260 oo oS Poll 4 170 O i4 28 47 56 70 84 98 117 176 140 154 168 182 196 2710 224 238 2527 266 280 294 Poll Activity shows the count of poll responses Attendee Status Usage Pie chart that displays information on status
430. unt If your organization purchased the customization features the Customization link is enabled on the Administration tab The customization features let you adapt the appearance of Adobe Connect to match the branding of your organization To see your customization changes log out and log back in to Adobe Connect Central and refresh the browser Customize the Adobe Connect Central user interface Use the Customize Banner link to customize the following elements of the Adobe Connect Central user interface user interface e Background color Top links text color for the Help and Logout links in the upper right corner e Navigation text color for the links below the tab bar e Selection highlight color e Table header color for the bars that identify page titles or columns on list pages e Banner logo the image that appears in the upper left corner of Adobe Connect Central The image must be a JPEG PNG GIF or BMP file and must be 360 x 50 pixels Note Use an image with white background rather than a transparent image Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 211 Administering Adobe Connect A W N 7 Custome Cental Curto Logn Cuga Meem HEX ape blak Tabi Tab TabS Taba Tab 5 C o Mi d Mas d Header Header 7 Lice tha links belew to customize the interface attributes San Loses bene fog ot reg Ma imaga muri ba ee a E Bresa No Ho sekectadd E rF Note changes bo the
431. up Use this option to import new users and add them to a Built in or previously created group The Built in group names appear in the menu for group selection as default groups After you create a group manually its name also appears in the menu for group selection You can use the import option to assign large numbers of users to multiple groups You can select only one group for the users you import from one CSV file Create a different CSV file for each set of users you want to add to a specific group After you import these users you can assign these users to additional groups or assign the whole group to another group The following example shows the minimum user information required for the CSV file You can add other information in the CSV file to pre populate other user properties The CSV file you create must include user information in the following format Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 234 Administering Adobe Connect a a Ron rbloom3 mycompany com rbloom3 mycompany com Charles cbond4 mycompany com cbond4 mycompany com Jennifer Cau jcau5 mycompany com jcau5 mycompany com 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Users And Groups 3 Click the Import link above the list of users and groups 4 Under the Select Import Type bar select Create New Users And Add Them To A Group 5 Under the Select File To Import bar browse to the CSV file that you want to i
432. updated 8 28 2015 186 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 187 Audio and video conferencing 3 Click the meeting name in the list 4 Inthe Meeting Information page click the Recordings link on the navigation bar Home Content Training Meetings Seminars Event Management Reports Administration My Profile Shared Meetings User Meetings My Meetings Meeting Dashboard User Meetings gt user example com gt Sql Weekly Team Meeting Meeting Information Edit Information Edit Participants Invitations Uploaded Content Recordings Reports Name Weekly Team Meeting Summary Access recordings from the Recordings tab after accessing a meeting in Adobe Connect Central Note Depending on your license and your permissions all the tabs displayed in the top row in Adobe Connect Central may not be visible Move recordings to the Content library An administrator or a user with permissions to manage a specific Meetings library folder can move meeting recordings from the folder to the Content library Moving a meeting recording to the Content library is useful if you want to give access to people other than the original invitees Note To make a recording available to anyone in the world that is given the recording URL see Play back a recorded meeting on page 184 1 Click the Meetings tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central home page Navigate to the meeting that has recordings you want to move Click the meeting name in the lis
433. ur courses and curriculums You can determine if learners are taking and completing training assignments how quickly they are working and what scores they are receiving Create learner reports 1 Log in to Adobe Connect Central and click Reports Click Learner From the menu select a Learner report type Individual Learner or Group Select an individual learner or a group and click Next Click Specify Report Filters Optional Enter a date range Click Add Or Remove Report Fields Select and deselect the fields to display in the report Click Create Report oN OO UU UU N Optional If you selected Individual Learner report in step 3 click the name of any learning object in the generated report Clicking a name creates a report about the specific learning object Read learner reports The table lists the specific information that appears in columns within learner reports All column headings do not appear in all learner reports Attempts Number of times the learner tried to complete the learning object Attempts are tracked at the learning object level only Certificate A system generated number that proves the learner completed the course virtual classroom or curriculum and provides the learner with a unique ID Course or curriculum status for a learner must be complete or passed to receive a certificate number 1 Contents If the learning object is a course the course content type is listed such as presentation or im
434. ur site Emails have not been sent Click Publish 7 A confirmation message appears Click Publish again The Event page displays and the status message now reads This event has been published E mail options are active 8 To test your modified registration URL register for the event Open a web browser in a new window 9 Inthe word processing application copy the modified registration URL with the campaign ID parameter and custom campaign ID added Paste the URL into the new web browser window and press Enter or Return 10 In the registration form fill out the required fields using your name and e mail address 11 Click Submit 12 Check your e mail program for an event confirmation message 13 Now that you have registered for the event you can see your name and the campaign tracking ID in the registration reports Open Adobe Connect Central and click the Event Management tab 14 Select the event to display the Event Information page 15 Select Reports 16 Select User Information Report 17 In Registration Report click Download Report Data In the Excel spreadsheet that opens check that the correct ID number appears in the Campaign Tracking ID column next to your name Cancel events You can cancel an event that you previously created and send participants an email informing them about the cancelation Only event hosts can cancel an event 1 Open Adobe Connect Central and click the Event Management tab 2 Select the eve
435. urriculum Percentage of learners who have Completed status for the curriculum object Prerequisites Complete these curriculum objects before attempting the curriculum object listed on this line Required or Optional States if learner must complete the curriculum object to complete the curriculum or if the object is optional Status Where the learner is in the curriculum workflow For example the learner has not opened the course Not Started has opened but not completed the course In Progress or has finished the course Complete Test Outs Curriculum objects that can be completed instead of the object listed on this line Description of the curriculum object Version If multiple versions of the curriculum were uploaded this column states which version the learner used Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 257 Administering Adobe Connect Using learner reports Learner reports show all course virtual classroom and curriculum activity for an individual or group The individual learner report enables you to see how a learner is progressing through assigned training Detailed information in the report includes number of assignments given to the learner number completed number in progress and number not started The group learner report shows similar information but for an entire group instead of a single learner Learner reports are useful because they show details about how individuals and groups are using yo
436. user and click Information at the bottom of the list If necessary click Search and enter the name of the user in the Search text box to locate the name in the list 4 Click the Edit Team Members link to select team members for this user 5 Inthe Possible Users list select each team member you want to assign to this user as follows e To select multiple users press Control click or Shift click e To search for a name in the list click Search at the bottom of the window and enter the name 6 Click Add To remove a team member you have added select it and click Remove to add more team members repeat step 5 and step 6 Managing users and groups Edit user information If you are an administrator you can modify the components of a user account You can change any information you added in custom user profile fields However an Administrator cannot change a user s password Although you can assign a temporary password to a new user when you create the user account you cannot later change this password Even if a user forgets the password you cannot change it The user must click the Forgot your password Click here link when logging in to Adobe Connect No one can change the password of another user you can only change your own password Change user information 1 Click the Administration tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Click Users And Groups 3 Select the name of the user and click Information at the b
437. vigate to the folder or file 3 Select the check box to the left of the item that you want to delete For a seminar choose Uploaded Content or Recordings if you want to delete either of those types of items saved with the seminar 4 Click Delete on the menu bar above the content list 5 Click Delete again to permanently delete the selected items or click Cancel to cancel the deletion More Help topics Move a file or folder on page 191 Edit file or folder information You can edit the title or name of a library item and other information using the Edit Information button Note If you are editing a Seminar library folder you can view information about the Seminar license for that folder to see how many users and meetings are available for a specific Seminar folder In the navigation bar next to the Editor Information link click License Info Information that appears includes title summary start date end date number of concurrent users and number of concurrent meetings 1 Click the Content Training Meetings Seminars or Event Management tab at the top of the Adobe Connect Central window 2 Navigate to the folder or file 3 Click on the folder or file Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 193 Managing content 4 Click the Edit Information link in the navigation bar below the navigation trail 5 Edit the title name or other properties that you want to change 6 Click Save More Help topics Open a fo
438. w subfolders e Manage the Event library including viewing deleting moving and editing files or folders View reports for files Set permissions for files or folders Create new subfolders Send invitations and change content and e mail options e Manage the Seminar library including viewing deleting moving and editing files or folders View reports for files Set permissions for files or folders Create new subfolders e View account information account features account quotas and account reports If your organization has purchased this option customize the Adobe Connect branding Limited administrators group Limited administrators have limited control of the Adobe Connect system You can make any user a limited administrator by adding them to the Administrator Limited group Administrators can determine which permissions limited administrators have Authors group If you assign a user to this group Adobe Connect creates a folder for this user in the User folder of the Content library The shortcut called My Content points to this folder By default a member of the Authors group has Publish and Manage permissions only for the My Content folder Your account limits the number of users that you can add to the Authors group Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Administering Adobe Connect Members of the Authors group can perform all of the following actions if they have Publish permissions on the specified folder
439. which can be viewed in FLV playback and distributed via email CD or a server Note Creating an offline recording takes approximately the same amount of time as the duration of the original meeting recording You can minimize the offline recording window or view other windows on top of it without interfering with the contents of your recording 1 From the Adobe Connect Central home page click Meetings or Training and then click the meeting or classroom that includes the recording Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 184 Audio and video conferencing 2 Click Recordings 3 Next to the specific recording you want to use click Make Offline 4 If Help text appears click Proceed with Offline Recording Then specify a location for the finished FLV file The meeting begins playing creating the offline file 5 As needed click the Pause Resume Stop And Save and Start New controls e The Pause Resume button temporarily stops the offline recording This functionality can be useful if you must download a large file and do not want to strain system resources When you click Resume the recording continues from where it was paused The finished recording is one continuous file regardless of how many times you paused and resumed recording e The Stop and Save button ends the creation of a recording which is useful if you want to record portions of a meeting as separate files Click Start New to resume recording where you left off
440. with another scheduled session Note Only the owner of a seminar room can create intant sessions For example if a seminar room from the Named Webinar license is used only the Webinar Manager who is owner of the room has the right to start instant session Send seminar invitations You can send email invitations when creating a seminar session After a seminar begins you can contact invitees by sending an email from the Seminar Session Information tab or from within the meeting room For more information about latter see Contact invitees from a meeting in Invite attendees and grant or deny access on page 20 For former follow these steps 1 On the Seminar Session Information page select Invitation 2 Modify the Subject and Message Body fields These fields are pre populated with the information to join 3 Click Send Email to launch the local email client and send the email Note The system can generate an individual attendance report for registered users Accepted guests are represented in the total number of attendees but no individual attendance report is available for accepted guests View seminar information To view or modify an existing seminar you must have both of the following permission types File management permissions You must have Manage permissions for the seminar folder or file because when you change a seminar that you created you are effectively changing the file or folder in the Seminar library Atten
441. y cannot switch to full screen or change the view Display changes in the presenter s Share pod to all participants If you choose to display changes in the presenter s pod to all attendees the presenter controls the pod size for attendees For example if the presenter sets the Share pod to Full Screen mode the pod also fills the screen of attendees In the upper right corner of the Share pod click menu icon and select Force Presenter View Turn off sharing but keep the Share pod open Click Stop Sharing in the Share pod Redisplay Share pod content that was closed In the upper right corner of the Share pod click the menu icon Then choose Share gt Recently Shared and select the shared document or whiteboard from the submenu The submenu lists the five most recent documents To see previously shared documents choose Share gt Document Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting Use a pointer in a Share pod When content is displayed in the Share pod you can use a pointer to beckon users to focus on particular areas In the upper right corner of the Share pod click the Pointer Share your screen As a host or presenter in a meeting you can share windows applications or your entire desktop Your account administrator can restrict the applications and processes that you can share As a participant in a meeting to share your screen a host must give you permission or pr
442. y the learner that they are enrolled Conduct a virtual class The virtual classroom layout is flexible and provides you with many ways to present information and interact with classroom attendees Note If an administrator has enabled a compliance Terms of Use notice accept it before entering a virtual classroom For more information see Working with compliance and control settings on page 214 1 From the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central navigate to the virtual classroom you want to enter 2 Click on a virtual classroom name from the list below the navigation bar 3 Click Enter Virtual Classroom or click the classroom URL Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 113 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars 4 Manage incoming attendees by approving and denying their requests to enter For more information see Invite attendees and grant or deny access on page 20 5 Share My Screen gt Share Course gt Select from Course Library Select courses available in the Course Library You can share Adobe Captivate courses in your virtual classrooms 6 Conduct training for attendees Here are some ideas e Switch between the Lobby Classroom and Analysis virtual classroom layouts You may want to start with Lobby which contains a large Chat pod for attendees to introduce themselves to each other Next change to the Classroom layout when sharing courses Finally finish in the Analysis layout which offers a Poll pod you ca
443. y when you select Enable Catalog Self Enrollment e Select Enrollment Is Open to give all learners access to the course curriculum or virtual classroom 5 Select Display In Training Catalog 6 Choose one or more locations in the Training Catalog and click Apply Listing or Apply Listing and Continue Remember content must be in the Training Catalog before you use the self enrollment feature 7 Click Save Withdraw your self enrollment Enrolled users or the ones who have submitted the enrollment request can both withdraw their enrollment This option applies to Virtual Classrooms courses and curriculums It is available up to one hour before the start of the training User is able to click the Withdraw Enrollment button to either remove the Enrollment or to withdraw the enrollment request in both cases status goes back to Not Enrolled 1 If you are not already on the information page for the course curriculum or virtual classroom go to the Training tab in Adobe Connect Central and browse to the item Click the course curriculum or virtual classroom name to open the information page 2 Click Training Catalog Settings 3 Select List in Training Catalog for Learner Self Enrollment Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 104 Adobe Connect Training and Seminars 4 Click on the Withdraw Enrollment button to either remove the enrollment or to withdraw the enrollment request In both the cases the status is reverted to Not
444. yboard shortcuts provide improved accessibility so that the Adobe Connect Meeting client can be used as much as possible without a mouse Important In Microsoft Internet Explorer for the keyboard shortcuts of the format Ctrl lt alphanumberic character gt use Alt key too that is the shortcut is Ctrl Alt lt alphanumberic characters gt For example to undo use Ctrl Alt Z instead of Ctrl Z Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 Adobe Connect Meeting Shortcuts for screen sharing dialog SS Switch to different tabs in Aero mode only Ctrl Tab Move to different applications or focus Select or deselect an application check box Make Share pod for attendees Share content Cancel a session Alt C Movement Arrow keys Select desktop in Non aero mode Alt D Select applications in Non aero mode Alt A Select windows in Non aero mode Alt W Shortcuts for attendee management cc Shift focus to the active speaker label effectively pointing to speaker activity Ctrl H Command H Promote to host Requires selected items in Attendees pod Demote to participant Requires selected user in Attendees pod Promote to Presenter Requires selected user in Attendees pod Shortcuts for navigating pods menus and windows Toggle between notification window and meeting room Bring focus to the application menu bar for keyboard navigation Ctrl Space Command F2 Move focus to next previous pod Ctrl F6 Ctrl Shift F6 Command F
445. you want and click OK to place the meeting on hold Attendees who log in to a meeting that is on hold automatically enter when the meeting resumes End a meeting 1 Inthe menu bar select Meeting gt End Meeting 2 Revise the message to participants if you want and click OK to end the meeting Save an On Hold or End Meeting message for future use You can write an On Hold or End Meeting message without interrupting the meeting This feature lets you compose the message during the meeting and then send it at the appropriate time 1 Inthe menu bar select Meeting gt Manage Access And Entry gt Place Participants On Hold 2 Revise the message in the message box 3 Click Save Message to save the message for future use and return to the meeting Restarting a meeting that is on hold or ended In the upper right corner of the meeting room click Start Meeting in the Participants On Hold window If you ve closed that window choose Meeting gt Manage Access And Entry and deselect Place Participants On Hold Working with notifications and requests Pending requests and notifications are displayed in the menu bar This feature gives you a unified view of requests and notifications and you can act on them Notification and request icons display if you have pending requests Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 25 Adobe Connect Meeting nN Meeting Layouts Pods Audio Notifications and requests A User entry request B
446. youts don t fit in the Layout bar scroll through them and hover the pointer over the first or the last preview You can also use the panning options or the mouse wheel to scroll through Adjust layouts during a meeting During a meeting hosts can adjust layouts without affecting the active layout currently visible to attendees 1 Choose Meeting gt Switch to Prepare Mode Alternatively click 3 in the Layout bar 2 From the Layouts menu or the Layout bar choose the layout you want to adjust Then move hide or show pods as needed 3 When you finish adjusting the layout choose Meeting gt End Prepare Mode or click in the Layout bar Choose a background image for the meeting room You can replace the default gray background with an image 1 Choose Meeting gt Preferences 2 Click upload then navigate to the desired image If you haven t previously added the file to Adobe Connect click Browse My Computer Last updated 8 28 2015 USING ADOBE CONNECT 9 19 Adobe Connect Meeting Reset Layouts Reset layouts to revert to the default layouts Any modifications to the Sharing Discussion and Collaboration layouts are reverted and custom layouts are deleted Choose Layouts gt Reset Layouts Note You cannot reset layouts if a meeting is being recorded Specify Layout bar options Layout bar options let you specify the docking position and Auto hide settings Do one of the following From the Layout bar menu choose o

Using Adobe Connect 9

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents